Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report Balaji Formalin Pvt ...

Final Environmental Impact Assessment Report

For proposed expansion of Formaldehyde and manufacturing of Paraformaldehyde & Reprocessing Silver

(Purification of Silver)

Category: 5(f)

of

Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. Plot No. 1398, Village: Moti Bhoyan, Taluka: Kalol,

Dist.: Gandhinagar, Gujarat

Prepared by:

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market,

Paldi Cross Road, Ahmedabad-380006

Email: [email protected]

(March, 2016)

Provisional accredited by NABET, vide letter no. NABET/EIA/327/IA14, dated 12.05.2014

mailto:[email protected]

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad

EIA report of Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. 1

Contents Particulars Page No.

Contents 1-8

List of Tables 9-11

List of Figures 12

List of Annexures 13

Index Chapter 1 Introduction Page No.

1.1 Preface 1-1

1.2 Purpose of the Report 1-1

1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 1-3

1.3.1 Identification of Project site with site specific

criteria

1-3

1.3.2 Project Identification with respect to category 1-3

1.3.3 Project Proponent 1-3

1.4 Brief Description of Project 1-4

1.4.1 Nature of the project 1-4

1.4.2 Size of the Project 1-4

1.4.3 Location of the project 1-5

1.5 Regulatory Framework 1-5

1.6 Scope of the Study 1-5

1.7 Compliance to Terms of Reference 1-6

1.8 Objectives of EIA 1-24

1.9 Methodology for EIA 1-24

1.10 Details of Industries 1-26

Chapter 2 Project Description

2.1 Introduction 2-1

2.2 Type of project 2-1

2.3 Need for the expansion 2-1

2.4 Capital Investment 2-2

2.5 Land Requirement 2-2

2.6 Location of the project 2-2

2.7 Size or Magnitude of Operation 2-3

2.8 Proposed schedule for approval and

implementation

2-3



2.9 Details of Major Equipment and Machinery

(Existing & Proposed)

2-4

2.10 Manufacturing process, chemical reaction and

mass balance

2-6

2.10.1 Formaldehyde Production Technique 2-6

2.10.2 Process of making Para-formaldehyde from

Methanol using rake type drying method

2-9

2.10.3 Process of Silver Refining 2-11

2.11 Project Components 2-13

2.12 Input Requirements 2-14

(a) Raw Material Requirement 2-14

(b) Water Requirement 2-14

(c) Fuel 2-14

(d) Power 2-14

(e) Manpower 2-14

2.13 Utilities Requirement 2-14

2.14 Generation of Pollutants 2-15

2.14.1 Wastewater Generation 2-15

2.14.2 Gaseous Emissions 2-15

2.14.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste generation 2-16

2.14.4 Noise pollution 2-16

2.15 Pollution Control measures 2-16

2.15.1 Effluent Management 2-16

2.15.2 Air Pollution Control 2-16

2.15.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management 2-17

2.15.4 Noise Control Measures 2-17

2.15.5 Fugitive Emission Control 2-17

2.16 Resource Conservation 2-18

2.16.1 Heat Recovery 2-18

2.16.2 Rain Water Harvesting System 2-18

2.16.3 Green Belt Development 2-18

2.17 Odour control 2-18

2.18 Health & Safety 2-19

Chapter 3 Baseline Environmental Status

3.1 Prelude 3-1

3.1.1 Study area 3-1

3.1.2 Period of the study area 3-1



3.1.3 Basic Component of the Environment 3-1

3.1.4 Methodology 3-2

3.2 Establishment of baseline for Valued

Environmental Components

3-6

3.3 Air Environment 3-6

3.3.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring Stations

3-6

3.3.2 Reconnaissance 3-7

3.3.3 Micrometeorology of the area 3-7

3.3.4 Ambient Air Quality Survey 3-8

3.3.5 Baseline Status 3-9

3.4 Hydro-geological status of the study area 3-9

3.5 Water Environment 3-10

3.5.1 Ground Water Quality (Primary data) 3-11

3.6 Noise Environment (Primary data) 3-12

3.6.1 Introduction 3-12

3.6.2 Methodology 3-12

3.6.3 Day-Time and Night-Time Noise Levels 3-13

3.6.4 Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of

Noise

3-13

3.6.5 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-13

3.6.6 Conclusions 3-13

3.7 Soil Environment (Primary data) 3-13

3.7.1 Introduction 3-13

3.7.2 Soil Characteristics 3-14

3.7.3 Corollaries 3-14

3.8 Ecology (Primary data) 3-15

3.8.1 Period of the study 3-16

3.8.2 Study methodology 3-16

3.8.3 Floral Diversity in the study area 3-16

3.8.4 Cultivated plants in the study area 3-16

3.8.5 Faunal Diversity in the study area 3-17

3.9 Socio Economic & Land use (Secondary data) 3-17

3.9.1 Land use pattern and infrastructure 3-17

3.9.2 Demographic and Socio-Economic Environment 3-17

3.9.3 Living Standard and Infrastructure 3-18



Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts &

Mitigation Measures

4.1 General 4-1

4.2 Impact on Topography 4-2

4.3 Air Environment 4-2

4.3.1 Prediction of Impact during Construction Phase 4-2

4.3.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase 4-3

4.3.3 Sources of Air Pollution 4-3

4.3.4 Dispersion Modelling of Emissions from the plant 4-4

4.3.5 Micrometeorology 4-5

4.3.6 Air Quality Modeling and Predictions using the

Gaussian model

4-5

4.3.7 Details of Air Dispersion Model 4-7

4.3.8 Predicted GLCs 4-7

4.4 Water Environment 4-8

4.5 Noise Level Impact 4-9

4.5.1 Prediction of impact During Construction Phase 4-9

4.5.2 Prediction of impact During Operational Phase 4-9

4.6 Land/soil Environment 4-10

4.6.1 Prediction of impact during Construction Phase 4-10

4.6.2 Prediction of impact during Operation Phase 4-10

4.7 Ecological Impacts (Flora and Fauna) 4-11

4.8 Socio-Economic Impact 4-11

4.9 Mitigation Measures during Construction 4-13

4.10 Mitigation Measures during the Operational phase 4-13

4.10.1 Measures for Air Environment 4-13

4.10.2 Measures for Water Environment 4-14

4.10.3 Measures for Hazardous/Solid Waste 4-14

4.10.4 Measures for Noise 4-14

4.10.5 Health & Safety Measures 4-14

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Prologue 5-1

5.2 Project Details 5-1

5.3 Site Alternative 5-1

5.4 Alternative For Technologies 5-2

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 Prelude 6-1



6.2 Environment Monitoring Program 6-1

6.3 Objective of Monitoring Plan 6-1

6.4 Schedules for Environment Monitoring 6-2

6.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 6-2

Chapter 7 Additional Studies

(A) Risk Assessment 7-1


7.1.1 Scope of Study 7-1

7.1.2 Study Objective 7-1

7.1.3 The Study Approach 7-1

7.1.4 System Description 7-2

7.1.5 Identification of Hazards 7-2

7.1.6 Risk Reduction Measures 7-2

7.2 Probable Hazards & Risk 7-2

7.3 Hazardous Identification 7-2

7.4 Hazardous Substances to be handled at Balaji

Formalin Pvt. Ltd.

7-3

7.5 Hazardous Materials Classification 7-3

7.5.1 Raw Materials 7-5

7.6 Occupational Health 7-6

7.7 Risk Assessment 7-9

7.7.1 Risk Screening Approach 7-11

7.7.2 QRA Approach 7-11

7.8 Thermal Hazards 7-12

7.9 Damage due to Explosion 7-14

7.10 Toxic Release 7-14

7.11 Likely Failure Scenarios 7-15

7.12 Consequence Analysis 7-15

7.13 Pro-active Safety Measures 7-21

7.14 Action plan for handling & safety system 7-22

7.14.1 Safety Measures for Transportation and

Unloading of Hazardous Chemicals

7-23

7.14.2 Safety Measures for Storage/Handling of

Hazardous Chemicals

7-23

7.14.3 Safety Measures for Process Units 7-23

7.14.4 Safety Measures for Preventive Maintenance 7-24

7.14.5 Safety measures to prevent spillage/leakage of

toxic chemicals

7-25



7.15 Safety management plan for acutely toxic

chemicals

7-25

7.15.1 Hazard Summary 7-25

7.15.2 Special Handling Procedures and Storage

Requirements

7-26

7.15.3 Personal Protective Equipment 7-27

7.15.4 Spill and Accident Procedures 7-27

7.15.5 Fire and Emergency Evacuation Procedures 7-28

7.16 Arrangements for ensuring Health and safety of

workers engaged in handling of toxic materials

7-29

7.17 On-site emergency plan 7-31

7.17.1 General 7-31

7.17.2 Statutory Requirement 7-31

7.17.3 Preparedness of On–Site Emergency Plan 7-32

7.17.4 Emergency Time Activities 7-32

7.17.5 Sequential actions during emergency 7-33

7.17.5.1 Incident 7-33

7.17.5.2 Responding Actions 7-33

7.17.5.3 Site Crisis 7-34

7.17.5.4 Messages 7-34

7.17.5.5 Discipline 7-35

7.17.5.6 Emergency Actions 7-35

7.17.5.7 Shut Down Procedure 7-35

7.17.5.8 Post Emergency Activities 7-36

7.17.6 Training, rehearsal and records 7-36

7.17.6.1 Need of Training & Rehearsal 7-36

7.18 Off-site emergency plan 7-38

7.18.1 Need of Off-Site Emergency Plan 7-38

7.18.2 Role of the Factory Management 7-40

7.18.3 Role of the Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO) 7-41

7.18.4 Role of the Local Authority 7-41

7.18.5 Role of the Fire Authorities 7-42

7.18.6 Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities 7-42

7.18.7 Role of the Health Authorities 7-43

7.18.8 Role of the Mutual Aid Agencies 7-44

7.18.9 Role of the factory Inspectorate 7-44

7.19 Disaster management Plan/emergency

management plan

7-44



7.19.1 Objectives 7-45

7.19.2 Emergency Management Plan 7-45

7.19.3 Responsibilities & Role of Key Personnel 7-47

7.19.4 Post Emergency Recovery 7-52

7.19.5 Accident Investigation 7-53

7.19.6 Damage Assessment 7-53

7.19.7 Cleanup and Restoration 7-53

(B) Social Impact Assessment 7-54

(C) Public Consultation 7-54

Chapter 8 Project Benefits


8.2 Improvements in the physical infrastructure

including technical facility aspects

8-1

8.3 Improvement in Social Infrastructure 8-1

8.4 Employment potential 8-2

8.5 Other tangible benefits 8-3

Chapter 9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.0 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 9-1

Chapter 10 Environment Management Plan


10.2 Objective of Environmental Management Plan 10-1

10.3 Components of EMP 10-2

10.3.1 Environmental Management systems 10-2

10.3.2 Environmental, Health and Safety Management

System

10-2

10.3.3 Environmental Management Cell 10-3

10.4 Environmental Management during construction

phase

10-3

10.5 Environmental Management during operational

phase

10-4

10.5.1 Air Environment 10-4

10.5.2 Measures for fugitive emissions 10-4

10.5.3 Water Environment 10-5

10.5.4 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management 10-6

10.5.5 Noise Control Technique 10-6

10.6 Green Belt Development 10-7

10.7 Resource Conservation/Waste Minimization 10-9

10.8 Action Plan for Transportation of Raw Material 10-10



and Products

10.8.1 Safety Instructions for transportation of

hazardous materials

10-11

10.8.2 Instructions for drivers & Responsibilities of

drivers

10-11

10.8.3 Manner of display of class labels 10-12

10.9 Health & Safety 10-13

10.9.1 Possibility of occupational health hazard & its

control

10-14

10.9.2 Possibility of occupational health hazard, its

control & Occupational surveillance

10-15

10.9.3 Preventive Measures 10-16

10.10 Occupational Health Programme 10-16

10.10.1 Occupational Health and First aid measures 10-19

10.11 Socio-Economic activities 10-19

10.12 Post-Project Environmental Monitoring 10-21

10.13 Environment Management cost estimate 10-22

10.14 Environment Policy 10-22

10.15 Reporting System of Non Compliances/Violations

of Environmental Norms

10-23

Chapter 11 Summary & Conclusion

11.1 Project Description 11-1

11.1.1 Location of Project 11-1

11.1.2 Product Profile 11-2

11.1.3 Investment of the Project 11-2

11.2 Description of Environment 11-2

11.2.1 Baseline Environmental Study 11-2

11.2.2 Air Environment 11-2

11.2.3 Water Environment 11-3

11.2.4 Noise Environment 11-5

11.3 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and

mitigation Measures

11-5

11.4 Environment Monitoring Programme 11-6

11.5 Additional Studies 11-7

11.5.1 Risk Assessment 11-7

11.6 Environmental Management Plan 11-7

11.7 Project Benefits 11-9

11.8 Conclusion 11-9

Chapter-12 Disclosure of Consultant engaged 12-1



List of Tables

Table No.

Name Page No.

1.1 Product details 1-4

1.2 Details of four corners Co-Ordinate of Site 1-5

1.3 List of major industries 1-26

2.1 Structural facilities along with land break up 2-2

2.2 Location Details 2-3

2.3 List of Products 2-3

2.4 Plant Machineries (Existing & Proposed) 2-4

2.5 Utility Details 2-15

2.6 Details of raw materials along with source & mode of

transportation

2-20

2.7 Breakup of water consumption 2-21

2.7 (a) Wastewater Generation 2-21

2.8 Details of stacks with air emission quality 2-22

2.8 (a) Sources of fugitive emission with its quantification (Estimated)

2-22

2.9 Technical Details of forced evaporator 2-23

2.10 Details of Hazardous waste 2-24

2.11 Noise Survey of existing plant 2-25

3.1 Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring 3-3

3.2 Surface Water Sampling Locations 3-3

3.3 Ground Water Sampling Locations 3-4

3.4 Surface Soil Sampling Locations 3-4

3.5 Soil Sample Analysis Methodology 3-5

3.6 Monitoring Methodology of Noise 3-5

3.7 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 3-20

3.8 Ambient Air Quality Status 3-21

3.9 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10) 3-22

3.10 Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5) 3-23

3.11 Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2) 3-24

3.12 Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx) 3-25

3.13 Ambient Air Quality Status (CO, HC, VOCs) 3-26

3.14 National Ambient Air Quality Standards 3-27

3.15 Results of Groundwater Quality in the Study Area 3-29

3.16 Results of Surface water Quality in the Study Area 3-30



3.17 Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water 3-31

3.18 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area 3-32

3.19 Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to Noise 3-32

3.20 Soil Analysis of Study area 3-33

3.21 Traffic Survey 3-34

3.22 Floral Diversity 3-35

3.23 Faunal Biodiversity 3-37

3.24 Land use statistics base of satellite imaginary 3-39

3.25 Land Use Pattern 3-40

3.26 Summary of Socio-Economic Status (Demography) 3-41

3.27 Basic Amenities in the Study Area 3-43

4.1 Input data for air quality modeling 4-15

4.2 Existing/Estimated Air emission Quality (Before & After

APCM)

4-15

4.3 Cumulative Concentrations at various locations 4-16

4.4 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPM 4-17

4.5 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2 4-18

4.6 The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOx 4-19

6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan 6-4

6.2 Budget for implementation of Environmental Monitoring

Plan

6-5

7.1 Liquid Raw Materials Storage 7-3

7.2 Hazardous Raw Materials Sr. No. (MSHIC) &

Characteristics

7-5

7.3 Risk Classification 7-11

7.4 Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity 7-13

7.5 Thermal Radiation Impact to Human 7-13

7.6 Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects 7-13

7.7 Damage due to Overpressure 7-14

7.8 Different Failure Scenarios 7-15

7.9 Distances of Occurrence of Various Thermal Radiation

Intensities [Storage Tank on Fire Plant Area Instantaneous Spill (Single Tank, Methanol)]

7-19

7.10 Distances of Occurrence of Various Thermal Radiation Intensities [Catastrophic Rupture Storage Facility Continuous Spill - Methanol]

7-20

7.11 Distances of Occurrence of Various Thermal Radiation Intensities [Storage Tank on Fire Plant Area

Instantaneous Spill (Single Tank, Formaldehyde)]

7-20

7.12 Distances of Occurrence of Various Thermal Radiation

Intensities [Catastrophic Rupture Storage Facility

7-20



Continuous Spill- (Formaldehyde)]

7.13 Points raised during public hearing 7-54

10.1 Budgetary provisions for the next five years (Every Year) 10-20

10.2 Environment Management Cost Estimate 10-22

10.3 Design features for minimization of fugitive emissions 10-25

10.4 Environment Monitoring along with Frequency details 10-26



List of Figures

Figure No.

Name Page No.

1.1 Location of the project site 1-27

1.2 Google map of 10 km radius 1-28

1.3 Image showing all four boundaries coordinates of the

site

1-29

2.1 Water Balance Diagram (Existing) 2-26

2.2 Water Balance Diagram (after proposed Expansion) 2-27

2.3 Plant Layout 2-28

2.4 Drawing of Evaporator 2-29

3.1 Graphical representation of Ambient Air quality 3-21

3.2 Graphical representation for PM10 3-22

3.3 Graphical representation for PM2.5 3-23

3.4 Graphical representation for SO2 3-24

3.5 Graphical representation for NOX 3-25

3.6 Location of AAQM 3-47

3.7 Wind Rose Diagram 3-48

3.8 Water sampling Locations 3-49

3.9 Locations of Noise monitoring station 3-50

3.10 Locations of Soil Sampling 3-51

3.11 Land use pattern with 10 km radius (Satellite Image) 3-52

3.12 Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:25,000 scales)

3-53

3.13 Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:50,000 scale)

3-54

3.14 Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:100000 scale)

3-55

4.1 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for SPM 4-20

4.2 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for SO2 4-21

4.3 Isopleths for Ground Level Concentration for NOx 4-22

10.1 Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the

company

10-27



List of Annexures

Annexure No. Annexure Name Page

No.

Annexure-I Membership certificate of approve TSDF site A-1

Annexure-II MSDS of haz. Chemicals A-2

Annexure-III Request letter to RO-MoEF, Bhopal A-12

Annexure-IV Photographs of existing plant site including existing

greenbelt

A-22

Annexure-V Land documents A-26

Annexure-VI Copy of Environmental Clearance (EC) A-30

Annexure-VII Narmada water usage permission A-36

Annexure-VIII Health checkup record of workers A-37

Annexure-IX Questionnaire for industry sector A-49

Annexure-X NABET/QCI certificate A-70

Annexure-XI Terms of Reference (TOR) letter A-72


EIA report of Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. 1-1

Chapter-1

Introduction

1.1 PREFACE

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is an assessment of the

possible positive or negative impact that a proposed project may have on

the environment, together consisting of the environmental, social and

economic aspects. It is an assessment and management tool that

evaluates the possible positive or negative impact that a proposed project

may have on the environment. EIA systematically examines both

beneficial and adverse consequences of the project and ensures that

these effects are taken into account during project design.

The purpose of the assessment is to ensure that decision makers

consider the ensuing environmental impacts when deciding to proceed

with a project.

As India is a developing country, lots of industrialization has been came

in focus since last few decades that ultimately leads the bigger issues

related the environmental quality of the country. Hence, it is needful for

Government of India to control the haphazard industrial development by

providing sustainable development under the legislation.

In India, Ministry of Environment and Forests has defined elaborated

‘Environmental Clearance (EC)’ framework along with requirements for

preparing Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) under the

Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986 (Environmental Impact Assessment

Notification, 2006) for establishing/expanding and industry/development

projects although it supports development but only if the development

does not hamper the environment over a defined threshold limit.

1.2 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Industrial development in India has increased economic growth and

improved living standards of people. These growths are achieved through

industrialization, infrastructure development. The industrialization has

played a major role in development of the country. This industrialization

is also has many other benefits. Although the industrial development



leads to rapid consumption of natural resources, fuel etc. in day to day

operational activity. These will deteriorating resources and increase

emissions of waste in terms of solid, liquid and gaseous. To control the

pollutions from industrial activity, government has framed regulations

which are governed by Ministry of Environment and Forest in India.

Environment Impact analysis is mandatory as per the Environment

Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification issued by Ministry of Environment

and Forests (MoEF&CC), New Delhi, dated 14th September 2006, its

subsequent amendment, for setting up a new projects or activities, or

expansion or modernization of existing projects or activities based on

their potential environmental impacts as indicated in the Schedule to the

notification, being undertaken in any part of India, unless prior

environmental clearance has been accorded.

Proposed activity ofM/s. Balaji FormalinPvt. Ltd. falls under the

schedule of 5(f) of schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 “Synthetic Organic

Chemical Industries (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic

organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical

intermediates)” and categorized under “A”. Therefore, unit requires

Environmental Clearance for proposed expansion of project.

EIA Consultant

In view of the above, legal aspect and monitoring work has been carried

out for all the environmental attributes by M/s. San Envirotech Pvt.

Ltd., Ahmedabad.Draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) have been prepared after

obtaining Terms of References (TORs) from Ministry of Environment,

Forests & Climate Change, New Delhi. The public hearing was held on the

basis of the draft EIA/EMP incorporating the Terms of References. Final

EIA/EMP Report after incorporating the comments and suggestions by the

public during public hearing will be submitted to MoEF&CC for

Environment Clearance.



1.3 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.3.1 Identification of project site with site specific criteria:

Balaji FormalinPvt. Ltd.is an existing unit at Plot No. 1398, Village: Moti

Bhoyan, Taluka: Kalol, Dist. Gandhinagar, Gujarat (India).The products

details are given in Table 1.1.Unit now proposed to expand its existing

production capacity with addition of new products.

Features justifying the location are summarized below:

• Availability of suitable and adequate land for proposed expansion;

• Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication,

medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower,

raw materials, road network etc.

• Considering market demand and economic viability, proponent has

decided to expand capacities of its existing products.

• Nearest city is Ahmedabad, which is 21.2 km away from the location,

and having good connectivity with other parts of the country by road,

rail & air.

• Availability of good communication and transportation facilities.

• No National park or wildlife habitat falls within 10 km radial distance

from proposed project site.

• No critically polluted area falls within 10 km radius.

• No R & R will be required.

1.3.2 Project identification with respect to category

As per the EIA Notification, 2006 and amendment thereof; proposed

activity is covered under 5(f) category- Synthetic organic chemicals

industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates

excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals,

other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates).

1.3.3 Project proponent

M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is well known and leading and flagship

manufacturing company of formaldehyde.This is a manufacturing

company established in the year 2003. The management of the

organization is in the hands of Board of Directors of the company.



Mr. Mahendra R. Gupta is the Director of the company. He is the senior

member, promoter of the company. He has wide and deep experience of

planning, designing and implementation of business. He provides all the

necessary directions of various aspects of developing the business.

Mr. Mukesh R. Guptais also the Director of the Company. He too is a

senior member and promoter of the company with very good knowledge

and practical experience in private sector. Further he has good

administrative power to provide inter discipline and co-ordination as well

as to develop the business.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

1.4.1 Nature of the project:

Unit proposed for expansion of existing capacity of formaldehyde with

addition of new products. So the project covered under schedule 5(f), -

“Synthetic organic chemicals industry” as per the EIA Notification-2006

and its amendment thereof, category A. Hence prior EC is required for

proposed expansion. List of raw materials to be used in the project

aregiven in Table 2.6of chapter-2. Generated wastewater will be directly

sent to forced effect evaporator & then sent to mechanical evaporator.

Condensate from evaporator will be reused for utility. So, there will no

effluent discharge outside industry premises. Hazardous waste generation

from the proposed project is given in Table 2.10.

1.4.2 Size of the project:

Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd.proposed to expand capacity of existing

product with introduction of new products. Production details are given in

below table:

Table 1.1 Product details

Sr.

No.

Products Existing

Production

(MTPM)

Additional

Production(MTPM)

Total

production

after expansion

(MTPM)

1 Formaldehyde 5000 7500 12500

2 Para

formaldehyde

00 835 835

3 Reprocessing 00 1.5 1.5



of Silver

(Purification

of Silver)

1.4.3 Location of the project:

The unit is located in village Moti Bhoyan, Kalol Taluka, Gandhinagar

District of Gujarat state.The geographical co-ordinates of the proposed

site are 23°09'44.69"NLatitudeand72°26'45.54"ELongitude.The location

of the project site can be identified from the location map shown in

Figure 1.1 and satellite image/Google earth image is shown in Figure

1.2.Boundary co-ordinates latitude and Longitude of all four corners of

the site are given in Table 1.2 and shown in Figure 1.3.

Table 1.2

Details of four corners Co-Ordinate of Site

Point Latitude Longitude

A 23°09'45.44"N 72°26'44.63"E

B 23°09'44.73"N 72°26'47.64"E

C 23°09'43.06"N 72°26'47.19"E

D 23°09'43.64"N 72°26'44.47"E

1.5 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

The MoEF&CC, CPCB and SPCBs together form the regulatory and

administrative core of the sector. Legislation for environmental protection

in India for chemical industry is mainly EIA Notification-2006, Water

(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act-1974, Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act-1981, Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,

1977; Hazardous & Other wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2015 are major Act/Rules/ Notification applicable to

industry.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of the EIA study is based on the guideline provided by Ministry

of Environment, Forests& Climate change, Government of India for

structure of environmental impact assessment document.

The scope of the study broadly includes:



Field sampling of environmental attributes at various representative

locations in the study area to establish the baseline status;

Collect & compile secondary data including socio-economic data;

Identification, assessment and evaluation of the beneficial and

adverse impacts on surrounding environment due to proposed

project activities considering the existing baseline status along with

compilation of other information;

Analysis of project proposal and data analysis;

Assessment of pollution potential due to proposed project;

Predict the incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to

the proposed project;

Evaluate the predicted impacts on the various environmental

attributes by using scientifically developed and widely accepted

models;

Identification and assessment of risks associated with the proposed

project and their appropriate management through proper Risk

Assessment (RA) and Disaster Management Plan (DMP);

Prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to mitigate the

predicted impacts; and

Identify critical environmental attributes required to be monitored

during the project execution and to suggest post project monitoring.

The scope also includes all the conditions outlined in the TOR issued by

MoEF&CC and the compliance to the TOR is given in below.

1.7 COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE

Based on the documents submitted and presented before

38thReconstituted Expert Appraisal Committee(Industry-2) held during

20st-21st April, 2015; Terms of Reference (TOR) was issued by MoEF&CC;

vide TORs letter no. J-11011/67/2015-IA II (I), dated 22.06.2015and

directed to prepare detailed EIA/EMP including following terms of

reference.Compliance of TORs for preparation of EIA/EMP is as below:

Sr.

No.

Conditions Compliance

A Specific ToR

1. Details on solvents to be used, We are not going to use any solvent in our process. Methanol



measures for solvent recovery and for

emissions control.

is use as a raw material in

process and not as a solvent. So

no need to install solvent

recovery system.

2. Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.

There are chances of emit traces

of methanol and formaldehyde as

air pollutants and it will be

treated in tail gas treatment

plant (Incinerator).

Pls. refer table 2.8, page no. 2-

22 of chapter-2 for its details.

3. Ambient air quality data should

include VOC, etc.

Pls. refer table 3.9 to table 3.13,

page no. 3-22 to 3-26 of

chapter-3 for details of ambient

air quality including VOCs.

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements

for hazardous chemicals.

Pls. refer table 6.1, page no. 6-4

for monitoring of work zone.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent

streams for units adopting 'Zero'

liquid discharge.

There will be only 1.0 KLD

process effluent which is

generates from purification of

silver and other source is water

treatment & utility. So need to

segregate it. Pls. refer sec.

2.15.1, page no. 2-16 of chapter-

2 for zero discharge scheme.

6. Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.

Pls. refer sec. 2.17, page no. 2-

18 of chapter-2 for details of

odor control.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that

they co-process organic solid/

hazardous waste generated.

There is no generation of high

calorific solid waste which is

generally used in co processing.

So need to make MoU with any

cement manufacturer.

8. Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if

any.

Unit is zero discharge unit hence

CETP membership is not required

in our case. Membership

certificate of approve TSDFsite is

enclosed as Annexure-I.

9. Action plan for utilization of

MEE/dryers salts.

MEE salt may not reuse

anywhere in our process and no

marketable quality generation

hence we are directly disposed at

TSDF site.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used.

MSDS of all the major chemicals

are attached as Annexure-II.

11. Authorization/Membership for the Membership certificate of



disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF are being used/will be used.

approved TSDFsite is enclosed as

Annexure-I.



TSDF.

Membership certificate of


Annexure-I.

13. Risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals/

solvents. Action plan for handling &

safety system to be incorporated.

Pls. refer chapter-7 for details of

risk assessment for storage and

handling of hazardous chemicals.


22 of chapter-7 for action plan

for handling & safety system.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in

handling of toxic materials.


29 of chapter-7.

B Additional ToR

1. Public Consultation to be conducted

and issues raised and commitments

made by the project proponent on

the same should be included in

EIA/EMP Report in the form of tabular

chart with financial budget for

complying with the commitments

made.

Public hearing was conducted on

09.05.2016 and issues raised and

commitments made by the

project proponent is given in

table below.

2. Copy of Certified Compliance Report

to the environmental condition

prescribed in the existing

environmental clearance dated

24.08.2010.

Enclosed as Annexure-III.

Generic Terms of Reference (TOR) in respect of Industry Sector

1. Executive Summary (maximum 2-3 sheets in A4 size paper) of the

project covering project description,

description of the environment,

anticipated environmental impacts &

its mitigation measures,

environmental management plan,

environmental monitoring

programme, public consultation,

project benefits, social impacts

including R&R.

Executive Summary of the

project is included as Chapter-11.

2. Site Details:

i. Location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State on Indian map

of 1:1000,000 scale.

Pl. refers figure-1.1, page no.

1.27, of Chapter-1 of EIA report

for location of the project site

covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State on Indian map.



ii. A topo sheet of the study area of

radius of 10km and site location

on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an

A3/A2 sheet.

Topo sheet of study area with

site location on 1:25,000 scale

followed by 1:50,000 scale of a

circle of a radius of 10 kms is

incorporated in EIA/EMP report.

Pls. refer figure no. 3.12, 3.13,

3.14 on page no. 3-53 to 3-55 of

chapter-3.

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four

corners of the site.

Coordinates (Lat long) of all four

corners of the site is given in sec.

1.4.3, page no. 1-5 of chapter-1.

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of

the project site.

Google map of 10 km radius is

given as figure 1.2 on page no.

1.28 of chapter-1.

v. A map showing environmental

sensitivity [land use/land cover,

water bodies, reserved forests,

wildlife sanctuaries, national

parks, tiger reserve etc.] and from

critically/severely polluted area(s)

and Eco-sensitive Areas within

10km radius of the project site

vis-à-vis shortest (aerial)distance

from the project. If the project is

located within 10km of

CPAs/severely Polluted Areas,

confirm whether moratorium has

been imposed on the area.

Pl. refer figure 3.11, page no. 3-

52 of Chapter-3 of EIA report for land use map covering

environmental sensitivity

including land use/land cover,

water bodies, reserved forests, wildlife sanctuaries, national parks, tiger reserve etc.

As per the Notification of

MoEF&CC published dated

09.02.2015, Central Government notifies Thol Wild Life Sanctuary in the State of Gujarat, as Eco-

sensitive Zone, up to 2.244

kilometers from theboundary of

the Thol Wild Life Sanctuary. Our

Industrial location is 3.8 km away from the boundary of TholWild Life Sanctuary.

In addition to this, there is no

critically/severely polluted area

falls within 10km radius of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing

unit as well as proposed unit

indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc.

In addition, if located within an

Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area and

location of unit within the

Industrial Area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area.

Pls. refer figure 2.3, page no. 2-

28 of chapter-2 for layout map

with demarcation.

Old building will be removed &

paraformaldehyde plant is to be

erected. Formaldehyde capacity

enhancement is only through

modification of current

machineries. So no new space is

required for the same.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site.

If existing, in addition to site map,

Photographs of existing plant site

including existing greenbelt area

are attached as Annexure-IV.



provide photographs of

plantation/greenbelt in the

existing project. If fresh EC

application, photographs.

Old building will be removed &

paraformaldehyde plant is to be

erected. Formaldehyde capacity

enhancement is only through

modification of current

machineries. So no new space is

required for the same.

3. Land use break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired)

– agricultural, forest, wasteland,

water bodies, settlements, etc. shall

be included.

Pls. refer table 2.1, page no. 2-2

of chapter-2 for details of

acquired land.

4. A copy of the mutual agreement for

land acquisition signed with land

oustees.

Plant is existing and land is

owned by the company. Land

documents are enclosed as

Annexure-Vhence no need of

mutual agreement for land

acquisition signed with land

oustees.

5. Proposal shall be submitted to the

Ministry for environment clearance

only after acquiring at least 60% of

the total land required for the project.

Necessary documents indicating

acquisition of land shall be included.

Proposed project is expansion of

existing activities and land is

already in possession since 2003.

Land documents are enclosed as

Annexure-V.

6. Forest and wildlife related issues:

i. Permission and approval for the

use of forest land (forestry

clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State

Forest Department.

No forest land is involved hence

permission from State Forest

Department is not required.

ii. Land use map based on High

resolution satellite imagery (GPS)

of the proposed site delineating

the forest land (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha).

Not applicable as no forest land is

involved in proposed project site.

iii. Status of application submitted for

obtaining the stage I forestry

clearance along with latest status

shall be submitted.

No forest land is involved hence

Forest Clearance is not required.

iv. The projects to be located within

10 km of the National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,

Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent

There is not any National Parks,

Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves;

Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals falls within 10 km radius

of the project hence map duly



shall submit the map duly

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features

vis-à-vis the project location and

the recommendations or

comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon.

authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden is not required.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife

Warden of the State Government

for conservation of Schedule I

fauna, if any exists in the study

area.

Not any Schedule I fauna is exist within study area of 10 km radius

hence Wildlife Conservation Plan

duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State

Government is not required.

vi. Copy of application submitted for

clearance under the Wildlife

(Protection) Act, 1972, to the

Standing Committee of the

National Board for Wildlife.

There is not any National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves

falls within 10 km radius of the

project hence clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act,

1972 is not required.

7. Expansion/modernization proposals:

i. Copy of all theEnvironmental

Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MoEF/SEIAA shall

be attached as an Annexure. A

certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional

Office of the Ministry of

Environment and Forests as per

circular dated 30th May, 2012 on

the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the

existing environmental clearances

including Amendments should be

provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate

for the ongoing/existing operation

of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Copy of Environmental Clearance

is enclosed as Annexure-VI.

Certified compliance report from

RO, MoEF&CC, Bhopal is enclosed

as Annexure-III.

ii. In case the existing project has

not obtained environmental

clearance, reasons for not taking

EC Under the provisions of the EIA

Notification, 1994 and/or EIA

Notification, 2006 shall be

provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate

and Consent to Operate (in case

Unit has obtained Environmental

Clearance (EC), for existing

activities, which is enclosed as

Annexure-VI.



of units operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of

FY 2005-2006) obtained from the

SPCB shall be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the

conditions of consents from the

SPCB shall be submitted.

Details of Industrial Operations

8. A list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10 km

radius) shall be incorporated.


26 of chapter-1 for name and

type of major industries working within the study of 10 km radius.

9. Details of proposed raw materials and

products along with production

capacity. If expansion project, details

for existing unit, separately for

existing and new (proposed) unit.

List of products & raw materials (existing &proposed) are given in table 2.3 & 2.6; page no. 2-3 &

2-20 of chapter-2.

10. Details of manufacturing process,

major equipment and machinery. If

expansion project, details of existing

unit, separately for existing and new

(proposed) unit.

Pls. refer sec. 2.10, page no. 2-6

of chapter-2 for details of manufacturing process.

List of major

equipment&machineries for

existing and proposed expansion

is given as sec. 2.8, page no. 2-3

of chapter-2.

11. List of raw materials required and its

source along with mode of

transportation shall be included. All

the trucks for raw material and

finished product transportation must

be “Environmentally Compliant”.

List of required raw materials, source along with mode of

transportation is given in table

2.6; page no. 2-20 of chapter-2.

All hazardous chemicals are

transport through approved

vehicle by concerned authority.

12. Quantity of fuel required, its source

and characteristics and documentary

evidence to substantiate confirmed

fuel linkage shall be furnished.

No fuel is used for existing

manufacturing because

exothermic reaction. Methanol is being used as starting fuel for 30

to 60 minutes when reaction initiated.

13. Project site layout plan to scale using

AutoCAD showing raw materials, fly

ash and other storage plans, bore

well or water storage, aquifers

(within 1 km) dumping, waste

disposal, green areas, water bodies,

rivers/drainage passing through the

project site shall be included.

Pls. refer figure 2.3, page no. 2-

28 of chapter-2 for project layout

plan.

14. Manufacturing process details of all

the plants including captive power

plant if any along with process flow

Pls. refer sec. 2.10, Page No. 2-6 of chapter-2 for details of

manufacturing process.



chart shall be included. We are not going set up captive

power plant hence not applicable.

15. Mass balance for the raw material

and products shall be included.

Pls. refer sec. 2.10, Page No. 2-

6of chapter-2 for mass balance

for the raw material and

products.

16. Energy balance data for all the

components of the plant shall be

incorporated.

Our is small scale unit and

energy balance data for all the

components of plant may not technically feasible and may not correct in our case.

Environmental Status

17. Geological features and Geo-

hydrological status of the study area

shall be included.

Hydrogeological status of the

study area is given in sec. 3.4;

page no. 3-10 of chapter-3.

18. Details of drainage of the project up

to 5 km radius of study area. If the

site is within 1 km radius of any

major river, peak and lean river

discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data

of the past 30 years. Details of RL of

the project site and mRL of the river

should also be provided.

There is not any river & flood

Hazard zone within 1 km radius

from the site hence this point is

not applicable.

19. One season site-specific micro-

meteorological data using

temperature, relative humidity,

hourly wind speed and direction and

rainfall and AAQ data (except

monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and HC (methane

& non-methane) should be collected.

The monitoring stations should take

into account the pre-dominant wind

direction, population zone and

sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

One season site-specific micro-

meteorological data are given in

sec. 3.3.3 on page no. 3-7 and

AAQ data are tabulated in table

no. 3.9 to 3.13 on page no. 3-22

to 3-26.

Figure 3.6 shows Air monitoring

stations on page no. 3-47.

The monitoring locations have

beenselected on the basis of pre-

dominantwind direction,

population zone andsensitive

receptors.

20. Surface water quality of nearby River

(60m upstream and downstream)

and other surface drains at eight

locations to be provided.

We are not going to disposed off

our treated effluent into river

hence, 60 m upstream and

downstream sampling may not

require in our case.

However, we have collected

samples from surface water

sources like pond, canal &Thol

lake. Result of same is tabulated

in table 3.16, page no. 3-30 of



chapter-3.

21. Ground water monitoring minimum at

8 locations shall be included.

We have carried out ground

water monitoring at 8 locations in

the study area.Results are

tabulated in Table 3.15, page no.

3-29 of chapter-3.

22. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area.

We have carried out noise level

monitoring at 8 locations in the

study area.Monitoring results

with locations are tabulated in

Table 3.18, page no. 3-32 of

chapter-3.

23. Traffic study of the area for the

proposed project in respect of

existing traffic, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for

transportation of materials, additional

traffic due to proposed project,

Parking arrangement etc.


34 of chapter-3 of EIA report for

traffic survey.

24. Detailed description on flora and

fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) exists

in the study area shall be given with

special reference to rare, endemic

and endangered species. If Schedule-

I fauna are found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan

shall be prepared and furnished.

Pls. refer table 3.22 and 3.23 on

page no. 3-35 & 3-37 for details

of flora and fauna.

25. Emissions (g/second) with and

without the air pollution control

measures.

Pl. refers table no. 4.2, page no.

4-15 of chapter-4 for emissions

(g/second) with and without air

pollution control system.

26. Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions (including transportation)

on the AAQ of the area shall be well

assessed. Details of the model used

and the input data used for modeling

shall also be provided. The air quality

contours should be plotted on a

location map showing the location of

project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.

Pl. refer table no. 4.3, page no.

4-16 of chapter-4 for cumulative

impact along with 24 hrs.

maximum GLC.

Pls. sec. 4.3.7, page no. 4-7 and

table 4.1, page no. 4-15 of

chapter-4 for details of model

used and input data used for

modeling.

Pls. refer figure 4.1 to 4.3, page

no. 4-20 to 4-22 for the air

quality contours plotted on a

location map.

27. Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

Estimated 24-48 nos./day of

trucks/ tankers will be in and out

from our factory premises. There



assessed and provided. In this

regard, options for transport of raw

materials and finished products and

wastes (large quantities) by rail or

rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

cum-rail transport shall be examined.

is no nearby railway line so entire

materials are transport through

road from port or factory.

28. Details of water requirement, water

balance chart for new unit or for

existing unit as well as proposed

expansion (in case of expansion).

Water balance diagramfor

existing unit as well as proposed

expansion is given asfigure 2.1&

2.2, page no. 2-26 & 2-27 of

chapter-2.

29. Source of water supply and quantity

and permission of withdrawal of

water (surface/ground) from

Competent Authority.

Source of water supply is

Narmada Water supply.

Permission obtained for usage of

Narmada water is enclosed as

Annexure-VII.

Pls. refer figure 2.1 & 2.2, page

no. 2-26 & 2-27 for quantity of

water requirement.

30. Details regarding quantity of effluents

generated, recycled and reused and

discharged to be provided. Methods

adopted/to be adopted for the water

conservation shall be included. Zero

discharge effluent concepts to be

adopted.

Pls. refer water balance diagram

figure 2.1& 2.2, page no. 2-26 &

2-27 for detailed water balance

including quantity of effluent

generated, recycled/reused &

discharge.

31. A note on treatment of wastewater

from different plant operations,

extent recycled and reused for

different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of

untreated and treated effluent to

meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E(P) Rules.

Pls. refer sec. 2.15.1, page no. 2-

16 for complete scheme of

wastewater treatment, reuse

/recycle details.

Major source of effluent is water

treatment & utility and we are

achieving zero discharge so no

major difference of raw & treated

effluent and practically no need

to give the treatment.

32. Action plan for control of ambient air

quality parameters as per NAAQES

Standards for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and

NOX, etc. as per GSR 826(E) dated

16th November, 2009.

Following steps will be taken to

control the air quality as per the

NAAQES standards notified by

the Ministry on 16th September,

2009.

• Paved road will be made.

• Pneumatically transfer of raw

materials.

• Adequate implementation of

APCM.

• Effective implementation of air



pollution monitoring.

• Development of greenbelt.

33. An action plan to control and monitor

secondary fugitive emissions from all

the sources as per the latest

permissible limits issued by the

Ministry vide G.S.R. 414(E) dated

30th May, 2008.

All liquid raw materials and

finished products shall be

transport pneumatically. Solid

materials are handling in close

manner.

34. Action plan for solid/hazardous waste

generation, storage, utilization and

disposal. Copies of MOU regarding

utilization of solid waste shall also be

included. EMP shall include the

concept of waste minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques,

Energy conservation and natural

resource conservation.


24 of chapter-2 for hazardous

waste details.

There is no generation of high

calorific solid waste which is

generally used in co processing.

So need to make MoU with any

cement manufacturer.


18 for heat recovery details.Pls.

refer sec. 10.7 of Chapter-10 on

page no. 10-9 for resource

conservation/waste minimization

details.

35. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification,

1999 and subsequent amendment in

2003 and 2009. A detailed plan of

action should be provided.

There is no use of any type of

fuel hence no generation of fly

ash.

36. Action plan for the greenbelt

development plan in 33% area i.e.

land with not less than 1,500 trees

per ha. Giving details of species,

width of plantation, planning schedule

etc. shall be included. The green belt

shall be around the project boundary

and a scheme for greening of the

roads used for the project shall also

be incorporated. All rooftops/terraces

shall have some green cover.


7 of chapter-10 for greenbelt

development plan.

Design details along with

methodology and type of species

are covered under this section.

37. Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be

submitted to harvest rainwater from

the roof tops and storm water drains

to recharge the ground water and

also to use for the various activities

at the project site to conserve fresh

water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources. Rain


18 of chapter-2 for rain water

harvesting details.



water harvesting and groundwater

recharge structures may also be

constructed outside the plant

premises in consultation with local

Gram Panchayats and Village Heads

to augment the ground water level.

Incorporation of water harvesting

plan for the project is necessary, if

source of water is bore well.

38. Environment Management Plan (EMP)

to mitigate the adverse impacts due

to the project along with item wise

cost of its implementation.

Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental

pollution control measures shall be

included.

Pls. refer chapter-10 for detailed

EMP.

Pls. refer table 10.2, page no.

10.22 of chapter-10.

39. Details of Rehabilitation &

Resettlement (R & R) involving the

project. R&R shall be as per policy of

the State Govt. and a detailed action

plan shall be included.

No Rehabilitation & Resettlement

(R & R) is involved in this project.

40. Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

Pls. refer sec. 10.12, page no.

10.21 and table 10.4, page no.

10-26 of chapter-10 for details of

environmental monitoring plan.

41. Disaster Preparedness and

Emergency Management Plan

including Risk Assessment and

damage control needs to be

addressed and included.

Pls. refer chapter-7 for risk

assessment.


44 of chapter-7 for Disaster

Management Plan (DMP).

42. Occupational health:

i. Details of existing Occupational &

Safety Hazards. What are the

exposure levels of above

mentioned hazards and whether

they are within Permissible

Exposure Level (PEL). If these are

not within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep

them within PEL so that health of

the workers can be preserved.

Estimated work area quality with

TWA limit is summarized in Table

2.8(a), page no. 2-22 of Chapter-

2 which is well within the limit.

Pls. refer sec. 10.10, page no.

10-16 of chapter-10 of EIA report

for proposed activity carry out by

the industry for occupation

health.

ii. Details of exposure specific health

status evaluation of worker. If the

workers’ health is being evaluated

by pre designed format, chest x

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry,

Activity proposed in sec. 10.10,

page no. 10-16 of chapter-10 of

EIA report.



Vision testing (Far & Near vision,

color vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, during pre-

placement and periodical

examinations give the details of

the same. Details regarding last

month analyzed data of

abovementioned parameters as

per age, sex, duration of exposure

and department wise.

iii. Annual report of health status of

workers with special reference to

Occupational Health and Safety.

Unit is frequently done health

checkup of workers and records

are maintained in health register.

Copy of reference health checkup

report of workers is enclosed as

Annexure-VIII.

iv. Action plan for the implementation

of OHS standards as per

OSHAS/USEPA.

Noted the point and prepare

action plan for the

implementation of OHS

standards. Unit is follow OSHAS

18001 standard and will obtain

certification from competent

agency.

v. Plan and fund allocation to ensure

the occupational health & safety

of all contract and casual workers.

It is already proposed in EMS

plan.

43. Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well

laid down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed

in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy

prescribe for standard operating

process/procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation /

violation of the environmental or

forest norms/conditions? If so, it

may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the

company to deal with the

environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system

may be given.

Our is a proposed unit and there

will be an Environment Policy

approved by Director.

Pls. refer sec. 10.14 on page no.

10-22 of chapter-10 for

environment policy.

Environment Policy includes

standard operating process

including commitment from

management.

Pls. refer figure 10.1 of chapter-

10 on page no. 10-27.



iv. Does the company have system of

reporting of non-compliances/

violations of environmental norms

to the Board of Directors of the

company and/or shareholders or

stakeholders at large? This

reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report.

Pls. refer sec. 10.15 of chapter-

10 on page no. 10-23.

44. Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to

thelabour force during construction as

well as to the casual workers

including truck drivers during

operation phase.

This is an existing plant. So all

the facilities are already

provided.

45. At least 5% of the total cost of the

project shall be earmarked towards

the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on Public Hearing issues and

item-wise details along with time

bound action plan shall be included.

Socio-economic development

activities need to be elaborated upon.

Unit has allocated 2.5% of the

total cost of the project for CSR

activities.

Pls. refer sec. 10.11 & table 10.1,

page no. 10-19& 10-20 of

chapter-10 for budget of CSR

activities.

Detail scope of CSR activity will

be finalized after suggestions

obtained during the public

hearing.

46. Any litigation pending against the

project and/or any direction/order

passed by any Court of Law against

the project, if so, details thereof shall

also be included. Has the unit

received any notice under the Section

5 of Environment (Protection) Act,

1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

No

47. The questionnaire for industry sector

(available on MoEF website) shall be

submitted as an Annexure to the EIA-

EMP Report.

Pls. refer Annexure-IX for

questionnaire for industry sector.

48. TORs’ prescribed by the Expert

Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall

be considered for preparation of EIA-

EMP report for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the ‘Generic Structure of EIA’ given in

Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA

EIA report is prepared based on

TOR as well as generic structure

given in Appendix-III of EIA

Notification, 2006.



Notification, 2006. Where the

documents provided are in a

language other than English, an

English translation shall be provided. The draft EIA-EMP report shall be

submitted to the State Pollution Control Board of the concerned State

forconduct of Public Hearing. The

SPCB shall conduct the Public Hearing/public consultation,

districtwise, as per the provisions of EIA notification, 2006. The issues

raised in the Public Hearing and

during the consultation process and

the commitments made by the project proponent on the same shall be included separately in EIA-EMP

Report in the form of tabular chart

with financial budget (capital and

revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for complying with

the commitments made. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the

Ministry for obtaining environmental

clearance.

Issues raised in the Public

Hearing and replies by the

project proponent on the same is tabulated in table below.

49. A tabular chart with index for point

wise compliance of above TORs. Done

50. The TORs prescribed shall be valid for

a period of two years for submission

of the EIA-EMP reports along with

Public Hearing Proceedings (wherever stipulated).

Noted the point

The following general points shall be noted:

i. All documents shall be properly

indexed, page numbered.

Noted and complied

ii. Period/date of data collection shall be

clearly indicated.

Noted and complied

iii. Authenticated English Translation of all material in Regional languages

shall be provided.

Noted and complied

iv. The letter/ application for environmental clearance shall quote

the MoEF file no. and also attach a copy of the letter.

Noted and complied

v. The copy of the letter received from

Ministry shall be also attached as an

annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.

Complied

ToR letter received from MoEFCC

is attached as Annexure XI.

ADDITIONAL TORs FOR SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY

1. Manufacturing process details along

with the chemical reactions and process flow chart.

Pls. refer sec. 2.10, page no. 2-6

of chapter-2 for of manufacturing process details along with the chemical reactions and process



flow chart.

2. Name of all the solvents to be used in

the process and details of solvent

recovery system.

We are not going to use any

solvent in our process. Methanol

is use as a raw material in

process and not as a solvent. So

no need to install solvent recovery system.

3. Design details of ETP, incinerator, if

any along with boiler, scrubbers/bag

filters etc.

Refer table 2.9, page no. 2-23 for

technical specification of forced

effect evaporator.

4. The details of solid and hazardous

wastes generation, storage,

utilization and disposal particularly

related to the hazardous waste,

calorific value of hazardous waste and

detailed characteristic of the

hazardous waste. Action plan for the

disposal of fly ash generated from

boiler shall be included.


24 of chapter-2 for details of

hazardous waste.

There is only salt generation from

MEE and no Hazardous

characteristics envisage in

recover salt from MEE.

There is no use of any fuel hence

no generation of fly ash.

5. Precautions to be taken during

storage and transportation of

hazardous chemicals shall be clearly

mentioned and incorporated.


23 of chapter-7.

6. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be

used. CAS No./RTECS No./DOT/UN

etc to be mentioned against each

chemicals.

MSDS of all the Haz. Chemicals

are given as Annexure-II.

7. Details of VOC monitoring in the

working zone environment and other

hazardous emissions such asChlorine,

HCl, etc. if any.

Pls. refer chapter-6 of EIA report.



TSDF.

Membership certificate of


Annexure-I.

9. Risk assessment for storage for

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling & safety system.

Pls. refer chapter-7 for risk

assessment.

10. Details of occupational health

programme.

i) To which chemicals, workers are

exposed directly or indirectly.

ii) Whether these chemicals are

within Threshold Limit Values

(TLV)/ Permissible Exposure

Levels as per ACGIH

Pls. refer sec. 10.10 on page no.

10-16 of chapter-10 for

occupational health programme

details.

Refer sec. 10.10 on page no. 10-

16 for list of chemicals, and

measures, details of Pre-

placement and periodical medical

monitoring of workers, LFT.



recommendation.

iii) What measures company has

taken to keep these chemicals

within PEL/TLV.

iv) How the workers are evaluated

concerning their exposure to

chemicals during pre-placement

and periodical medical

monitoring.

v) Liver function tests (LFT) during

pre-placement and periodical

examination.

Pls. refer table 2.8(a), page no.

2-22 of chapter-2 for threshold

limit & estimated results of Haz.

Chemicals.

11. A Toxic management Plan shall be

prepared.


29 of chapter-7.

12. A write up on “Safe Practice” followed

for handling, storage, transportation

and unloading of chemicals to be

submitted.


22 of chapter-7.

13. What are onsite and offsite

emergency plan during chemical

disaster.

Pls. refer section 7.17& 7.18,

page no. 7-31 & 7-38

respectively of chapter-7 for

onsite & offsite emergency plan.

14. A write up on “Treatment of workers

affected by accidental spillage of

chemicals”.


25 of chapter-7.

Points raised during public hearing and its compliances/response from project

proponent/consultant.

Sr.

No.

Name and

Address

Point Represented Reply from the Project

Proponent

1. Thakor Chunthaji

Ramsang,

Moti Bhoyan

• At present how much quantity of formaldehyde is

producing?

• You have Environment clearance for existing unit.

The date of submission of

compliance report for last three years.

• Environment clearance is obtained for the existing

unit on 24/08/2010, whereas Consent No.

AWH.71755, Dt. 13/09/2015 was obtained

from GPCB. That means

Industry have operated the plant from year 2010-July

2012 without obtain GPCB consent? Submit the

details of How many Products were produced

• Representative of the company inform that currently

unit producing 5000 MT/Month

(max) Formaldehyde. • We are regularly submitting

compliances report of EC to

Regional office, MoEF&CC, Bhopal at interval of six

months. • We have renewed our consent

to operate on 13.09.2015 and we have obtained consent to

operate with same capacity from GPCB. During this period

we were produced same

product Formaldehyde with max production capacity of

5000 MT/Month.



and how much the quantity

of each product during this

time (Aug’10-July’15). • Provide validity of

Environmental Clearance obtained for Existing unit.

• Provide the details of tree

plantation after expansion.

• Provide the area of block No. 1398.how much area

is covered for existing construction

• When N.A is obtained for

Block No. 1398?

• Any permission is obtained from the Authority like

Gram Panchayat-MotiBhoyan, Taluka

Panchayat Jilla Panchayat –Gandhinagar or Collector

of Gandhinagar for

proposed expansion?

• Which type of work done for social welfare activities

in last three years? How much fund expanse for this

activity during three years? • Give details of how many

local people get

employment for existing unit? Give details of each

local employment with their address.

• How you meet your water

requirement for Existing plant?

• Thol lake Bird Sanctuary is

3 km away from the project site which is not

included in study and this

is very serious matter.

• How much solid waste is

generated per month and where it is dispose? Give

details. • Is there ETP at present

operation? If yes, then

• We have obtained EC on

24/08/2010 with validity of 5

years for its implementation. During this time, we have

established our plant and obtained CTE & CTO & not

violate EC Condition.

• We have around 150 trees

planted in our premises which include Palm tree, Jasud,

Madhukamini, Chandani,

exsora pink, exsora red etc. • We have 4281 Sqm net in

Block No. 1398. Around 60%of area is covered under

construction. • We have obtained N.A

permission for block no. 1398

dt: 20/12/2004. • We will obtain required

permissions for proposed expansion from Authority like

Gram Panchayat-MotiBhoyan, Taluka Panchayat Jilla

Panchayat –Gandhinagar or Collector of Gandhinagar

before start our project

activity. • Being a small unit, some CSR

activities carried out by us and committed to more focus on

CSR work in upcoming period.

• Unit is providing employment

around 40 employees those who are coming from

Gandhinagar and Ahmadabad district. Summary of name of

employee and there village is

attach herewith. • Currently we are fulfilling our

water demand from water supply of Narmada Nigam.

• Unit is not using any fuel in the plant and achieves Zero

discharge hence major environmental impact is

localized. There is no any

adverse impact envisage on Bird of Thol lake hence detail

impact study is not carried out.

• Currently we are disposed of industrial solid waste at

Saurashtra Environment Project Pvt. Ltd Bhachau.

• There is no waste water



provide its capacity.

• How many Showcase Notices, Closure Notices

etc. obtain for existing unit under Air Act-1981& EPA-

1986? Give the reasons of

notices.

generation from process only

waste water generate from

Cooling tower and Boiling, it it will be evaporate to achieve

zero discharge. Hence ETP is not required in our unit.

• Still we have received three notices from GPCB one is dt:

7/09/2011, second: 05/12/2012 & third one on dt:

06/02/2013. We have

immediately take actions to comply non-compliance of

notices.

1.8 OBJECTIVE OF EIA

EIA is a policy and management tool for both planning and decision

making. EIA assists in identification, prediction and evaluation of the

foreseeable environmental consequences of proposed developmental and

industrial projects.

The objectives of the present EIA Study is to assess the impacts on

various environmental components due to the proposed project activity,

identify potential source of pollution, evaluate impact on environment and

to recommend appropriate environmental management system and

environment management plan for the unit to ensure that the adverse

impacts if any will be minimized. Moreover, to prepare an Environmental

Statement to indicate conclusively if the overall impacts are positive or

negative.

1.9 METHODOLOGY FOR EIA

Environmental Assessment (EA), another term used in the environmental

studies, refers to an understanding of the present status of environment

and a study of how to manage them. Keeping in view the nature and size

of the proposed project and industrial area and various guidelines

available, it was decided to cover an area of 10-km radius from the

center of proposed plant site for the purpose of environmental impact

assessment study. The methodology is briefly reported below and has

been described in this section.

Baseline data Collection

The baseline data for the impact zone have been generated for the

following environmental parameters:



Ambient Air Quality

Micrometeorology

Noise Levels

Surface and ground water quality

Soil Quality

Flora and fauna

Land use pattern

Socio-economics

The baseline status of the above environmental parameters has been

worked out based on the rapid monitoring/analysis carried out during the

study period of October-2015 to December-2015 supplemented by

data collected from various government departments, census publications

etc. The data is collected and analyzed as per the standard methods for

establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of proposed

activity on the same.

Evaluation of Impact from Project Activities

The environmental Impact resulting from the various project activities,

have been identified, predicted and evaluated based on the study of

manufacturing process and other project related activities as well as

correlating the same with existing base line status.

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management plan has been prepared covering pollution

prevention measures at source in terms of air and water pollution control

measures, solid waste/ hazardous waste management, safety

management, green belt development, environmental surveillance and

environmental management team.

Finally, the detailed assessment of the resultant environmental impacts

have been made based on the impacts identification and evaluated from

the activities over the baseline status of various environmental

components to reduce the pollution and to delineate a comprehensive

environment management plan along with recommendations and

suggestions to improve environment management system.



1.10 DETAILS OF INDUSTRIES

Table 1.3 List of major industries

Sr.

No.

Name of Industry Type of Industry Distance

1. Kothari Techno Tex Mfg. of Drop wire, Healds for

Quality Fabric Weaving

300 Mtrs

2. Shree Rama Multi-Tech

Ltd.

Mfg. of Lami Tubes, Labels,

Cups, Flexible

200 Mtrs

3. Gujarat Dyestuff

Industries Pvt. Ltd.

Mfg. of PP/PE Woven Fabric,

Sacks, Antiblock Master

Batches

250 Mtrs

4. Singhal Industries Pvt.

Ltd.

Mfg. of PP/HDPE Leno Bags,

Jumbo Bags, Woven Sack Bags.

500 Mtrs

5. CRI Ltd. Manufacturer of ball pen tips,

nozzle trader and exporter of

ball pen tips, nozzle supplier of

ball pen tips & nozzle

100 Mtrs

6. Arvind Mills Ltd. Mfg. of Clothes 2 Kms

Lo

Fig

ocation of

Projec

San

gure 1.1

f the proj

ct Locatio

Envirotec

ject site

n

ch Pvt. Ltd

d., Ahmeddabad



Figure 1.2

Google map of 10 km radius



Figure 1.3

Image showing all four boundaries coordinates of the site



Chapter-2

Project Description

2.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is a working unit at Plot No. 1398, Nr. Rama

Multi Tech Ltd., Village: Moti Bhoyan, Taluka: Kalol, Dist.: Gandhinagar

for manufacturing of Formaldehyde of 5000 MTPM capacity. Now, looking

to the market demand, unit intends to enhance its production capacity of

Formaldehyde up to 12500 MTPM along with Para Formaldehyde - 835

MTPM and Reprocessing Silver (Purification of Silver) - 1.5 MTPM.

Expansion will be done in existing plant premises. Unit has obtained EC

from MoEF&CC vide its letter no. J-11011/625/2009-IA II (I), dated

24.08.2010 and have valid consent to operate issued by GPCB vide order

no. AWH-71755, date of issue 13/07/2015 and valid up to 15/04/2020.

2.2 TYPE OF PROJECT

Unit proposed to expand production capacity of Formaldehyde and going

to add new products Para Formaldehyde manufacturing activity.

Production of Formaldehyde and going to add new products Para

Formaldehydeis covered under the basic organic chemicals. The project

activity falls under item 5(f) of Schedule of Environment Clearance

Notification dated 14th September, 2006 and its subsequent amendment.

Considering the project location and itscapacity, as per notification, it falls

under Category “A” project. Hence, it is necessary to obtain

Environmental Clearance from Central level before start the expansion

work.

2.3 NEED FOR THE EXPANSION

Unit is established in the year 2003 for manufacturing of Formaldehyde

with capacity of 1500 MTPM and currently produces 5000 MTPM

Formaldehyde. The end use of this product is mainly for Resins,

disinfectant & other industrial uses. Due to increasing market demand,

unit proposes to increase its production activity by expansion of existing

production and adding some new products.



The promoters of the company have more than 15 years of experience in

the same business. The chemicals-Formaldehyde offered by the unit is

appreciated throughout the local markets for their accurate composition

and quality, which has been a reason for the steady growth of the

company over the years. With the increasing market demand, unit

proposes to increase its production activity by adding some new products.

2.4 CAPITAL INVESTMENT

Existing cost of project is Rs. 10.0 crores. The estimated cost of the

proposed expansion will be around Rs. 8.0 crores. So after expansion, it

will be tune around Rs. 18.0 crores. Out of this, around Rs. 1.0 crore will

earmark for pollution control measures as capital investment and Rs. 20

lakhs will be recurring cost per annum. Unit is using excess steam

generate from exothermic process reaction resulted to reduce the

operational cost.

2.5 LAND REQUIREMENT

Proposed expansion will be carried out in existing plant premises

admeasuring total area of the premises as 4281 m2. The area use in the

unit is for plant/machinery, raw material & finished product storages,

office etc. Detailed break-up of land is given in below table:

Table 2.1 Structural facilities along with land break up

Sr. No. Particular Land Occupied, sqm

1. Process Area 924

2. Raw Material Storage 432

3. Utilities 365

4. Final Product Storage 432

5. Office Building 90

6. Green Belt 1500

7. Parking 100

8. Internal Road 438

Total 4281

2.6 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT:

Project site details are given in following table:



Table 2.2: Location Details

Sr.No. Particulars Details

1. Plant location

Plot No. 1398

Village Moti Bhoyan

Taluka Kalol

District Gandhinagar

State Gujarat

2. Co-ordinates

Latitude 23°09'44.69"N

Longitude 72°26'45.54"E

3. Nearest Habitat Moti Bhoyan-1.45 km

4. Nearest Railway Station Kalol-10.6 km

5. Nearest Airport Ahmedabad-21.2 km

6. Nearest City Ahmedabad-12.0 km

7. Nearest Highway SH 41-10.0 km

Note: Aerial distances are presented in above table.

2.7 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Unit is involved in the manufacturing of Formaldehyde and now, proposed

for expansion in existing production capacity by adding some new

products. Production details are as under:

Table 2.3: List of products

Sr.

No.

Products Existing

Production (MTPM)

Additional

production (MTPM)

Total production

after expansion (MTPM)


2 Para Formaldehyde 00 835 835

3 Reprocessing of Silver


00 1.5 1.5

2.8 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

Specifics Applied

under the

Act

Specifics for

approval or legal

procedure

Related recent

Status

Implementation

EC for

Expansion

of Project

Under

Environment

Protection

Environment

Clearance for the

expansion project

Submitted

Form-I, TOR

presentation,

Project will expand

after obtaining EC

from MoEF&CC.



Act, 1986 from MoEF&CC as

per the guideline

of EIA

Notification-2006&

amended time to

time.

TORs awarded

on 22.06.2015

Operation

of the

Expansion

Project

Under Air,

Water, Haz.

Waste &

Environment

(Protection)

Act, 1986

CTE & CTO/CCA

from GPCB.

Will apply for

CTE/CCA to

GPCB.

After obtaining

CC&A.

2.9 DETAILS OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY (EXISTING &

PROPOSED)

The proposed expansion project will be carried out within the existing

plant premises. Building construction will be done as per requirement.

Restructure of the plant building will be done if required considering

safety point of view. For the manufacturing of the products, required Raw

materials are available nearby and can be transported to the project site

with ease because of good road connectivity. The details about existing

infrastructural facilities and plant machineries for proposed expansion are

shown in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4 Plant machineries (Existing & Proposed)

Sr.

No.

Particulars Qty. Status

(Existing/Proposed)

Formaldehyde

1. Reactor 2 Existing & Refurnished

2. Evaporator 2 Existing

3. Absorber-1 2 Existing

4. Absorber-2 2 Existing

5. Air Washer 1 Existing

6. Steam Filter 2 Existing

7. Methanol Filter 4 Existing

8. Steam Drum 3 Existing

9. Steam Distributor 2 Existing

10. Hot Water Tank 2 Existing

11. Plate Type Heat Exchange 10 Existing

12. DCS System 2 sets Existing

13. Other Field Instruments 2 Lot Existing

14. Air Compressor 4 Existing

15. Pump & Motors 2 Lot Existing

16. Roots Blower 5 Existing



Sr.

No.


(Existing/Proposed)

17. Air Filter 2 Existing

18. Super Heater 1 Existing

19. Gas Filter 1 Existing

20. Bubble Cap Tank 1 Existing

21. Incinerator 1 Existing

Paraformaldehyde

1. 1st Stage, Falling Film Evaporator with

Separator

1 Proposed

2. 1st Stage, Condenser for Falling Film

Evaporator

1 Proposed

3. 2nd Stage, Thin Film Evaporator with

rotating wiper system, drive for

rotation & motor

1

Proposed

4. 2nd Stage, Concentrate Buffer Tank 1 Proposed

5. 2nd Stage, Condenser for Thin Film

Evaporator

1 Proposed

6. Feed Tank with Agitator (Drying Unit) 1 Proposed

7. Pressure Nozzle System

(Atomizing System)

1 Proposed

8. Steam heated gas heater (Inlet Gas) 1 Proposed

9. Steam heated gas heater (Hot Gas) 1 Proposed

10. Roof Air Disperser (Spray Chamber) 1 Proposed

11. Congealing Chamber

(Spray Chamber)

1 Proposed

12. Fluid Bed System consisting of 1

stationary fluid bed unit divided into 2

drying sections and 1 cooling section

1 Proposed

13. Cyclones (Outlet Gas) 1 Proposed

14. Scrubber/Condenser with buffer tank 1Lot Proposed

15. Heat Exchanger 1 Proposed

16. Oxygen Analyzer 1 Proposed

17. Other Field Instruments 1Lot Proposed

18. PLC with SCADA 1 Proposed

19. Packing Machine 1 Proposed

20. Structure supply & Installation 1Lot Proposed

Silver catalyst plant

1. Electrolysis Tub 3 Proposed

2. Current Rectifier 3 Proposed

3. Electric Oven 1 Proposed

4. Muffle Furnace 1 Proposed

5. Agitated Tank 1 Proposed

6. Vacuum Filter 1 Proposed



Sr.

No.


(Existing/Proposed)

7. Vacuum Pump 1 Proposed

8. Melting Furnace 1 Proposed

9. Sieving Machine 1 Proposed

10. Circulation Pump 1 Proposed

11. Scrubber 1 Set Proposed

12. Different Tubs [Plastic & SS] 1 Set

each

Proposed

2.10 MANUFACTURING PROCESS, CHEMICAL REACTION & MASS

BALANCE

2.10.1 Formaldehyde Production Technique:

a) Feed Methanol, air, water vapour

Catalyst: Silver/Metal oxide

b) The methanol in the measuring storage tank is pumped up to an elevated

tank by a methanol pump. After being controlled by measuring, the

methanol coming out from the elevate tank flows into an evaporator for

vaporization of which the temperature is controlled within 440C ~ 470C

and the liquid level is controlled as 50%,then the vaporized methanol

gets into a super heater. The heat for the vaporization of methanol is

provided by the 700C circulating fluid in the 1# formaldehyde absorber.

c) The air is filtered by a filter before being delivered to the evaporator by a

blower. It mixes with the methanol in the evaporator and enters into then

super heater together. The air flow is regulated by the blower through

frequency conversion to control the flow ratio of air to methanol

(A/M=1.8 ~1.95).

d) When the pressure gets stable, the vapour (0.3MPa) gets into a mist

eliminator for dehumidification through the pipeline before entering into

the superheat. The flow ratio of air to methanol shall be controlled at

desired level. In the formaldehyde production technique using silver as

catalysis, the water vapor is an inert gas which does not participate in

chemical reactions. The added water vapor changes the explosive range

of the methanol and air, the production of formaldehyde thereby

becomes far from the explosive area and stays safe and reliable.

e) After the flow rates are regulated and proportioned, the methanol, air and

water vapor enter into the super heater and the superheating



temperature shall be controlled at 1200C. Then, these materials enter into

a reactor.

f) In the reactor, under the catalysis of silver of 6500C, the methanol is

dehydrated and oxidised, generating Formaldehyde. Dehydration reaction

is an endothermic reaction and oxidation reaction is an exothermic

reaction, but the heat release is more than that can adsorbed, therefore

the reaction system is a state of heat energy surplus. The water vapour is

not involved in reactions but it can absorb a lot of heat of reaction,

maintaining the temperature at 6500C.

Chemical Reaction

CH3OH CH2O + H2 - 20Kcal-----------------1

CH3OH + ½ O2 CH2O + H2O + 38 Kcal------2

1 – 2=18Kcal

The 6500C reaction gas leaves the reaction and gets into heat exchanger.

For the heat exchanger, the medium is water. The outlet temperature of

heat exchanger is 1600C. The water absorbs heat, forming the water

vapour of 0.35 MPa which will be used to arranging the raw materials for

production in the super heater after its pressure stabilized.

g) The generated gas of about 1600C enter into 1# and 2# formaldehyde

absorber in proper order and gets absorbed by the cooled circling fluid

through spraying. The temperature of the circulating fluid at the bottom

of 1# absorber shall be control at 700C and fluid is pumped to the

evaporator by circulating pump to supply the heat for the evaporation of

methanol. In the 1# absorber, the concentration shall be controlled as

37%, and temperature of the top shall be controlled at 450 to 500C. The

circulating fluid is also a composition of the Formaldehyde product by this

technique. The temperature of the top of 2# absorber shall be controlled

at 300 to 350C and keep adding water by 300-500 kg/h from top to

reduce the release of formaldehyde.

The tail gas is discharged from the top of the absorber and sent to a tail

gas treatment unit. The tail gas contain 18 to 20% hydrogen and small

amount of Formaldehyde, methanol and methane, which will generate



heat after burning to produce 0.6 MPa water vapor for the application of

other devices. Through tail gas treatment unit, the pollution of

formaldehyde, methanol and methane to atmosphere is reduced and the

recycling of combustion heat is very effective to reduce pollution

discharge and take advantage of wasted energy.

Flow diagram



2.10.2 Process of making Para-formaldehyde from Methanol using rake

type drying method

First step process of Para Formaldehyde is production of formaldehyde

from Methanol with above mentioned process.

Formaldehyde is firstly concentrated and dehydrated until the

formaldehyde concentration is increased 65%. Then it is sent to the

vacuum type dryer for further dehydration and drying to make

powder/Prills.

The whole drying process is operated under vacuum condition. The

evaporation condensate contains 10-15% of formaldehyde fumes, which

is condensate and collect as diluted formaldehyde for recycling in

formaldehyde plant.

Condenser 1: The vapor, which contains formaldehyde & water vapor

from evaporator and concentrated receiving vessel pump into

1#condenser for cooling. The condensate is dilute formaldehyde solution

which is finally discharged into dilute formaldehyde storage tank, which is

return back to formaldehyde plant.

Condenser 2: The vapor, which contains formaldehyde & water vapor

from dryer into 2# condenser for cooling. The condensate is dilute

formaldehyde solution which is finally sent to dilute formaldehyde storage

tank, which is return back to formaldehyde plant.

Absorber: Off gas of 1# condenser, 2# condenser and vent of Dryer are

taken into absorber tower where water circulates from circulation tank.

Formaldehyde whichever in off gas is absorb in water and convert into

dilute formaldehyde. When absorption liquid formaldehyde solution

reaches certain concentration, then it is taken into dilute formaldehyde

storage tank and it is used in formaldehyde plant.

All source of dilute Formaldehyde from Condenser 1 & 2 +

Absorber are collected into Dilute formaldehyde storage tank

which have around (4 to 4.5%) concentration of Formaldehyde

which is recycled in formaldehyde plant.



Process Flow Diagram:

Evaporator

(65-75%)

Condenser 1

Dilute formaldehyde

storage tank

(4 to 4.5%)

Circulation

tank

FM solution

Concentrate

receiving vessel Dryer

Condenser 2

Off gas Off gas

Absorber

Cooling water in

Cooling water out

Cooling water in

Cooling water out

Packing

Powder form Heat out

Heat in Off gas



2.10.3 Process of Silver Refining

Stage-I

Process of making silver nitrate

In a vessel 50 Ltr of water/dilute solution of Silver Nitrate is taken to

which 16 Kg of silver is added @ 50-55 Degree C, under constant stirring.

Nitric Acid 9.3 Kg is added in the same to convert silver to silver nitrate.

During reaction nitrous fumes are evolved which is absorbed in scrubber.

Stage-II

In a tank containing refining cells with hood, connected to scrubber,

which can hold silver.

Silver nitrate solution is added to tank in which current from 20 to 200

Amp & DC voltage of 2 to 20 Volts is applied.

Silver crystals are deposited on silver cathode plate.

Silver crystals are removed from cathode plate by scrapping, then

collected and washed with DM water to remove silver nitrate. Water used

in washing is recycled back to electrolysis tank.

Wet crystals are dried and sieved to obtain different sizes.

The fumes generated are absorbed in a scrubber.

In scrubber NaOH solution is circulated to absorb nitrous fumes.

Neutralize solution is taken to common Evaporator.

Stage-III

Melting Process

Silver crystals to be reprocessed are melted in electric/gas furnace @ 900

Degree C and converted into ingots/small pieces.



Flow Diagram

Stage 1 process (silver refining process)

AgNO3Solution

Silver electrolysis

Recovered silver

Silver plate

D.C. current

Washing

D.M. water

Dilute

AgNO3reused

Drying

Silver Catalyst

AgNO3 Preparation

HNO3

Silver metal



Stage 2 process Silver recovery from AgNO3

2.11 PROJECT COMPONENTS

Components of the project include all facilities required for the operation

of the project with legal necessity.

a) Input requirements: Raw materials, water, fuel, power etc.

b) Utility requirements: Re-Boiler, cooling tower, D. G. Set etc.

c) Pollution control facilities:

Water Treatment Facilities: Forced effect evaporator and

mechanical evaporator.

Air Pollution Control Facilities: Tail gas treatment units.

Hazardous/Solid waste facilities: It includes sludge storage and final

disposal facility at approved TSDF site by GPCB.

d) Other facilities: It includes greenbelt area, rain water harvesting

system etc.

Silver recovery unit

Filtration

AgNO3from silver

refining process

NaOH

Silver Washing

Water

To effluent

Drying

Melting

Reducing

agent

To evaporator

Ingots/small

process



2.12 INPUT REQUIREMENTS

(a) Raw material requirement:

The details of the raw material requirement are given in Table 2.6.

(b) Water requirement:

At present, total water requirement (Industrial + Domestic + Greenbelt)

is 129 KLD (104 KLD freshwater + 25 KLD recycle water). After

expansion; water requirement will be increased up to 610 KLD, out of

which 535 KLD is fresh water & 75 KLD is recycle water (condensate from

evaporator). Fresh water consumption is mainly for domestic, process,

utilities, greenbelt development. Source of fresh water is Narmada Water

supply and it will be same after expansion.

Detailed breakup of the waterconsumption is given in Table 2.6. Water

balance diagram is given in Figure 2.1.

(c) Fuel:

No fuel is used for existing manufacturing because exothermic reaction.

Methanol is being used as starting fuel for 30 to 60 minutes when

reaction initiated. After expansion, same technology will be used hence

no need of fuel. Only HSD is used for stand-by D. G. set, which is used in

case of emergency/power failure only.

(d) Power:

Electricity is supply from Gujarat Electricity Board (GEB-UGVCL). At

present, power requirement is 400 kVA. There will be increase in power

consumption. Additional requirement will be 950 kVA. Hence, total 1350

kVA will be required after expansion. There is also provision of stand by

D. G. Set of 400 kVA (Existing) and proposed addition of 1000 kVA to

meet the power requirement in case of power failure.

(e) Manpower:

After expansion, total manpower will be 55; i.e. existing 30 nos. and

proposed 25 nos. which include manpower at all levels (i.e. chemists,

supervisors, operators, miscellaneous etc.).

2.13 UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS

Utilities facilities are tabulated below:



Table 2.5: Utility details

Sr.

No.

Particulars Qty. Capacity

1. Cooling towers 4 200 TR each [Existing]

2. D. G. Sets 2 400 kVA( Existing) + 1000 kVA

(Proposed)

3. Air Compressor 4 22 CFM x 1 [Existing]

39 CFM x 2 [Existing]

39 CFM x 1 [Existing]

2.14 GENERATION OF POLLUTANTS

The sources of pollution will be as below;

2.14.1 Wastewater generation:

Source of water pollution is mainly from process, RO/DM reject, utilities

i.e. cooling bleed off and from domestic use. Currently, 30 KLD

wastewater is generated from raw water treatment and utilities. After

expansion, it will be increased up to 121 KLD. Wastewater generated

from the inter-reaction is retained with the product. RO/DM reject,

wastewater generated from silver refining & cooling bleed off will be

directly sent to force effect evaporator & then sent to mechanical

evaporator. Condensate from evaporator will be reused for utility i.e. for

cooling. Thus unit will achieve zero discharge after proposed expansion.

Generated Domestic wastewater will be sent to soak pit.

2.14.2 Gaseous Emissions:

There will not be any process emission except tail gas, which will be

emitted after proper burning/incineration in tail gas treatment plant. Tail

gas treatment plant is integral part of process plant. It will be

updated/modify along with process plant after expansion. The tail gas

treatment plant will be adequate to reduce the pollution of formaldehyde,

methanol and methane to atmosphere. There will also be recycling of

combustion heat which is very effective to reduce pollution discharge and

take advantage of wasted energy.

Unit has installed one D G Set (400 kVA) and going to install additional

one D G Set with capacity of 1000 kVA. Both the D G Sets are used as

standby in absence of power supply from state grid. HSD will be used as



fuel. Most probable pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOx. The details of

the flue gas stacks and process gas stacks are given in Table-2.8.

2.14.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste generation:

Main source of hazardous waste generation is Evaporation Salt, used oil &

discarded containers/barrels. After expansion, source of Haz. waste

generation will remain same but there will beincrease in the quantity of

hazardous waste generation. The details of hazardous waste generation

are given in Table-2.10.

2.14.4 Noise Pollution:

At present, the main source of noise generation is process plant,

vehicular transportation & other machineries.

There will be slight increase in noise level due to proposed manufacturing

activities, due to installation of some new additional mechanical

equipment required for the proposed expansion. The noise level in the

unit is well within the prescribed limit. Noise monitoring for existing plant

activities are given in Table-2.11.

2.15 POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

The details of pollution control strategy for various parameters are given

hereunder:

2.15.1 Effluent Management

As discussed in earlier section of this chapter, main source of water

pollution is from silver refining process, RO/DM reject, utilities i.e. cooling

bleed off. Wastewater generated from water treatment, silver refining &

cooling bleed off will be directly sent to forced effect evaporator & then

sent to mechanical evaporator. Condensate from evaporator will be

reused for utility i.e. for cooling. Thus, unit will achieve zero discharge

after proposed expansion.

Generated Domestic wastewater will be sent to soak pit. Technical details

of forced effect evaporator and mechanical evaporator are given in table

Table-2.9 and Figure-2.4.

2.15.2 Air Pollution Control

There will not be any process emission except tail gas, which will be

emitted after proper burning/incineration in proposed tail gas treatment

plant. After expansion, it will be modify along with process plant. The tail



gas treatment plant will be adequate to reduce the pollution of

formaldehyde, methanol and methane to atmosphere. There will also be

recycling of combustion heat which is very effective to reduce pollution

discharge and take advantage of wasted energy.

The flue gas emission from D. G. set will be well within gaseous emission

norms and there is no need of any air pollution control measures.

Adequate stack height will be provided to control & disperse the air

pollutants within the satisfactory levels and facility for sampling such as

ladder and sampling point will be provided as per the GPCB guidelines.

The details of the flue gas stacks and process gas stacks are given in

Table-2.8.

2.15.3 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary Movement)

Rules’2016. Salt from evaporator will be disposed to secured TSDF site

for landfilling; discarded containers/barrels will be sold to authorized

recyclers. Used oil will be sold to CPCB approved recyclers.

The unit has provided isolated area with impervious flooring for the

storage of hazardous waste. Thus, hazardous waste management system

provided by the unit is adequate. The details of hazardous waste

generation are given in Table 2.10.

2.15.4 Noise control measures:

Following steps will be taken by industry to control noise:

Proper maintenance ofequipment and oiling to avoidincrease in noise.

Provide PPEs like ear puff, ear plugs etc. to workers.

Rotate the workers from noise generating area to other.

Develop the green beltadequately.

2.15.5 Fugitive Emission Control

Fugitive emission of VOCs is likely to emit from production activities.

There are also chances of the fugitive emission due to handling of raw

materials and from process.

However, to prevent the same the unit takes all the precautionary

measures like to carry out entire process in the closed pipeline and

reactors with practically zero leakages. As major raw material & finished



products are in liquid form, practice of pneumatically transfer is adopted

to avoid generation of fugitive emission. All raw materials are stored in

closed conditions to minimized fugitive emission. Frequent work area

monitoring will be done to check fugitive emissions level.

2.16 RESOURCE CONSERVATION

2.16.1 Heat Recovery

The unit introduces modernized techniques so that generated heat from

exothermic reaction is utilized for steam generation. Unit has installed tail

gas treatment plant.Therefore, wasted heat energy will be recovered in

recycled for various industrial activities. Thus, there will not be any

additional fuel requirement which will step towards resource recovery and

conservation. With tail gas treatment plant there will also be reduction in

pollutant concentration and better quality of air emission will be obtained.

Better quality water from Mechanical Evaporator will be recovered and

reused in process. This resulted in conservation of fresh water

requirement. There will also be recycling of combustion heat which is very

effective to reduce pollution discharge and take advantage of wasted

energy.

2.16.2 Rain Water Harvesting System

The unit has provided Rain water harvesting system within the plant, for

capacity of 100 Kl underground tank. During the rainy days, they will first

use rain water for process and utilities and only balance water use form

ground water source. Further, unit is using this water for manufacturing

process.

2.16.3 Green Belt Development

The unit has developed greenbelt area around 1500m2 in its existing unit

and some more area will be added for greenbelt development outside the

plant boundary. The greenbelt area is around 35% of total land area.

Local spices are planted and survival rate is more than 70%.

2.17 Odour control:

The only source of odour is Methanol & Formaldehyde handling and

storage which will be in minor quantity. Both the chemicals are

pneumatically transferred to the reactor as well as packing containers



with practically zero leakages. However, proper personal protective

equipment will be provided to the workers which are handling odorous

materials.

2.18 Health& Safety:

M/s. Balaji Formalin will be followed occupational health program right

from the start of production.

The following check-ups shall be carried out regularly to avoid

occupational hazards:

Pre-employment medical check-up at the time of employment

Provision of periodic medical check-up for all the employees

To provide necessary first aid facilities, the first aid training shall also

be given to the employees

The unit has appointed doctor for the examination and treatment of

the employee.



Table 2.6

Details of raw materials along with source & mode of transportation

Sr.

No.

Name of Raw

Materials

Consumption (MTPM) Source Mode of

transport Existing Proposed Total

Formaldehyde (37%) - 12500 MTPM

1 Methanol 2270 3405 5675 Indigenous

/Imported

Through

Tankers

from Kandla/

Mundra/

Dahej Port

Para Formaldehyde - 835 MTPM

1 Formaldehyde

(37%)

0 2338 2338 Own

manufacturing

--

Purified Silver - 1.5 MTPM

1 Silver Metal

(98%)

0 1.530 1.530 Indigenous Road

2 HNO3 (98%) 0 2.400 2.400 Indigenous Road



Table 2.7

Breakup of water consumption

Description Water Consumption (KLD)

Existing Proposed

addition

Total

Domestic 3.5 4.5 8.0

Gardening 2.5 1.5 4.0

Industrial

Process 63.0 205.0 268.0

Water Treatment 10.0 40.0 50.0

Boiler 15.0 -15.0 0.0

Cooling 10+25* 195+50* 205+75*

Total Industrial 123.0 475.0 598.0

Total D + G + I 129.0 481.0 610.0

Recycle water 25.0 50.0 75.0

Fresh Water

Requirement

104.0 431.0 535.0

* Condensate water

Table 2.7(a)

Wastewater Generation

Description Wastewater generation (KLD)

Existing Proposed

addition

Total

Domestic 2.5 4.5 7.0

Industrial

Water Treatment 10.0 40.0 50.0

Process 0.0 1.0 1.0

Cooling 18.0 52.0 70.0

Boiler 2.0 -2.0 0.0*

Total Industrial 30.0 91.0 121.0

Total (D +I) 32.0 95.5 128.0

* Use of re-boiler for steam generation to utilize energy from

exothermic reaction and no chances of generation of blow down.



Table 2.8

Details of stacks with air emission quality

Sr.

No.

Stack

attached to

Stack

Temp.

In 0K

Velocity

m/s

Stack

Height

in m

Dia.

of

Stack

(m)

Fuel

Used

SPM

mg/

Nm3

SO2

mg/

Nm3

NOX

mg/

Nm3

Existing Stack

01 Tail gas

treatment

incinerator

525 8.5 18 0.300 Waste

gas

-* -* -*

02 D.G. Set

(400 kVA)

453 15 11 0.225 HSD-

45

lit/hr.

80 25 30

Proposed additional stack

01 D. G. Set

(1000 kVA)

475 15 11 0.300 HSD-

110

lit/hr.

110 35 30

Tail gas*

Quality of

tail gas

Unit % V/V

CO2 CO CH4 O2 H2O N2 H2 CH2O CH3OH

2.96 0.0 0.0 0.84 15.26 80.94 0.0 0.0 0.0

Table 2.8(a)

Sources of fugitive emission with its quantification (Estimated)

Sr.

No.

Pollutants Location Results

(μg/m3)

TLV/TWA

Limit

(mg/m3)

1. Methanol Process Area 1043 262

2. Formaldehyde Process Area 36 0.37

3. PM Packing Area 121 -



Table 2.9

Technical specification of forced evaporator

Sr.

No.

Description Specification

1 Feed Quantity 1500 kg/hr.

2 Feed temperature 300C

3 Feed pH 6-8

4 Water Evaporation Capacity 1388 kg/hr.

5 Total Solids in Product Feed 3.0%

6 Concentrate Outlet @ 40% 112 kg/hr.

7 Steam requirement 850 kg/hr.

8 Steam Pressure 1.5 Kg/cm2 (g)

9 Power requirement 25 KW

PROCESS/PLANT EQUIPMENT

1 Calandria – I 1 no.

2 Vapor Separator‐1 1 no.

3 Primary Surface Condenser 1 no.

4 Effect Recirculation Pump with Mechanical Seal and

Non‐flame Proof Electric Motor

1 no.

5 Condensate Pump with Mechanical Seal and

Non‐flame Proof Electric Motor

1 no.

6 Water Ring Vacuum Pump with Non‐flame Proof

Electric Motor

1 no.

7 Feed Tank 1 no.

8 Condensate Collection Pot 1 no.

Instruments

Pressure Gauges will be provided in discharge of all Centrifugal Pumps

Vacuum Gauges will be provided to all Vapour Separator, Primary

Condenserof Evaporator.

Temperature Indicators will be provided to Feed Inlet to First Preheater

andFeed Outlet to Last Preheater.

Temperature Indicators will be provided to all Recirculation Liquid Inlet

andOutlet of Calandrias.

Temperature Indicators will be provided to All Vapour Separator Top.

Temperature Indicator will be provided on Condensate Pot.

Flow meter will be provided at the feed and condensate outlet

dischargepump.



Table 2.10

Details of Hazardous waste

Sr.

No.

Name of

Waste

Category

of waste

Quantity Method of Disposal

Existing Proposed

addition

Total

1 Evaporation

Salt

35.3 5

MT/month

10

MT/month

15

MT/month

Collection, Storage,

transportation,

disposal at TSDF-

SEPPL.

2 Discarded

Containers

33.1 500

Nos./yr.

500

Nos./yr.

1000

Nos./yr.

Collection, Storage,

decontamination,

transportation,

disposal by selling to

authorized recycler or

reuse.

3 Used Oil 5.1 50 lit./yr. -- 50 lit./yr. Collection, Storage,

transportation,

disposal by selling to

registered re-

processor or reused

as lubricant.



Table 2.11

Noise Survey of existing plant

Sr.

No.

Locations Noise Level

dB(A)

1. Nr. Main Gate 63.1

2. Backside of plant 59.2

3. Inside Plant Building 63.5

4. Nr. Methanol storage tanks 59.6

5. Nr. Ejector 74.3

6. Nr. D. G. Set 67.4



Figure2.1

Water Balance Diagram (Existing)

Water

consumption

104 m3/d

Domestic

3.5 m3/d

Process

63 m3/d

Utilities

35 m3/d

Greenbelt

2.5 m3/d

Soak pit

2.5 m3/d

Retained

with product

105 m3/d

Water generation from reaction 47 m3/d

Evop loss

5.0 m3/d

Boiler

15 m3/d

Cooling

10+25 m3/d

Multi Effect

evaporator

30 m3/d

Condensate

25m3/d

RO treatment

Reject

10m3/d



Figure2.2

Water Balance Diagram (after proposed Expansion)

Water consumption - 535 m3/d

Domestic 8.0 m3/d

RO/DM 298 m3/d

Soak pit 7.0 m3/d

Water generation from inter-reaction68 m3/d

Water scrubber for PF (4.0 -4.5% of Formaldehyde

40 m3/d

Water retain with Formaldehyde 40+68+147=

255 m3/d

Reject 30* m3/d

Product water

268 m3/d

PF 0+40m3/d

Formaldehyde

0+40m3/d Steam

267 m3/d

Water with RM 42 m3/d

Effluent 1.0* m3/d

Silver 1 m3/d

Live steam147 m3/d

RO/Softening

Cooling

205+75 m3/d

Bleed of 70 m3/d

System loss 2.5 m3/d

Force effect evaporator

70+20+30*+1* = 121 m3/d

Mechanical Evaporator

78 m3/d

Salt 500 kg

System loss 43 m3/d

75 m3/d

Greenbelt 4 m3/d

Utilities 225 m3/d

Product water 205 m3/d

Reject 20 m3/d




Figure 2.4

Drawing of Evaporator



Chapter-3

Baseline Environmental Status

3.1 Prelude

To assess environmental impacts from proposed project at a specific

location, it is essential to monitor the environmental quality prevailing in

the surrounding area prior to implementation of the proposed project.

The environmental status within the impact zone could be used for

identification of significant environmental issues to be addressed in the

impact assessment study.

In order to identify and establish the extent of likely impacts, it is

essential to gather information on existing environmental quality with

regard to various components of the environment.

3.1.1 Study area

M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is an existing unit located at Plot No. 1398,

Village: Moti Bhoyan, Taluka: Kalol, Dist.: Gandhinagar. The baseline

study was carried out within 10 km radius (as per TOR) from the center

of the proposed project.

3.1.2 Period of the Study area

The baseline study of the proposed project was carried out during

October-2015 to December-2015 within 10 km radius from the center

of the proposed project.

3.1.3 Basic Component of the Environment

The basic component of study of the present environment is obligatory to

predict the environmental impact on the study area; therefore it is

necessary to discriminate the various components of which Environment

made.

Environment consists of Atmosphere, Hydrosphere, Lithosphere and

Biosphere. These Environment components have been considered for the

study of the Existing environment. They are as follows:

(I) Lithosphere: It includes the terrain and landscape study. Such as

a) Topography and Geology of the study area



(II) Hydrosphere or Water Environment: It includes water quality of the

study area by means of -

a) Surface water quality

b) Ground water quality

(III) Atmosphere or Air Environment: Atmospheric condition mainly

depend upon the

a) Climatic condition, and

b) Micrometeorological data such as wind, temperature, humidity,

Rainfall etc. of the project area.

(IV) Biosphere: Ecological systems consist of varieties of interrelationship

between both abiotic and biotic components including dependence,

competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of both plant

and animal communities, which interact not only within and between

themselves but also with the abiotic physical and chemical components of

the environment. Whereas biotic component includes study of

a) Fauna: Study of the animal

b) Flora: Study of the Plant

(V) Other Component: Other component of the surrounding area includes

Socio- Economic data and noise level data of the surrounding area.

Survey for above all components of the study area and data collected by

means of Primary and Secondary data are described from Sec: 3.3 to

3.9.

3.1.4 Methodology

(a) AIR ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Process:

Reconnaissance

Design of Network for AAQM Stations (fig: 3.6 shown all eight Air

monitoring stations counting project site)

Air quality monitoring or data collection

Sample analysis

Methodology:

To understand the Air environment in the study area, monitoring of the air

quality was done by setting up reconnaissance and using Respirable Dust



Sampler (RDS) & Fine Particulate Sampler for monitoring of PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOX. Details of methodology for AAQ monitoring are given in below table.

Table 3.1: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

Sampling

Parameters

Sampling

equipment

Analytical

Equipment

Sensitivity

/Detection

Limit

Methodology

PM10 Respirable Dust

Sampler with

cyclone & flow

measurement

Electronic

Balance

1 μg/m3 Gravimetric

IS: 5182 (Part 23)

2006

PM2.5 Fine Particulate

Sampler

Electronic

Balance

1 μg/m3 Guideline for the

measurement of

ambient air pollutant

Volume-1 by CPCB,

2011, Gravimetric

SO2 Gaseous flow

attachment with

RDS Sampler

Spectro

Photometer

0.002 ppm Colorimetric

IS: 5182: (Part II)

2001

NOx Gaseous flow

attachment with

RDS Sampler

Spectro

Photometer

0.002 ppm Colorimetric

IS: 5182: (Part VI)

2006

VOC Grab sample Gas

Chromatograph

0.01 ppm

As per equipment

manual

CO Grab sample Gas

Chromatograph

- As per equipment

manual

HC Grab sample Gas

Chromatograph

- As per equipment

manual

(b) WATER ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Process:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for collection of water sample (fig: 3.8 shows

all eight water sample stations)

Sample collection & preservation

Analysis of water quality by using following methodology

Methodology for water sample collection:

Water sampler was use for collection of surface water sample. Sampling

locations with source & date of sampling is given in table below:

Table 3.2: Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sample Code

Location Date of Sampling

Source Taluka District

SW1 Piyaj village 04/12/2015 Pond Kalol Gandhinagar

SW2 Hajipur 04/12/2015 Pond Kalol Gandhinagar

SW3 Lapkaman 05/12/2015 Pond Daskroi Ahmedabad

SW4 Thol 06/12/2015 Lake Kadi Mahesana

SW5 Narmada Canal

06/12/2015 Canal Kalol Gandhinagar



Methodology for water sample Analysis:

To understand the water quality of the study area, analysis of sample

collected from all eight locations including the plant site was conducted as

per IS: 10500: 2012 of drinking water or APHA (American Public Health

Association). Details are given in below table:

Table 3.3: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sample

Code

Locations Date of

Sampling

Taluka District

GW1 Project Site 04/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

GW2 Moti Bhoyan 04/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

GW3 Hajipur 04/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

GW4 Khatraj 05/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

GW5 Sherisa 05/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

GW6 Vadsar 05/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

GW7 Karoli 06/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

GW8 Ganapatpura 06/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

(c) LAND ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for collection of soil sample (fig: 3.10 shows

all six soil sample collection stations counting project site)

Sample collection

Physico-Chemical analysis of soil based on following methodology

Methodology for soil sample collection:

Undisturbed top soil samples were collected manually. Sampling locations

with date of sampling is given in table below:

Table 3.4: Surface soil sampling locations

Sample

code

Locations Date of

sampling

Tehsil District

S1 Project site 04/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

S2 Hajipur 04/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

S3 Moti Bhoyan 04/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

S4 Khatraj 05/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

S5 Sherisa 05/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

S6 Ganpatpura 06/12/2015 Kalol Gandhinagar

Methodology for analysis:

To understand the soil quality of the study area, analysis of all six locations

including the plant site was conducted by making suspension of soil sample

and analysis were done by using following methodology.



Table 3.5: Soil Sample analysis methodology

Sampling

Parameters

Sample

collection

Analytical

Equipment

Methodology

Remarks

Porosity

Manual

sample

collection

using

container

tube for

collecting

undisturbed

top soil

- IS: 2720 Part 7 Trial pit method

for topsoil

sample

collection;

disturbed

samples

Water holding

capacity

- -

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture

content

Electronic

Balance

IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size

Distribution

Glass wares

IS: 2720 Part 4

5% Leachate to

be made and

analyzed as per

APHA,

“Standard

Methods”

All method

numbers are as

per APHA

“Standard

Methods”

(22nd

edition)

Cation

Exchange

Capacity

Centrifuge

IS: 2720 Part 24

(1976)

SAR

F. Photometer

(Na, K)

Titration

(Ca & Mg)

Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B

Electrical

Conductivity

Conductivity

Meter

As per IS 14767

-2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) Flame

Photometer

3500 Na B

Potassium

Flame

Photometer

3500 K B

(d) NOISE ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

Reconnaissance

Design of network stations for noise monitoring (fig: 3.9 shows all ten

noise monitoring stations counting project site)

Methodology:

To understand the noise environment in the study area, a survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter at each of the ten locations including the

plant site. Monitoring methodology of noise is given in below table.

Table 3.6: Monitoring Methodology of Noise

Environment

Component

Sampling

Location

Sampling

Parameter

Sampling

Frequency

Sampling

Equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient Noise levels

08 Locations

Decibels – dB (A)

Once during the study

Hourly reading

for 24 hours at

each location

Noise Level Meter

0.1 dB (A)



3.2 Establishment of baseline for valued environmental components

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies need a significant

amount of primary and secondary baseline environmental data.

The primary baseline environmental data are those which need to be

collected in the field to define the status of environment (like air quality

data, water quality data, noise quality etc.).

The secondary baseline environmental data are those data which

have been collected over the years and can be used to understand the

existing environmental scenario of the study area by any recognized

agencies. (Such as Used IMD data for micrometeorological data- rainfall,

humidity and Census data for Socio Economic etc.)

The environmental impact assessment (EIA) studies are conducted over a

short period of time and therefore the understanding the environmental

trends based on few months of primary data has its own limitations.

Ideally, the primary data has to be considered along with the secondary

data for complete understanding of the existing environmental status of

the area.

3.3 Air Environment

The impact on air environment would depend and has been identified on

the basis of identification of sources of air pollution from various process

operations; the nature of pollutants and their quantities likely to be

discharged to the atmosphere; and the baseline data on air quality.

The baseline data on air quality and micrometeorological conditions of the

area surrounding the project site have been generated through an

appropriately designed network for monitoring of Ambient Air Quality

(AAQ) within the zone of likely impacts.

3.3.1 Design of Network for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

The following criteria were taken into account while designing the

ambient air quality-monitoring network:

Topography/Terrain of the study area

Populated areas within the region

Prediction of maximum concentrations and distances of their likely

occurrence under prevailing meteorological conditions



Representation of regional background

Representation of valid cross sectional distribution in downwind

direction

3.3.2 Reconnaissance

Reconnaissance was undertaken to establish the baseline status of air

environment in the study region. The prime objective of the NAAQ

survey, within 10 km radial study area around the plant was to establish

the existing ambient air quality levels. Eight Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring (AAQM) stations including project site were selected based on

the criteria used for designing the network. The locations (relative

directions and distances) of these stations with respect to project site are

given in Table 3.7 and details of these stations are shown in Figure 3.6.

The Particulate Matter (PM10), Particulate Matter (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), CO, HC (methane & non-methane)

and VOCs were identified as significant parameters for ambient air quality

monitoring, particularly because these are likely to be emitted from the

industries and for which ambient air quality standards are prescribed. The

micrometeorological data on wind speed, wind direction, temperature and

relative humidity were collected through a weather monitoring station for

the study period. The baseline status of air quality was monitored within

the study area i.e. 10 km radial distance from project site as per the

latest regulatory guidelines.

3.3.3 Micrometeorology of the area

The micrometeorological conditions at the project site will regulate the

transport and diffusion of air pollutants released into the atmosphere. The

principle meteorological variables are horizontal convective transport

(average wind speed and direction), vertical convective transport

(atmospheric stability, mixing height) and topography of the area. The

data on surface meteorological parameters (hourly average wind speed

and direction) in the study area were collected during the October-2015

to December-2015 using portable weather monitoring station placed at

industry site. The sensors of this equipment were kept at about 10 m

above ground level with free exposure to the atmosphere all through the



study period. In addition, data on temperature as well relative humidity

were also recorded simultaneously using a data logger.

Wind Rose (Secondary data)

The 24 hourly wind rose was prepared using the data on wind direction

and speed collected during October-2015 to December-2015 in the

study area. The same, as depicted in Figure 3.7, shows the predominant

wind directions are ENE, NE, NNE, N, NNW implying that wind comes

from these directions for most of the time during the period. The wind

speed class 1-5 kmph occurred for 9.47%, 6-10 kmph about 31.70%, 11-

15 kmph 33.33% and above 15 kmph and below 30 kmph occurred for

15.64% of the study duration and of the time. The calm condition (below

1 kmph) prevails 9.9% of time. The wind data generated at site were also

compared with the climatologically data obtained from the nearest Indian

Meteorological Department station. The local prevailing wind pattern

during the study period is in conformity with the climatologically normal

of the region.

Temperature (Primary data)

During the study period, the maximum temperature was recorded as

40.0°C and minimum was 13.0°C.

Relative Humidity (Primary data)

During study period, the maximum relative humidity was recorded as

78% and min. was 11%.

Rainfall (Primary data)

No rainfall during the study period at project site.

3.3.4 Ambient Air Quality Survey

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight AAQM

locations, with a frequency of twice a week to assess the existing

sub-regional air quality status during the period of October-2015 to

December-2015. The Respirable Dust Sampler and Fine Particulate

Sampler along with the analytical methods prescribed by CPCB were used

for carrying out air quality monitoring. At all these sampling locations;

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, HC (methane & non-methane) and VOCs were



monitored on 24-hourly basis to enable the comparison with ambient air

quality standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control Board.

The data on concentrations of various pollutants were processed for

different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation,

minimum and maximum concentration and various percentile values.

3.3.5 Baseline Status

The existing baseline levels with respect to PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO, HC

(methane & non-methane) and VOCs are presented in Tables 3.9 to

3.13 with interpretation of statistical analysis of observed ambient air

quality data for eight locations. Presented results, represent the cross

sectional distribution of baseline air quality status of the study region.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM10 values at all the

locations varied between 65.4-74.6 g/m3 and 69.2-79.3 g/m3, which

are well within the stipulated standard of CPCB, 100 g/m3.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly PM2.5 values at all the



Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic

mean at all the locations ranged between 18.1-20.9 g/m3 and 20.6-25.2

g/m3 respectively, which are well within the stipulated standards of 80

g/m3.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24 hourly NOx value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards stipulated

by CPCB, i.e. 80 g/m3.

3.4 Hydro-geological status of the study area

Gandhinagar district is situated in the central part of Gujarat and has four

talukas (Mansa, Kalol, Dahegam and Gandhinagar) with 302 villages.

Total area of the district is 2140 Sq. Km. and total population, as per



2001 census is 13,34,731 souls. Average rainfall of last decade is 698

mm in the district. Main Rivers of the Gandhinagar district are Sabarmati,

Meshwo and Khari, which originate from Aravalli hills and meet in the Gulf

of Cambay. The topography of the district is almost even. General flow of

district is north to South.

Geologically the Gandhinagar district is covered with quaternary alluvium

formation of Cambay basin. Rocky area is not found in this district. The

alluvial formation is made up of multi-layer sand, silt and clay formation.

Alluvium thickness is more in western side of the district, while less in

eastern side. Silt, clay dominates alluvium found in the northwest side

while coarse-grained sand with gravels is common in the eastern part.

Tertiary clay (Blue clay) occurs at different depths in the area. It

demarcates the potable water boundary, below which water quality

deteriorates. In the eastern part it occurs at very shallow depth i.e. at 40

to 50 mts restricting drilling depth up to that depth. Ground water occurs

in semi-confined to confined and in un-confined conditions. Total depth of

the bore in east side is ranging from 50 to 180 Mts., while in northwest

side, depth of the bore varies from 200 to 350 Mts. Presently village

water supply schemes are mainly based on ground water through tube-

wells. Water level of the district is depleting very fast due to less

recharge and un-controlled withdrawal.

Rainfall in the study area:

The study area receives maximum rainfall from mid-June to September

from southwest monsoon. The annual average rainfall in Gandhinagar for

last ten years is around 698 mm. Thus, Rainfall in the study area can

therefore be termed as moderate.

3.5 Water Environment

Water is one of the essential requirements of living elements. Also it is an

essential requirement for many of the industrial activities. The change in

quality of water may bring about an adverse impact on the entire

environment. Due to their physical, chemical and biological interrelations,

change in water quality parameter may trigger changes in other



variables. Physico-chemical parameters have been analyzed to ascertain

the baseline status of fresh water.

There are mainly two types of water available in the region: surface

water and ground water.

Surface Water: There are surface water bodies like lakes, village

pond/reservoir in the study area. Surface water samples were collected

from pond of Piyaj, Hajipur, Lapkaman, Thol Lake & from Narmada Canal

near project site. Table: 3.16 show the analysis of the same.

Ground water: Ground water is the major/important source of water

supply in the study area. Water samples have been collected from project

site and different seven villages (Moti Bhoyan, Khatraj, Hajipur, Sherisa,

Vadsar, Karoli, Ganapatpur). Table: 3.15 show the analysis of the same.

3.5.1 Ground Water Quality (Primary data)

Collected water samples were analyzed for various desirable

characteristics of ground water. Sampling location is shown in Figure

3.8. The results are shown in Table 3.15.

Color: All the samples were colorless meeting desirable norms.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.59

to 7.83).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in samples ranges from 998 mg/L

(Project Site) to 1346 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/L (If alternate sources of potable water are

not available).

Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 49 mg/L (Karoli) to

65 mg/L (Moti Bhoyan), all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200

mg/L (If alternate sources of potable water are not available).

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 39 mg/L

(Hajipur) to 61 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet even the

permissible limit of 100 mg/L (if alternate source of potable water in not

available).

Sulphate: Sulphate content in the water ranges from 18 mg/L (Project

site) to 36 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet the permissible limit of

400 mg/L for drinking water.



Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.57 mg/L (Moti

Bhoyan) to 0.75 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet the permissible

limit (1.5 mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 362

mg/L (Khatraj) to 485 mg/L (Project Site). All the samples are within the

permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (if alternate source of

portable water is not available).

Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 13 mg/L to 22 mg/L),

Sodium (ranges from 289 mg/L to 423 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from

382 mg/L to 602 mg/L).

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are found below

detectable limit in all samples.

Conclusions: Ground water samples from villages meet the permissible

limit set by the authority (BIS). Indian Standard specification for drinking

water is given in Table 3.17.

3.6 Noise Environment (Primary data)

3.6.1 Introduction

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and

hearing and is intense enough to damage hearing or is otherwise

annoying. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies that it has

an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also

disturb natural wildlife and ecological system.

Sound is mechanical energy from a vibrating surface, transmitted by

cyclic series of compression and rarefaction of molecules of the materials

through which it passes. Sound can be transmitted through gases, liquids

and solids. The number of compressions and refractions of the air

molecules in the unit of time is described as its frequency. Frequency is

expressed in hertz (Hz), which is the same as the number of cycles per

second.

3.6.2 Methodology

To understand the noise environment in the study area, a survey was

conducted using Sound Level Meter at each of the ten locations including

the plant site as shown in Figure 3.9.



3.6.3 Day-Time and Night-Time Noise Levels

Noise survey was carried out once at each of the ten locations in the day

and night time during the study period. Table 3.18 depicts average

Leq(day) and Leq(night) noise levels for all locations.

3.6.4 Ambient Air Quality Standards in Respect of Noise

Ministry of Environment and Forest has notified the ambient standards in

respect of noise in Gazette of India dated 14th February, 2000. Table

3.19 depicts these standards in respect of noise.

3.6.5 Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

The Leq values of noise levels during day-time varied from 48.1 dB(A) to

62.2 dB(A). Highest Leq daytime value was recorded at Bus stop

Ganpatpura due to transportation of vehicles. The Leq values of noise

levels during night time varied from 38.5 dB(A) to 54.6 dB(A). Highest Leq

value during night time was recorded at Near Project Site.

3.6.6 Conclusions

The hourly Leq noise levels recorded at various locations in the study area

show considerable fluctuations because of changes in traffic movement,

commercial and domestic activities in the study area. In the study area

higher Noise value during day time was noted at Bus stop Ganpatpura,

due to the movement of vehicles and it is within the Ambient standards of

Commercial area for day time {65 dB (A)} and highest results in night

time was recorded at Project Site, which is within the prescribed limit of

Industrial area for night time {70 dB (A)}.

3.7 Soil Environment (Primary data)

3.7.1 Introduction

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a

natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral

matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and

environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants

and crops and provide mechanical anchorage and favorable tilth. The

study area has more or less flat topography. The soil analysis results

show that the soil is a fertile land.



The study area has soil with the following physical and chemical

characteristics.

3.7.2 Soil Characteristics

Samples of soil were collected from 6 locations (Nr. Project site,

Ganpatpura, Moti Bhoyan, Khatraj, Hajipur, Sherisa) during the study

period and these locations are shown in Figure 3.10.

The values of important physical and chemical parameters of these soil

samples are depicted in Table 3.20. From the tabulated values, the

following conclusions can be made about the physical and chemical

characteristics of these soil samples.

3.7.3 Corollaries

Physical Parameters

Particle Size: A Particle size of the different constituents (clay, silt, sand

and gravel) controls the porosity and water holding characteristic of the

soil. Clay (size < 0.002 mm) amount in the soil samples ranges from

26% to 32%; Silt (size 0.002 to 0.075 mm) in the soil samples is 16% to

30% and Sand (size 0.075 to 0.475 mm) in the soil samples is 19% to

33%; while Gravel (size > 4.75 mm) in the soil samples is 16% to 26%.

Analysis shows that the soil has moderate water holding capacity.

Porosity: Porosity is a measure of space in between soil particles caused

by structural conditions and determined under identical conditions.

Porosity of soil samples of the study area ranges from 42.9 to 45.7%.

Water Holding Capacity (WHC): Water holding capacity (WHC) of soil

samples of the study area ranges between 40.4% to 42.8% and these

being sandy soils are not capable of retaining sufficient water during

irrigation for facilitating the plant growth.

Bulk Density: Bulk Density of soils in the study area is found to be in the

range from 1.34 to 1.41 g/cm3. Bulk density is of greater importance for

characterizing the physical behavior of soils. Generally, soils with low bulk

density have favorable physical conditions (porosity and permeability)

whereas those with high bulk density exhibit poor physical conditions.



Chemical Parameters

pH: pH of soils in the study area is found to be in the range of 7.35 to

7.71.

Chloride: Chloride content in soils of the study area is found to be in the

range of 138 to 242 mg/kg.

Soluble Calcium: The soluble calcium as CaCO3 in soil samples is found

to be in the range of 21 to 98 mg/kg.

Magnesium: Magnesium content in soil samples of the study area ranges

from 16 to 37 mg/kg.

Available Phosphorus: Available Phosphorus content in soil samples of

the study area ranges from 34 to 82 mg/kg.

Available Nitrogen: Available nitrogen content in soil samples of the

study area is found to be in the range from 116 to 149 mg/kg.

Potassium: Potassium content in soil samples of the study area is found

to be in the range from 24 to 39 mg/kg.

Sodium: Sodium content in soil samples of the study area is found to be

in the range from 103 to 185 mg/kg.

Total Organic Matter (TOM): Total organic matter content in soil

samples of the study area is found to be in the range of 1.19 to 1.42

mg/kg.

3.8 Ecology (Primary data)

A detailed flora fauna study was carried out in 10 km radius area of the

site. The structure and type of vegetation depends on climatic conditions

and physiography of an area. It provides goods and services essential to

support human livelihoods and aspirations and enables societies to adapt

to change needs and circumstances. In addition, biodiversity maintains

the ecological balance necessary for planetary and human survival.

Climate of the study area is suited for the variety of vegetation. The

contents of this subsection are based primarily on reconnaissance survey

carried out by the team of San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. & through secondary

sources.



3.8.1 Period of the study

The baseline study, for the assessment of the floral and faunal

biodiversity of the terrestrial environment of the study area, within 10 km

radius of the site was conducted during October-2015 to December-

2015.

3.8.2 Study methodology

The survey methodology was based on the flora and fauna species

identification in personal and recently recorded and found in the region by

the localities. Sampling of grass species was carried out by quadrat

sampling method to examine the species distribution and its frequency in

the region.

Quadrat Sampling Method:

A quadrat (or plot-based) survey is a quantitative examination of species

distribution and abundance. Quadrats are more likely to detect

inconspicuous or threatened species because a smaller area is sampled in

a concentrated search. This survey technique also provides a basis for

subsequent monitoring. The survey was carried out for the vegetation

ground cover found in the road edges by 1 m2 quadrat and study on the

edge effect due to rapid industrialization and urbanization. The results

and findings of the same are discussed in the following sections.

3.8.3 Floral diversity in the study area

The vegetation of this area was represented by very tall trees, middle

layer trees and shrubs, ground layer of herbaceous and twiners and

climbers. The various terrestrial plants available in the study area are

reported in Table 3.22.

3.8.4 Cultivated plants in the study area

Almost all the villages in the study area were actively engaged in

agriculture practices. For irrigation in the non-monsoon season the

villagers were depending up on the village lakes/ponds. The agriculture

crops practiced in this area are Arando, Kapas and Jower, Bajra, Guvar

are generally cultivated immediately after summer. Wheat is cultivated as

major crop in winter season.



3.8.5 Faunal Diversity in the study area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with

respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians sps.; a baseline survey had been

conducted for the study area of 10 km radius. A faunal biodiversity with

their scientific names and common names is presented in Table 3.23.

3.9 Socio Economic & Land use (Secondary data)

3.9.1 Land use pattern and infrastructure

The land use pattern indicates the manner in which different parts of land

in an area is being utilized or non-utilized. It is an important indicator of

environmental health; human activity and a degree of inter play between

these two. Even though the soil quality, water availability and climate

have strong influence on agriculture and vegetation, the human activity

may alter the natural environment to a large extent to suit human needs.

Unnatural land use often triggers rapid environmental deterioration and

disturbs ecological balance. In census records, major land use

classifications are; Forests, Culturable land, culturable wasteland and

area not available for cultivation. Culturable land is further classified as:

irrigated and unirrigated. Area not available for cultivation includes lands

put to non-agriculture uses as well as barren and uncultivable lands.

The main land use in area is for dwellings, infrastructure and related

activities. However, the land use pattern for rural areas is discussed

below. The information is preliminary based on 2001 Census as depicting

in Table 3.25. Total land area is 28943.5 ha, out of that Irrigated area is

17024.5 ha. It constitutes 58.82% of the total land area. Land has got

irrigation facilities from tube well with electricity. 7086.3 ha are un-

irrigated by source and it constitutes 24.48% of total land area. The

study area consist of Cultivable wasteland is 2033.3 ha (7.02%). Area not

available for cultivation is 2799.9 ha & it constitute 9.67%.

3.9.2 Demographic and Socio-Economic Environment

The demographic and Socio-economic details of the study area are

discussed below. These are primarily based on census data of 2001. Data

on number of households, population as well as literacy and employment

pattern in the study area have been presented in Table-3.26. The



employment pattern in the area is indicator of number of persons

employed in various sectors. It also indicates the various categories of

employment flourishing in the area. The Study area in 10 km radius has

39 villages including project site.

The total no. of household in the villages are 19926 and the total

population is 102135 (53.10% men & 47.88% women). 57.96% of are

literate while literacy rate among women & men is 20.96% & 37.00%

respectively. 27.83% of male population is part of main worker, while

only 10.31% of female population is a part of main workers. 2.52% of

male workers are marginal workers, while 8.77% of female workers are

engaged in such type of activities. 22.75% of male population and

28.80% of female population are non-workers.

3.9.3 Living Standard and Infrastructure

In India it is not possible to setup a primary standard of living because of

wide variations in terms of income, economic conditions, social custom,

employment opportunity, pattern of spending, etc. However, availability

of amenities like education, medical, water supply, communication, road

network, electricity, etc. significantly reflects the level of development of

the area. Information on available amenities in the study area has been

extracted from census record of 2001. Total numbers of village in study

area are 39. On the basis of data presented in the Table 3.27, the status

of available amenities is discussed in following sub-sections:

Educational Facilities

As per 2001 census, there are 44 primary schools, 10 Higher Secondary

schools, 3 Higher Secondary/Intermediate/Pre-University/Junior College

or Senior Secondary and 9 colleges in all 39 villages.

Medical Facilities

39 villages in the study area have 22 Registered Private Medical

Practitioner, 22 Community Health Worker/Health Worker, 25 Hospitals,

21 Maternity and Child Welfare Centre, 19 Primary Health Centre, 14

primary health sub centers, 3 Dispensary, 13 Family Welfare Centre, 2

Maternity Home and 1 Child Welfare Centre in study area of 10 km.



Drinking Water Supply

All the villages in the study area have two or more sources of drinking

water. Most of the villages in study area have Well water supply in

addition to Tap water (almost all). Moreover all villages have facility of

Tube Well water facility, 11 have Tank water facility, 1 have canal and 2

have hand pump facilities.

Communication and Transport

The main mode of public transport available in the study area is by bus

service. All villages have approach to railway station as western railway

meter gauge line is passing through nearby. Majority of villages in the

study area is connected with pucca road.

Post and Telegraph

As per 2001 census record out of 39 villages in study area, almost all the

villages have post office facility at doorstep & phone facility.

Power Supply

As per 2001 census record almost all the villages are getting power

supply for all purposes.



Table 3.7: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

(Period of Monitoring: October-2015 to December-2015)

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location

Direction w.r.t.

center of

Industry

Distance

km

Type of Area

1 Project Site (A1) -- -- Industrial

2 Moti Bhoyan (A2) NNE (Upwind) 1.45 Residential

3 Khatraj (A3) W (Downwind) 2.92 Residential

4 Ganapatpura (A4) ENE (Up Wind) 5.17 Residential

5 Karoli (A5) W (Downwind) 1.40 Residential

6 Bhimasan (A6) WSW (Downwind) 3.75 Residential

7 Sherisa (A7) NNE (Up Wind) 4.06 Residential

8 Jethlaj (A8) SSW (Downwind) 3.78 Residential



Table 3.8: Ambient Air Quality Status

(Period: October-2015 to December-2015)

Sr. No.

Sampling Station

PM10

(g/m3)

PM2.5

(g/m3)

SO2

(g/m3)

NOx

(g/m3)

Average (Min-Max)

1 Project Site (A1) 70.7 (61.8-77.4)

35.0 (28.4-40.6)

19.9 (16.3-26.0)

22.2 (18.3-27.6)

2 Moti Bhoyan (A2) 73.0 (64.5-78.2)

33.5 (29.0-37.7)

19.4 (13.0-22.9)

19.2 (14.6-22.0)

3 Khatraj (A3) 65.4 (61.6-69.3)

37.5 (34.0-41.7)

19.2 (14.4-22.6)

21.1 (16.6-24.6)

4 Ganapatpura (A4) 73.9 (67.7-77.8)

35.3 (30.7-39.4)

18.1 (13.9-21.1)

18.6 (14.3-20.8)

5 Karoli (A5) 69.9 (64.0-77.4)

34.9 (32.2-37.1)

18.1 (15.1-20.7)

21.2 (17.4-23.9)

6 Bhimasan (A6) 67.9 (60.5-71.6)

35.5 (33.1-37.6)

20.9 (18.8-23.9)

22.6 (20.2-25.2)

7 Sherisa (A7) 74.6 (70.9-79.8)

34.5 (31.2-40.0)

19.9 (18.0-23.6)

21.5 (18.1-25.9)

8 Jethlaj (A8) 72.5 (63.2-78.7)

31.7 (27.3-38.2)

18.1 (14.1-21.6)

20.8 (16.3-24.8)

Figure 3.1 Graphical representation of Ambient Air quality



Table 3.9: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM10)


Average - 24 Hours Unit - g/m3

Station Name Max Min 98th

Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 77.4 61.8 77.2 74.6 71.0 67.3 70.7 4.8

Moti Bhoyan (A2) 78.2 64.5 78.0 75.9 73.2 71.2 73.0 3.5

Khatraj (A3) 69.3 61.6 69.2 67.4 65.0 63.5 65.4 2.4

Ganapatpura (A4) 77.8 67.7 77.6 75.8 74.1 72.5 73.9 2.6

Karoli (A5) 77.4 64.0 76.3 71.8 69.7 67.9 69.9 3.3

Bhimasan (A6) 71.6 60.5 71.6 70.5 68.2 66.3 67.9 3.1

Sherisa (A7) 79.8 70.9 79.3 75.9 74.5 73.1 74.6 2.4

Jethlaj (A8) 78.7 63.2 78.4 74.8 72.7 69.7 72.5 3.8

Figure 3.2 Graphical representation for PM10



Table 3.10: Ambient Air Quality Status (PM2.5)


Average - 24 Hours Unit - g/m3


Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 40.6 28.4 40.2 36.2 35.3 33.6 35.0 3.2

Moti Bhoyan (A2) 37.7 29.0 37.1 34.9 33.5 32.2 33.5 2.1

Khatraj (A3) 41.7 34.0 41.6 39.2 36.9 36.0 37.5 2.3

Ganapatpura (A4) 39.4 30.7 39.2 37.0 35.4 33.5 35.3 2.4

Karoli (A5) 37.1 32.2 37.0 35.9 35.1 34.1 34.9 1.3

Bhimasan (A6) 37.6 33.1 37.6 36.7 35.6 34.5 35.5 1.4

Sherisa (A7) 40.0 31.2 39.2 35.7 33.9 33.0 34.5 2.3

Jethlaj (A8) 38.2 27.3 38.0 33.0 31.7 30.2 31.7 2.8

Figure 3.3 Graphical representation for PM2.5



Table 3.11: Ambient Air Quality Status (SO2)


Average-24 Hours Unit-g/m3


Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 26.0 16.3 25.2 22.3 19.3 17.8 19.9 2.7

Moti Bhoyan (A2) 22.9 13.0 22.7 22.0 19.9 18.2 19.4 2.9

Khatraj (A3) 22.6 14.4 22.5 20.8 19.1 18.0 19.2 2.1

Ganapatpura (A4) 21.1 13.9 20.9 19.6 18.0 16.8 18.1 1.8

Karoli (A5) 20.7 15.1 20.6 19.7 18.3 16.9 18.1 1.8

Bhimasan (A6) 23.9 18.8 23.9 21.7 20.6 19.9 20.9 1.6

Sherisa (A7) 23.6 18.0 23.5 20.4 19.5 18.8 19.9 1.6

Jethlaj (A8) 21.6 14.1 21.5 20.2 18.5 16.2 18.1 2.4

Figure 3.4 Graphical representation for SO2



Table 3.12: Ambient Air Quality Status (NOx)


Average-24 Hours Unit-g/m3


Percentile

75th

Percentile

50th

Percentile

25th

percentile

Avg. SD

Project Site (A1) 27.6 18.3 26.7 24.3 21.9 20.4 22.2 2.5

Moti Bhoyan (A2) 22.0 14.6 21.9 21.2 20.0 17.1 19.2 2.4

Khatraj (A3) 24.6 16.6 24.4 22.6 21.1 19.6 21.1 2.0

Ganapatpura (A4) 20.8 14.3 20.7 19.9 18.9 17.6 18.6 1.7

Karoli (A5) 23.9 17.4 23.7 22.7 21.3 20.0 21.2 1.7

Bhimasan (A6) 25.2 20.2 25.0 23.7 22.8 21.4 22.6 1.5

Sherisa (A7) 25.9 18.1 25.4 23.0 20.7 20.0 21.5 2.1

Jethlaj (A8) 24.8 16.3 24.7 23.8 20.9 17.8 20.8 2.9

Figure 3.5 Graphical representation for NOX



Table 3.13: Ambient Air Quality Status (CO, HC, VOCs)


Sr.

No.

Station Name Concentration (g/m3)

VOCs VOCs as BTX

Methanol Formaldehyde Benzene Toluene Xylene Total

1 Project Site (A1) 1252 47 1.06 1.25 BDL 2.31

2 Moti Bhoyan (A2) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

3 Khatraj (A3) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

4 Ganapatpura

(A4)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

5 Karoli (A5) BDL BDL 1.04 BDL BDL 1.04

6 Bhimasan (A6) BDL BDL 1.01 BDL BDL 1.01

7 Sherisa (A7) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

8 Jethlaj (A8) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Sr.

No.

Station Name Concentration (g/m3)

CO HC

MHC NMHC

1 Project Site (A1) 204 1043 1310

2 Moti Bhoyan (A2) 196 992 41

3 Khatraj (A3) 182 1007 52

4 Ganapatpura (A4) 175 873 21

5 Karoli (A5) 163 895 19

6 Bhimasan (A6) 154 1004 22

7 Sherisa (A7) 169 974 28

8 Jethlaj (A8) 192 981 22



Table 3.14: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

(EP, 7th amendment rules-2009)

Pollutants Time-weighted

average

Concentration in ambient air

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

others area

Ecologically

Sensitive

area

(Notified by

Central

Government)

Method of

Measurement

Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2) µg/m3

Annual Average* 50 20 Improved west and

Gaeke

Ultraviolet

fluorescence

24 hours** 80 80

Oxides of

Nitrogen as

(NO2) µg/m3

Annual Average* 40 30 Modified Jacob

&Hochheiser

(Na-Arsenate)

Chemiluminescence

24 hours** 80 80

Particulate Matter

(Size less than 10

µm or PM10) µg/m3

Annual Average* 60 60 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hours** 100 100

Particulate Matter

(Size less than 2.5

µm or PM2.5)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 40 40 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hours** 60 60

Ozone (O3)

µg/m3

8 hours ** 100 100 UV photometric

Chemiluminescence

Chemical Method 1hours** 180 180

Lead (Pb)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 0.50 0.50 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

ED-XRF using

Teflon filter

24 hours** 1.0 1.0

Carbon Monoxide

(CO) mg/m3

8 hours** 02 02 Non Dispersive

Infra Red (NDIR)

spectroscopy 1 hour** 04 04

Ammonia (NH3)

µg/m3

Annual Average* 100 100 Chemiluminescence

Indophenol Blue

Method 24 hours** 400 400

Benzene (C6H6)

µg/m3

Annual* 05 05 Gas

chromatography

based continuous

analyzer

Adsorption and

desorption followed

by GC analysis

Benzo(a)Pyrine

(BaP)-particulate

phase only,

µg/m3

Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction

followed by

HPLC/GC analysis

Arsenic (As),

µg/m3

Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper



Nickel (Ni)

µg/m3

Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method

after sampling on

EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter

paper

*

Annual Arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken

twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

**

24 hourly/8 hourly or 01 hourly values, as applicable, shall be complied

with 98% of the time in a year. 2% of the time the time, they may

exceed the limits but not two consecutive days of monitoring.



Table 3.15: Results of Groundwater Quality in the Study Area

(Date of Monitoring: 04/12/15 to 06/12/15)

Parameters Unit CONCENTRATION Method of Test

(Ref. to IS) Project site

(GW1)

Motibhoyan(GW2)

Hajipur (GW3)

Khatraj (GW4)

Sherisa (GW5)

Vadsar (GW6)

Karoli (GW7)

Ganapatpura

(GW8)

pH pH Unit 7.76 7.68 7.69 7.71 7.75 7.83 7.82 7.59 3025(Part 11)

Color Co-Pt Unit

Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless 3025(Part 4)

Taste --- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3025 (Part 7&8)

Odour --- Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- Onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

3025(Part 5)

Conductivity μmhos/cm

1437 1867 1638 1534 1949 1625 1612 1573 3025 (Part 14)

Turbidity NTU 4.8 5.5 5.2 6.7 7.4 6.1 7.2 6.1 3025(Part 10)

TDS mg/L 998 1284 1126 1068 1346 1114 1107 1092 3025(Part 16)

Total Hardness as

CaCO3

mg/L 358 356 303 338 386 383 361 339 3025(Part 21)

Total Alkalinity mg/L 485 443 379 362 384 391 410 414 3025 (Part 23)

Calcium as Ca+2 mg/L 51 65 57 61 54 56 49 55 3025(Part 40)

Magnesium as Mg+2 mg/L 56 47 39 45 61 59 58 49 3025(Part 46)

Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 382 492 528 463 602 503 492 518 3025(Part 32)

Sulfates as SO4-2 mg/L 18 23 27 20 36 19 25 19 3025(Part 24)

Fluoride as F- mg/L 0.64 0.57 0.58 0.62 0.75 0.69 0.62 0.67 3025(Part 60)

Nitrates as NO3-3 mg/L 14.5 12.8 14.9 18 16 19 14.8 15.2 3025(Part 34)

Sodium as Na+ mg/L 289 368 408 341 423 362 376 382 3025(Part 45)

Potassium as K+ mg/L 16 21 17 13 22 18 20 16 3025(Part 45)

Phenol mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 43)

Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 3025(Part 41)

Nickel as Ni mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 54)

Copper as Cu mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 42)

Lead as Pb mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 47)

Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025(Part 59)

Iron as Fe mg/L 0.23 0.31 0.24 0.25 0.19 0.28 0.19 0.23 3025(Part 53)

Chromium mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 3025(Part 52)

Zinc as Zn mg/L <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 3025(Part 49)



Table 3.16: Results of Surface water Quality in the Study Area

(Date of Monitoring: 04/12/15 to 06/12/15)

Parameters Unit Concentration Test Method

(Ref to IS) Piyaj Pond (SW1)

Hajipur Pond (SW2)

Lapkaman pond (SW3)

Thol Lake (SW4)

Narmada Canal (SW5)

pH pH Unit 7.72 7.97 7.64 7.59 7.81 3025 (Part 11)

Colour Co-Pt Unit Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless Colorless 3025(Part 4)

Odour --- Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

Unobjecti- onable

3025(Part 5)

Temperature 0C 28 28 28 28 28 --

Conductivity Micro mhos/cm

553 625 585 575 437 3025 (Part 14)

Turbidity NTU 9.5 10.4 14.6 14.6 15.9 3025 (Part 10)

TDS mg/L 387 432 409 392 298 3025 (Part 16)

Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 5.2 3.1 4.7 4.2 3.7 --

Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 198 215 206 124 80 3025 (Part 21)

Total Alkalinity mg/L 229 214 194 217 132 3025 (Part 23)

Sodium as Na+ mg/L 103 128 119 134 103 3025(Part 45)

Potassium K+ mg/L 14 14 12 19 16 3025(Part 45)

Calcium Ca+2 mg/L 43 40 43 20 14 3025 (Part 40)

Magnesium Mg+2 mg/L 22 28 24 18 11 3025 (Part 46)

Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 137 187 172 142 118 3025 (Part 32)

Sulfates as SO4-2 mg/L 19 23 19 24 17 3025 (Part 24)

Nitrates as NO3-3 mg/L 12.3 10.8 12.1 12.1 6.2 3025 (Part 34)

Fluoride as F- mg/L 0.24 0.15 0.32 0.32 0.27 3025(Part 60)

Phenol as C6H5OH mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 43)

Cadmium as Cd mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 3025 (Part 41)

Copper as Cu mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 42)

Lead as Pb mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 47)

Manganese as Mn mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 59)

Iron as Fe mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 53)

Total Chromium mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 3025 (Part 52)

Zinc as Zn mg/L <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 3025 (Part 49)

Nickle as Ni mg/L <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 3025 (Part 54)



Table 3.17: Indian Standard Specification for Drinking Water

Sr.

No.

Parameters Desirable Limit Permissible Limit

in the Absence of

Alternate Source

I Essential Characteristics

1. Colour, Hazen Units, Max. 5 25

2. Odour Unobjectionable -

3. Taste Agreeable -

4. Turbidity, NTU, Max. 5 10

5. pH value 6.5-8.5 No Relaxation

6. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l, Max. 300 600

7. Iron (as Fe) mg/ l, Max. 0.3 1.0

8. Chlorides (as Cl) mg/l, Max. 250 1000

9. Residual Free Chlorine, mg/l, Min. 0.2* -

II Desirable Characteristics

10. Dissolved Solids, mg/l, Max. 500 2000

11. Alkalinity (as CaCO3), mg/l, Max. 200 600

12. Sulphate (as SO4) mg/l, Max. 200 400

13. Nitrate (as NO3) 50 No Relaxation

14. Fluoride (as F) mg/l, Max. 1.0 1.5

15. Calcium (as Ca) mg/l, Max. 75 200

16. Magnesium (as Mg) mg/l, Max. 30 100

17. Copper (as Cu) mg/l, Max. 0.05 1.5

18. Manganese (as Mn) mg/l, Max. 0.1 0.3

19. Mercury (as Hg) mg/l, Max. 0.001 No Relaxation

20. Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

21. Selenium (as Se) mg/l, Max. 0.01 No Relaxation

22. Arsenic (As As) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

23. Lead (as Pb) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

24. Zinc (as Zn) mg/l, Max. 5 15

25. Aluminium (as Al) mg/l, Max. 0.03 0.2

26. Boron (as B) mg/l, Max. 1 5

27. Chromium (as Cr) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

28. Cyanide (as CN) mg/l, Max. 0.05 No Relaxation

29. Phenolic Compounds (as C6H5OH)

mg/l, Max.

0.001 0.002

30. Anionic Detergents (as MBAS) mg/l,

Max. mg/l, Max.

0.2 1.0

31. Mineral Oil mg/l, Max. 0.01 0.03

32. Pesticides Absent 0.001

33. Radioactive Materials

a. Alpha Emitters, Bq/I, Max.

b. Beta Emitters, Pci/I, Max

-

-

0.1

0.037

*Applicable only when water is chlorinated

Source: IS: 10500-2012



Table 3.18: Ambient Noise Levels in the Study Area

Sr.

No.

Noise

Monitoring

Locations

Date of

Monitoring

CPCB Limits in

dB (A)

Average Noise

levels in dB (A)

Leq (Day)

dB A

Leq (Night)

dB A

Leq (Day)

dB A

Leq (Night)

dB A

1. Near Project Site 04/12/2015 75.0 70.0 59.3 54.6

2. Village Hajipur 04/12/2015 55.0 45.0 54.6 43.2

3. Village Moti Bhoyan 04/12/2015 55.0 45.0 52.7 43.3

4. Village Khatraj 05/12/2015 55.0 45.0 53.9 44.4

5. Temple Khatraj 05/12/2015 50.0 40.0 49.1 38.5

6. Village Sherisa 05/12/2015 55.0 45.0 54.8 44.0

7. Village Vadsar 05/12/2015 55.0 45.0 51.7 43.9

8. Primary School Vadsar

05/12/2015 50.0 40.0 48.1 39.6

9. Village Ganpatpura 06/12/2015 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.8

10. Bus stop Ganpatpura

06/12/2015 65.0 55.0 62.2 53.3

Table 3.19: Ambient Air Quality Standards with respect to noise

Category of Area Limits Leq, dB(A)

Day Time Night Time

Industrial 75 70

Commercial 65 55

Residential 55 45

Silence 50 40



Table 3.20: Soil Analysis of Study area

(Date of Sampling: 04/12/15 to 06/12/15)

S.

No.

Parameters Unit Nr.

Project

site

(S1)

Hajipur

(S2)

MotiBho

yan

(S3)

Khatraj

(S4)

Sheris

a

(S5)

Ganpa

tpura

(S6)

1. pH (5%) Solution -- 7.52 7.43 7.49 7.35 7.71 7.68

2. Moisture % 2.9 5.1 5.6 3.7 6.3 4.2

3. Loss of Ignition % 6.8 5.9 6.3 6.6 6.1 5.7

4. Particle Size

Clay (<0.002

mm)

% 32 29 31 26 30 29

Silt (0.002 to

0.075 mm)

% 16 27 24 30 28 20

Sand (0.075 -

0.475 mm)

% 27 25 19 28 22 33

gravel (size >

4.75 mm)

% 25 19 26 16 20 18

Texture -- Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

Sandy

Loam

5. Water Holding

Capacity

% 42.7 42.3 41.9 40.4 41.2 42.8

6. Permeability cm/hr 3.16 3.23 3.14 2.88 3.15 2.9

7. Bulk Density g/cm3 1.34 1.39 1.41 1.36 1.38 1.40

8. Porosity % 45.7 43.7 42.9 44.9 44.1 43.3

9. Sodium

Absorption Ratio

Meq/

100

gm

2.33 5.54 3.86 4.79 4.23 3.41

10. Sodium mg/kg 103 139 128 185 132 127

11. Potassium mg/kg 35 25 29 39 24 38

12. Calcium mg/kg 98 21 38 51 32 45

13. Magnesium mg/kg 30 16 27 37 25 36

14. Chlorides mg/kg 235 138 165 242 139 196

15. Sulphates mg/kg 94 63 103 179 107 78

16. Organic Matter mg/kg 1.22 1.25 1.19 1.31 1.42 1.34

17. Total Nitrogen mg/kg 116 137 149 142 126 123

18. Total Phosphorus mg/kg 78 51 55 43 34 82

19. Iron mg/kg 1.02 1.09 1.22 1.35 1.43 1.16

20. Cation Exchange

Capacity

mg/

100

gm

12.8 9.1 10.4 14.7 10.0 11.7



Table 3.21

Traffic Survey

TRAFFIC SHEET

LOCATION Near plant site Khatraj-Kalol Road

TIME 09.00 to 10.00 DATE 05/12/2015

TOTAL PCU calculation Total PCU/hr

BUSES* 32 PCU x 3 96

CARS/VANS 170 PCU x 1 170

MOTORCYCLES /

BICYCLES

392 PCU x0.5 191

Total 457

TIME 18.00 to 19.00 DATE 05/12/2015

TOTAL PCU calculation Total PCU/hr

BUSES* 37 PCU x 3 111

CARS/VANS 163 PCU x 1 163

MOTORCYCLES /

BICYCLES

402 PCU x0.5 201

Total 475

Note: *Mini-bus, Chartered Bus, School Bus, have been collectively classified

as Buses.

Additional traffic from our project will be estimated 144 PCU/day [24-48

trucks/tankers (in & out) x 3] and 12 PCU/day from car and motorcycle,

which have insignificant impact on existing traffic load.



Table 3.22: Floral Diversity

(i) Trees

Sr.

No.

Family Scientific name Local name

1. Fabaceae Pongamia pinnata Karanj

2. Myrtaceae Eucalyptus globules Nilgiri

3. Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica

Subsp. Indica

Baval

Acacia auriculiformis Australian Baval

Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval

Leucaena leucoephala Pardesi Baval

Acacia caiechu Khair

Albizzia indica Siris

Prosopis spicigera Khijado

4. Salvadoraceae Salvadora aleoides Pilvo

5. Meliaceae Azadirachta indica Limbado

Melia azedarah Bakan Limdo

6. Arecaceae Roystonea regia Royal Palm

7. Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Vad

Ficus religiosa Piplo

8. Caesalpiniaceae Parkinsonia aculeate Rambaval

Peltophorum pterocarpum Tamarafali

(ii) Shrubs

Sr.

No.


1. Euphorbiaceae Euphorbia nivulia Buch –

Ham

Thor

2. Capparidaceae Cadaba indica Telio hemkand

Capparis sepiaria Kerdo

Capparis sepiaria Kanthar

3. Apocgnaceae Thevetia peruviane Merr Pili karen

Nerium indicum Mill Lal Karen

4. Convolvulaceae Ipomoea fistulosa Nafatio

5. Rhamnaceae

Zizgphus mummularia Chanibor

Zizgphus glabrata Hegne Bor

6. Asclepiadaceae Calotropis gigantea Akado

Calotropis procera Akado



(iii) Herbs

Sr.

No.


1. Acanthaceae Hygrophila auriculata

(Schum.)

Kanatashelio,

Akaro

2. Solanaceae Solanum indicum Rigni

3. Amaranthaceae Amarantus paniculatus Rajagro

4. Papilionaceae Phaseolus aureus Roxb. Mag

Phaseolus

aconitifolius,Jacquin

Math

Cyamopsis psoralioides Guvar

5. Lamiaceae Ocimum sanctum Tulsi

O. Canam Sims Ramtulsi

O. Basilicum Damro

6. Liliaceae Aloe barbadensis mill Kunvarpato

7. Rutaceae Citrus aurantifolia, Swingle Limbodi

8. Poaceae Triticum aestivum Ghau

Sorghum bicolor Jowar

Zea mays Makai

Pennisetum typhoides Bajra

Cynodon doctylon Darbh

Chloris barbata Mindadin

Heteropogon contortus Dabhsuliu

(iv) Climbers and Twiners

Sr.

No.


1. Cuscutaceae Cuscuta reflexa Roxb Amarvel

2. Menispermaceae Cocculus hirsutus Vevdi

3. Convolvulaceae Ipomea aquatic Forsk Nadanivel



Table 3.23: Faunal Diversity

(i) Birds

Sr.

No.


1. Threskiornithidae Pseudibis papillosa Black Ibis

2. Accipitridae

Elanus caerwleus Black – winged kite

Accipitel nisus Sparrow – hawk

3. Anhingidae

Anhinga melanogaster

Darter or Snake

Birds

4. Charadriidae Himantopus himantopus Black-winged Stilt

Vanellus indicus

Red-wattled

Lapwing

5. Apodidae (Swifts) Apus apus Common Swift

6. Ardeidae Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret

Ardeola grajii Pond Heron

7. Alcedinidae Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher

8. Dacelonidae Halcyon smyrnensis White brested

Kingfisher

9. Columbidae Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon

Streptopelia orientalis

Oriental Turtle

Dove

Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove

10. Meropidae

Merops persicus

Merops superciliosus

Blue-cheeked Bee-

eater

11. Corvidae Corvus splendens House crow

12. Muscicapidae Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin

13. Passeridae Passer domesticus House Sparrow

14. Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul

15. Sturnidae Acridotheres tristis Common Myna

16. Sylviidae Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler

17. Ciconiidae Mycteria leucocephala Painyed Strok

18. Rallidae Amaurornis phoenicurus White – breasted

water hen

(ii) Butterflies

Sr. No.


1. Papilionidae Papilio polgtes Linnaeus Common Mormon

Pachliopta aristolochiae Common Rose

2. Pieridae Eurema hecabe

Linnaeus

Common Grass

yellow

Catopsilia Pomona

Fabricius

Common Emigrant



3. Nymphalidae Melanitis leda Linnaeus Common evening

Brown

Junonia hierta Fabricius Yellow Orange tip

Mycalesis perseus

Common bush

Brown

(iii) Reptiles

Sr.

No.

Scientific name Local name

1. Ptyas mucosus (Linn.) Common rat snake

2. Calotes versicolor (Daudin) Common garden lizard

3. Nanja Naja (Linn.)* Indian cobra

4. Hemidactylus flaviviridis House Gecko

* Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers.

(iv) Mammals

Sr.

No.

Scientific name Local name

1. Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffory) Common Mongoose

2. Funambulus palmarum

(Linnaeus)

Three striped palm Squirrel

3. Rattus rattus (Linnaeus) Common House rat



Table 3.24

Land use statistics base of satellite imaginary

Sr.

No.

Category Area

(in Hectares)

Area in

%

1 Agricultural Land 207.3 65.91

2 Barren Land 0.27 0.09

3 Industrial 15.2 4.83

4 Built-up Land (Residential &

storage yard)

55.4 17.61

5 Forest Land (Green cover) 22.04 7.01

6 Water Body 14.11 4.49

7 Wetland (Non-forested

Wetland)

0.2 0.06

Total 314.52 100



Table 3.25

Land Use Pattern

Name of

Village

Total Area

of the

Village

(ha)

Irrigated

by source

(ha)

Un-

irrigated

(ha)

Culturable

waste

(ha)

Area not

available for

cultivation

(ha)

Pratappura 347.6 270.6 10.1 51.6 15.3

Piyaj 826.4 633.6 91.1 34.3 67.4

Ramnagar 441.2 382.0 40.1 0.0 19.0

Ranchhodpura 272.9 200.9 38.3 33.7 0.0

Vansajada 521.7 400.8 47.9 73.0 0.0

Santej 2108.0 1,400.0 443.4 18.7 246.0

Karoli 367.6 310.0 9.2 0.0 48.4

Khatraj 404.6 249.0 110.3 17.7 27.6

Bhimasan 170.9 90.1 46.0 9.7 25.0

Vayana 811.4 227.7 425.8 67.6 90.3

Adhana 502.0 350.5 92.0 28.3 31.2

Nasmed 1256.9 500.0 643.7 110.9 2.3

Sanavad 325.5 100.0 70.1 16.9 138.5

Jethlaj 556.4 400.2 88.8 64.1 3.4

Dantali 248.2 200.0 11.1 24.9 12.3

Vadsar 1115.4 923.8 25.0 23.1 143.5

Jaspur 900.9 780.1 23.5 86.3 11.0

Bhoyan Moti 1204.3 1,040.0 16.6 129.0 18.7

Sabaspur 361.9 100.0 210.9 6.0 45.0

Ganpatpura 290.3 171.5 100.4 14.5 3.9

Usmanabad 129.6 80.0 34.3 5.8 9.6

Palsana 597.6 488.9 17.0 50.2 41.6

Borisana 862.5 720.5 49.0 41.2 51.7

Himmatpura 137.2 35.5 45.3 22.2 34.2

Dhanaj 607.5 425.0 100.9 79.6 2.1

Sherisa 1122.5 927.1 50.0 22.7 122.8

Hajipur 1358.8 1,100.0 87.2 35.0 136.6

Fuletra 1046.7 370.3 379.1 245.3 52.1

Vamaj 1756.5 689.9 827.7 112.7 126.1

Vansol 330.6 103.4 146.5 26.0 54.6

Adraj 1575.1 973.2 371.4 91.2 139.4

Ambliyara 452.9 235.5 148.8 35.9 32.7

Sedfa 231.6 75.2 129.8 13.5 13.1

Thol 2627.6 800.0 855.1 99.1 873.4

Vadavi 940.4 425.4 374.7 79.7 60.5

Lapkaman 517.2 297.3 95.2 92.8 31.9

Lilapur 391.3 216.0 131.8 28.5 15.1

Khodiyar 413.4 208.5 162.2 21.6 21.2

Bhadaj 810.4 122.0 536.0 120.0 32.4



Table 3.26: Summary of Socio-Economic Status (Demography)

Name of the

Village/

Town/

Ward

No. of

Occupied

Residential

House

Total Population

(Including institutional

and houseless

population)

Literates Total main

Workers

Marginal

Workers

Cultivators Agricultural

Laborer

Non-Worker

P M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

Pratappura 326 1734 906 828 647 384 430 191 93 272 246 2 85 10 383 365

Piyaj 718 3766 1955 1811 1311 637 837 252 275 554 357 10 118 14 843 1005

Ramnagar 372 1965 1024 941 768 587 538 298 25 99 246 61 81 48 461 544

Ranchhodpura 197 1066 538 528 297 134 190 9 72 185 67 0 73 2 276 334

Vansajada 456 2356 1194 1162 815 380 554 110 167 487 345 9 33 9 473 565

Santej 1323 6371 3620 2751 2402 1040 2319 288 36 114 261 11 429 36 1265 2349

Karoli 400 1410 775 635 557 300 502 245 41 92 142 15 24 13 232 298

Khatraj 447 1868 1063 805 730 275 688 123 21 187 149 7 66 1 354 495

Bhimasan 202 1170 603 567 360 118 302 114 58 172 125 34 119 62 243 281

Vayana 255 1223 620 603 339 143 361 7 3 164 188 1 92 5 256 432

Adhana 88 455 234 221 184 78 93 50 20 4 24 0 42 1 121 167

Nasmed 486 2355 1207 1148 706 346 672 190 18 64 274 24 114 14 517 894

Sanavad 127 709 342 367 233 131 173 130 3 1 100 1 32 15 166 236

Jethlaj 484 2618 1383 1235 881 381 703 475 57 302 124 23 369 331 623 458

Dantali 166 819 437 382 308 126 260 82 8 31 47 3 16 3 169 269

Vadsar 1210 5512 3024 2488 2286 1324 1759 548 69 335 468 142 128 55 1196 1605

Jaspur 569 2934 1488 1446 995 682 697 286 98 350 209 65 143 43 693 810

Bhoyan Moti 1039 5141 2643 2498 1641 670 1463 958 263 495 668 81 169 112 917 1045

Sabaspur 359 1842 928 914 555 223 430 100 31 157 251 3 39 5 467 657

Ganpatpura 61 286 143 143 107 43 56 2 25 56 4 0 35 1 62 85

Usmanabad 145 834 439 395 278 179 124 9 97 154 48 0 0 2 218 232

Palsana 708 3691 1952 1739 1397 852 967 496 25 231 490 59 169 32 960 1012

Borisana 1742 8700 4569 4131 3591 2512 2483 677 42 215 490 60 111 359 2044 3239

Himmatpura 135 722 365 357 272 201 192 130 4 60 136 0 21 11 169 167

Dhanaj 439 2259 1183 1076 892 571 670 490 15 61 207 26 229 217 498 525

Sherisa 983 5029 2551 2478 1710 911 1400 413 73 731 550 39 261 45 1078 1334

Hajipur 623 2447 1739 1708 1106 700 927 483 59 391 267 94 246 285 753 834

Fuletra 5 54 2884 1496 1388 906 433 655 174 94 162 293 0 214 33 747 1052



Name of the

Village/

Town/

Ward

No. of

Occupied

Residential

House

Total Population

(Including institutional

and houseless

population)

Literates Total main

Workers

Marginal

Workers

Cultivators Agricultural

Laborer

Non-Worker

P M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

Vamaj 846 4357 2448 1909 1952 1253 1202 575 238 435 405 18 164 52 1008 899

Vansol 308 1556 805 751 516 235 404 294 90 171 216 9 115 84 311 286

Adraj 1035 5480 2937 2543 2223 1315 1388 386 47 746 448 112 459 160 1502 1411

Ambliyara 238 1161 601 560 380 149 286 160 51 142 69 3 94 38 264 258

Sedfa 49 266 127 139 89 61 78 38 5 4 50 4 13 29 44 97

Thol 1188 6121 3186 2935 2325 1477 1568 408 211 884 683 25 317 130 1407 1643

Vadavi 537 2745 1410 1335 933 538 720 275 74 265 206 2 269 54 616 795

Lapkaman 382 1,856 966 890 738 529 520 134 2 0 145 3 102 3 444 756

Lilapur 241 1231 639 592 400 211 311 218 6 6 164 85 73 23 322 368

Khodiyar 587 2915 1492 1423 1026 551 794 563 58 183 211 56 229 242 640 677

Bhadaj 455 2281 1197 1084 935 731 706 146 1 2 132 16 125 63 490 936



Table 3.27: Basic Amenities in the Study Area

Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest town

and Distance

(Kms.)

Power

Supply

Pratappura P(2), C(5-10)

RMP(2), CHW, H (5-10),

MCW(5-10), PHC(5-10)

T

PO, PH(17) BS, RS(5-10) PR, MR, FP

Kalol (5)

EA

Piyaj P, C(5-10)

PHS, RMP(3), CHW(3),

H(5-10), MCW(5-10),

PHC(5-10)

T

PO, PH(10) BS, RS(5-10) PR

Kalol (5)

EA

Ramnagar P, C(5-10)

RMP, CHW, H(5-10),

MCW(5-10), PHC(5-10)

T, TW, TK,

C

PO, PH(20) BS, RS(5-10) PR

Kalol (7)

EA

Ranchhodpura P, C(10+)

H(10+), MCW(10+),

PHC(10+)

T, TW, TK

PO, PH(15)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Ahmadabad

(19)

EA

Vansajada P, C(10+)

H, D, RMP, CHW, MCW(5-

10), PHC(5-10)

T, HP, TW,

W, TK

PO, PH(10)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (13)

EA

Santej P(3), S,

C(10+)

D, PHS, FWC, RMP(2),

CHW(2), H(10+),

MCW(10+), PHC(5-10)

T, TW

PO, PH(150)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Ahmadabad

(15)

EA

Karoli P, C(10+)

H, D, RMP, CHW, MCW(5-

10), PHC(5-10)

T, HP, TW,

W, TK

PO, PH(15)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (12)

EA

Khatraj P, C(10+)

RMP, CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+), PHC(10+)

T, TW

PO, PH

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Kalol (15)

EA

Bhimasan P, C(10+) RMP, CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+), PHC(<5)

T, TW, W,

TK

PO(<5), PH(10+) BS, RS(10+) PR, MR, FP Kalol (25)

ED

EAG

Vayana P, C(10+)

H(10+), MCW(5-10),

PHC(10+)

T, TW, TK

PO(5-10), PH(5-

10)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (25)

EA

Adhana P, C(10+)

H(10+), MCW(10+),

PHC(5-10)

T, W, TK PH(5), PO(<5)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (28)

EA

Nasmed P(2), C(10+)

PHS, FWC, CHW(2), H(5-

10), MCW(5-10),

PHC(10+)

T, TW

PH(5), PO(<5)

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Sanand (12)

EA

Sanavad P, C(10+)

H(10+), MCW(10+),

PHC(<5)

T, TW

PH(4), PO(<5)

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Kalol (18)

EA

Jethlaj P(2), C(10+)

H(2), PHS, FWC, RMP,

CHW, MCW(5-10), PHC(5-10)

T, TW

PO, PH(5)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (17)

EA

Dantali P, C(<5)

H(10+), MCW(10+),

PHC(5-10)

TW

PO, PH

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (12)

EA



Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest town

and Distance

(Kms.)

Power

Supply

Vadsar P(2), S,

C(10+)

H(3), D(3), MH, CWC,

PHS, FWC, RMP, CHW,

MCW(10+), PHC(10+)

T, TW

PO, PH(20)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (13)

EA

Jaspur P, S, C(5-10)

PHS, FWC, RMP(2),

CHW(2), H(5-10),

MCW(<5), PHC(<5)

T, TW, W,

TK

PO, PH(30)

BS, RS(5-10)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (7)

EA

Bhoyan Moti P, C(5-10)

RMP, CHW, H(5-10),

MCW(5-10), PHC(5-10)

T, TW, TK PO, PH(14)

BS, RS(5-10)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (8)

EA

Sabaspur P, C(5-10)

H(5-10), MCW(5-10),

PHC(5-10)

T, TW

PO(<5), PH(5-10) BS, RS(5-10)

PR, MR, FP Kalol (7)

EA

Ganpatpura P, C(5-10)

H(5-10), MCW(5-10),

PHC(5-10)

T, TW, W,

TK

PO, PH

BS, RS(5-10)

MR, FP

Kalol (7)

EA

Usmanabad P, C(10+)

RMP, CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+), PHC(10+)

T, W

PO(10+),

PH(10+)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (10)

EA

Palsana P, S, C(<5)

RMP, CHW, H(<5),

MCW(<5), PHC(<5)

T, TW

PO, PH(18)

BS, RS(<5)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (4)

EA

Borisana P(4), S,

C(<5)

HC, H(<5), MCW(<5),

PHC(<5)

T, TW, W,

TK

PO, PH(108)

BS, RS(<5)

PR, MR, FP

Kalol (4)

EA

Himmatpura P, C(10+)

RMP, CHW, H(<5),

MCW(<5), PHC(<5)

T, TW, TK, PH(15), PO(<5)

BS, RS(5-10)

PR

Kalol (23)

EA

Dhanaj P(2), C(<5) H(<5), MCW(<5),

PHC(<5)

T, TW

PO, PH(3)

BS, RS(<5)

PR, MR, FP Kalol (3)

EA

Sherisa P(2), S, C(5-

10)

PHS, FWC, RMP(2), CHW,

H(5-10), MCW(5-10),

PHC(5-10)

T, TW

PO, PH(29)

BS, RS(5-10)

PR

Kalol (7)

EA

Hajipur P, S, C(10+)

MH, PHC, FWC, CHW(3),

H(10+), MCW(10+)

T, TW

PO, PH

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Kalol (13)

EA

Fuletra P, C(10+)

PHS, FWC, H(10+),

MCW(<5), PHC(<5)

T, TW

PO, PH

BS, RS(5-10)

PR

Kadi (14)

EA

Vamaj P(2), S, PUC,

C(10+)

PHS, FWC, H(10+),

MCW(<5), PHC(<5)

T, TW

PO, PH(60)

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Kalol (9)

EA

Vansol P, C(10+)

MCW, PHS, FWC, H(10+),

PHC(10+)

T, TW

PO(<5), PH(<5)

BS, RS(5-10)

PR

Kalol (16)

EA

Adraj P, S, PUC,

C(10+)

MCW, PHC, PHS, FWC,

H(10+)

T, TW

PO, PH(75)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR

Kalol (12)

EA



Name of

Village

Educational

Facility

Medical

Facility

Drinking

Water

Facility

Communication

(Post

or Telegraph)

Transportation

Facility

(Bus etc.)

Approach

to

Village

Nearest town

and Distance

(Kms.)

Power

Supply

Ambliyara P, C(10+)

H(10+), MCW(<5),

PHC(<5)

T

PH, PO(<5)

BS, RS(10+)

MR

Kadi (15)

EA

Sedfa P, C(10+)

H(10+), MCW(<5),

PHC(<5)

TW, W

PO(<5), PH(<5)

BS, RS(10+)

PR, MR

Kadi (23)

EA

Thol P, S, PUC,

C(10+)

MCW, PHS, FWC, RMP, O,

H(10+), PHC(5-10)

T, TW

PO, PH(128)

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Sanand (12)

EA

Vadavi P, C(10+)

RMP, H(10+), MCW(<5),

PHC(<5)

T, TW

PO, PH(5)

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Kadi (14)

EA

Lapkaman P, C(10+)

RMP, CHW, H(10+),

MCW(<5), PHC(<5)

T, TW, W PO, PH(9)

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Kalol (15)

EA

Lilapur P, C(10+)

RMP, CHW, H(<5),

MCW(5-10), PHC(5-10)

T, TW

PH(7), PO(5-10)

BS, RS(10+)

PR

Kalol (13)

EA

Khodiyar P, C(10+)

PHS, RMP, CHW, H(10+),

MCW(10+), PHC(10+)

T, TW

PH(11), PO(5-10)

BS, RS

PR, MR

Ahmadabad

(18)

EA

Bhadaj P, C(10+)

PHS, RMP, CHW, H(<5),

MCW(<5), PHC(<5)

T, TW, TK PO, PH(17) BS, RS(<5) PR Ahmadabad

(18)

EA



Abbreviations:

Educational P - Primary School

S - Higher Secondary schools C - College, Any college (Graduate level & above) like Arts, Science,

Commerce PUC - Higher Secondary/Intermediate/Pre-University/Junior College or Senior

Secondary

Medical Facility

RMP - Registered Private Medical Practitioner CHW - Common Health Worker H - Hospitals

MCW- Maternity & Child welfare Centre PHC - Primary Health Centre

PHS - Primary Health Sub-Centre D - Dispensary

FWC - Family Welfare Centre MH - Maternity Home CWC - Child Welfare Centre

Drinking Water

T - Tap Water W - Well Water TW - Tube well Water

TK - Tank Water HP - Hand Pump

Post and Telegraph PO - Post Office

PH - Telephone Connection

Transportation BS - Bus RS - Railway Station

Approach to Village

PR - Paved Road MR - Mud Road FP - Foot Path

Power Supply

EA - Electricity for all Purposes ED - Electricity for domestic use EAG - Electricity for agricultural use



Figure 3.6

Location of AAQM

Indicating AAQM stations

Project Site

10 km



Figure 3.7

Wind Rose Diagram



Figure: 3.8

Water sampling Locations

Indicating Ground Water sampling location

Indicating Surface Water Sampling location

Project Site

10 km



Figure: 3.9

Locations of Noise monitoring station

Indicating Noise Monitoring location

Project Site

10 km



Figure: 3.10

Locations of Soil sampling

Indicating Location of Soil sampling

Project Site

10 km



Figure 3.11 Land use pattern with 10 km radius

(Satellite Image)

Project Site



Figure 3.12

Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:25,000 scales)



Figure 3.13

Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:50,000 scale)



Figure 3.14

Topo sheet of location with site location map of 10 km radius (1:1,00,000 scale)



Chapter-4

Anticipated Environmental Impacts &

Mitigation Measures 4.1 GENERAL

Environmental Impact can be defined as any change in environmental

conditions which may be adverse or beneficial; occurred due to action or

set of actions under consideration.

Environmental impact can be assessed by identifying the sources of the

impact and predicting the same. The identification of environmental

impacts has been made by co-relating the relationship between project

activity and environmental parameters. The project activities of the

proposed project are usually divided into two phases: Construction Phase

and Operation Phase. The activities like building construction,

transportation of construction material, etc. are usually considered in the

construction phase. While in the operation phase, the activities like

manufacturing process, transportation and storage of raw materials and

finished products, resource consumption, emergency, disaster and

greenbelt development has been considered.

The next step is prediction of impacts, which is an important component

in environmental impact assessment process. Several techniques and

methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to existing and

proposed industrial development on physical, chemical, biological and

socio-economic components of environment. Such predictions delineate

contribution in existing baseline condition for the proposed project. The

additional impacts due to proposed expansion activities are analyzed by

keeping in mind the baseline status. This helps to assess the assimilative

capacity of the environment and in turn the gravity of the impacts.

The third important component of the environmental assessment is the

evaluation. Based on the identification and prediction of the nature of

impact the environment, the impact can be evaluated qualitatively and

quantitatively.



As such it becomes important to estimate the peak incremental

concentrations of gaseous pollutants caused due to the emissions from

the proposed expansion activities. Chapter 2 of this report discusses the

details of pollution sources from the plant.

There are various types of impacts which may arise due to the proposed

expansion activities. The impact assessment has been addressed for the

following attributes, which may get affected due to the proposed

expansion activities of the project.

Impact on Topography

Impact on Air Environment

Impact on Water Environment

Impact on Noise Environment

Impact on Land Environment (Hazardous waste generation)

Impact on Ecology (Flora and Fauna)

Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY

Since the proposed expansion will be carried out in the existing premises,

very less construction work will be required for the installation of

new/additional machineries. The area of the plant is almost flat terrain.

During the construction, excavated soil will be restored to its original

shape. Thus, the impact during the construction is reversible, for short

terms and insignificant. During the operational phase of the project, no

impact is envisaged on the topography.

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT

Sources of Impact

There are chances of impact on the air environment due to installation of

new machinery during construction phase and due to gaseous emission

from the Tail Gas Treatment unit during operational phase.

4.3.1 Prediction of impact during Construction Phase

Since the proposed expansion will be carried out within the existing

premises, construction activities will be required only for the installation

of new plant & machineries. Hence; there will be some minor impacts on

the quality of the air but this will not cause any adverse effects on the

surrounding atmosphere. There will be chances of dust emission from site



cleaning and construction activity. This will be limited up to working area

only. Dust and other emissions are not likely to spread in wider area,

which would affect homes and other properties. Dust will generate within

working areas and measures will be taken to protect workers.

However, to mitigate the impact due to Suspended Particulate Matter

(SPM), regular sprinkling of the water will be done along with the

construction activities.

4.3.2 Prediction of Impact during Operational Phase

Mathematical models are used for predictions of impact during

Operational Phase includes steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion

model designed for multiple point sources.

The impacts on air quality from project depend on various factors like

design capacity, configuration, process technology, raw material, fuel to

be used, air pollution control measures, operation and maintenance.

Apart from the above, other activities associated with any project, viz.,

transportation of fuel, raw materials and finished products, storage

facilities and material handling within the plant premises may also

contribute to air pollution.

4.3.3 Sources of Air Pollution

The unit propose to adopt modernized techniques of the process, the

process along with proposed expansion in the production capacity. Tail

gas treatment plant is installed where there is no use of fuel. This is

resulted in no air pollution. Tail gas treatment plant will be

updated/modify along with process plant after expansion. The estimated

tail gas quality is given in Table-2.8 of Chapter-2 of EIA report.

Other source of flue gas emission is from standby existing D. G. Sets with

power generation capacity of 400 kVA & proposed will have capacity of

1000 kVA. HSD with fuel consumption is 45 lit/hr. for 400 kVA & 110

lit/hr. for proposed D G Set with capacity of 1000 kVA.

Adequate stack height to the stack has been provided for proper

dispersion of gaseous emission. Existing/estimated emission levels of

stacks are given in Table 4.1. The results show that all parameters are

well within the stipulated norms.



Fugitive Emission

The fugitive pollutants such as RPM, VOCs are likely to emit from

process area. However it will be within acceptable level.

To minimize fugitive emission; the unit has adopted the practice of

carrying out entire manufacturing process into closed vessel as well as

tail gas treatment plant will also be established, which reduces the

concentration of the pollutants.

Special care is also taken while material handling and storage.

To reduce the pollutant emitted during transportation, the unit has

adopted the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of vehicular

engines for complete combustion of the fuel.

To mitigate the impact due to Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),

following control measures will be implemented:

Paved road will be developed inside the plant premises.

Regular housekeeping will be carried out.

Construction material will be stored separately and covered to

control dust emission due to wind.

Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery will be carried out.

PUC certified vehicles will be used.

Ambient air quality monitoring will be done at strategic location.

4.3.4 Dispersion Modeling of Emissions from the plant

In the present study, the mathematical model that has been used for

prediction on air quality includes steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion

model designed for multiple point sources.

The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground level

concentration during the operation of proposed expansion activities and

its impact on ambient air quality of the area. The ground level

concentrations of pollutants have been computed using computer

simulation model Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST-3) of

United State Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and considering

guidelines stipulated by CPCB for air pollution dispersion modeling.

The key emitted pollutants will be Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM),

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxide (NOx).



4.3.5 Micrometeorology

The hourly wind speed, solar insolation and total cloudiness during day

time and wind speed and total cloudiness during night time were used to

determine the hourly atmospheric stability classes (defined by Pasquill

and Gifford as A to F, A being most unstable and F being most

stable).The hourly stability classes were determined based on the

technique suggested by Turner.

Turner’s system used for determining the stability classes is as follows:

- For day or night: If total cloud cover (TC) = 10/10 and ceiling

<7000 ft (2134 m), NR=0

- For night-time (defined as period from one hour before sunset to

one hour after sunrise):

a) If TC<4/10, use NR = -2

b) If TC>4/10, use NR = -1

- For daytime: determine isolation class number (IN)

a) If TC<5/10, use NR=IN

b) If TC>5/10, modify IN by the sum of the following applicable

criteria

If ceiling<7000 ft (2134m), modification = -2

If ceiling>7000 ft but <16000 ft (4877 m), modification = -1

- If TC=10/10 and ceiling>7000 ft, modification = -1, and let

modified value of IN=NR, except for day-time NR cannot be <+1.

During the study period, stability calculated based on above-mentioned

Turner method gives average stability as A-B class during Day time and E

class during Night time. The mean mixing height considered for prediction

is 100 m as mean minimum and 1000 m as mean maximum. Average

micro meteorological data of October-2015 to December-2015 is

used.

4.3.6 Air Quality Modeling and Predictions using the Gaussian Model

The impact on air quality due to emissions from single source or group of

sources is evaluated by use of mathematical models. When air pollutants

are emitted into the atmosphere, they are immediately diffused into

surrounding atmosphere, transported and diluted due to winds. The air

quality models are designed to simulate these processes mathematically



and to relate emissions of primary pollutants to the resulting downwind

air quality. The inputs include emissions, meteorology and surrounding

topographic details to predict the impacts of conservative pollutants.

The impacts of air pollutants were predicted using Gaussian air dispersion

model, which is selected on the basis of existence of multiple point

sources within the industrial complex and the plain terrain at the project

site. The Gaussian air dispersion model has been developed to simulate

the effect of emissions from point sources on air quality. Gaussian model

is extensively used for predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs)

of conservative pollutants from point, area and volume sources. The

impacts of primary air pollutants are predicted using this air quality

model keeping in view the plain terrain at the project site. The

micrometeorological data monitored at project site during study period

have been used in this model.

The Gaussian model provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at

various receptor locations. It is, an hour-by-hour steady state Gaussian

model which takes into account the following:

- Terrain adjustments

- Stack-tip downwash

- Gradual plume rise

- Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and

- Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection

- Plume reflection off elevated terrain

- Building down wash

- Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for Hourly

source emission rates, exit velocity, and stack gas temperature

A Gaussian air dispersion models were used to estimate the ambient air

quality levels at the different monitoring stations due to stack emissions.

Only two stability conditions based on the meteorology aspects were used

to calculate the theoretical maximum ground level concentration is

comparing the actual data and data generated from mathematical

modeling, it highlights that the stability condition E & A-B were

predominant in the region.



4.3.7 Details of Air Dispersion Model

Prediction of GLC values are made by using Industrial Source Complex

Short Term Model Version-3 (ISCST-3) software approved by U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). This model uses a steady

state, sector-averaged Gaussian plume equation for application in

complex terrain (i.e. terrain stack or release height) and is run using

stability classes developed by Pasquill and Gifford.

Following are the assumptions made while using the model:

- No dry and wet depletion of pollutants

- Receptors are on flat terrain with no flag pole

(a) Input data for air quality modeling

Stack emissions data have been used for prediction of short-term

incremental GLC values of PM, SO2, NOx using one season meteorological

data collected at site during Oct-2015 to Dec-2015. Input data is given

in Table 4.1.

(b) Source Characteristics/Release Characteristics

The details of stack emissions (with & without APCM) is given in Table

4.2 and cumulative concentrations at various locations is given as Table

4.3.

(c) Meteorological Parameters

Hourly meteorological data collected at site for the period of Oct-2015 to

Dec-2015 have been used for computing the meteorological parameters.

(d) Dispersion Modeling Results

The 24 hourly average ground level concentration (GLC) values from

proposed project have been computed for PM, SO2, NOx & considering

topographical features around the proposed plant and applicable stability

classes. The maximum 24 hourly average GLC values for PM, SO2, NOx

from proposed expansion are given in Table 4.4 to Table 4.6.

Corresponding isopleths plotted are shown in Figure 4.1 to Figure 4.3.

4.3.8 Predicted GLCs

It is predicted that highest 24–hourly incremental GLC value for SPM, SO2

& NOx are 2.134 g/m3, 0.672 g/m3 and 0.656 g/m3 respectively. The

point of maximum concentration by unit would be 1.0 km from center of

industry in S direction.



With this marginal contribution due to the proposal of the project, the

levels of PM10, SO2 & NOx will remain well below the 24 - hourly ambient

air quality standards for SO2 & NOx (80 g/m3), PM10 (100 g/m3), PM2.5

(60 g/m3) prescribed by CPCB. The 24-hourly average GLC Values for

SPM, SO2 and NOX are reported in Table 4.4 to Table 4.6. The operation

of proposed plant is not likely to cause any significant impact on the

ambient air quality of the study area.

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

(A) Sources of Impacts

The main sources of impact on water environment will be due to use of

additional fresh water from “Narmada Water” supply system during

construction and operation phase. The unit will be Zero Discharge Unit

after proposed expansion therefore; there will not be any impact due to

industrial wastewater.

Prediction of Impact-

During Construction phase

Since the proposed expansion will be in the existing premises,

construction will be required only for the installation of new plant and

machineries. There will not be any adverse impact on the quality of water

because very small quantities of water will be used. No disposal of

construction waste outside the plant and no leaching are anticipated.

Thus, the quality and quantity of ground water will not have any adverse

impact during construction phase.

During Operational Phase

After proposed expansion, water requirement will be satisfied through

“Narmada Water”. Unit has obtained necessary permission for it.

The increase in water requirement due to proposed expansion will be

from 129.0 KL/day to 610.0 KL/day; out of which industrial water

requirement will be 598.0 KL/day only. Unit is reuse 25.0 treated

wastewater currently and it will be increased up to 75.0 KL/day after

expansion.

The unit is engaged in the manufacturing of Formaldehyde, which is

continuous process and water also retained with the product. Therefore,

there will not any wastewater generation from the process. Since there is



no need of plant washing and cleaning hence, the main source of

industrial wastewater generation is cooling bleed off and RO reject.

Currently, industrial wastewater generation is 30.0 KL/day and it will be

increased up to 121.0 KL/day which will be sent to Evaporator to achieve

zero liquid discharge and condensate of evaporator is reuse in utilities.

(B) Impact Assessment

Fresh water requirement will increase from 104.0 KL/day to 535.0 KL/day

after proposed expansion. Source of water is Narmada water, a surface

water source. However, unit will be recharging ground water during the

monsoon season. For that, industry proposes to make khettalavadi in

nearby villages to recharge rain water. Thus, there will not be any major

impact on the water environment due to proposed expansion. After

expansion also unit will continue to achieve zero discharge. Effluent will

evaporated in in-house Force effect evaporator & Mechanical evaporator

to achieve zero discharge and condensate from Mechanical evaporator

will be reuse.

Domestic effluent will be discharge through soak pit followed by septic

tank. Thus, there will not be any major impact on the water environment

due to proposed expansion activities.

4.5 NOISE LEVEL IMPACT

Any unwanted sound that creates disturbance in hearing is termed as

Noise. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the

area in order to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to

the project.


The impact on noise environment will be due to installation of new

mechanical equipments and machineries. The noise produced during

construction may have significant impact on the existing ambient noise

levels. The impact will be very minor and temporary in nature.

4.5.2 Prediction of impact during Operational Phase

The main sources of noise (at present & after expansion) within the

plants are: manufacturing activities, transferring pumps and material

handling systems. Suitable noise control system will be provided to

ensure that noise does not exceed the limits. The noise level shall,



however, exceed the limits for a short period during start-up of

equipments. The other sources of noise are the movement of vehicles

along the road. However, proper noise preventive measures have been

taken to minimize the noise pollution like ear plugs, efficient silencers to

the vehicles, etc.

The results of monitoring carried out in the region have been presented in

Chapter-3. The results are below the standards prescribed for Industrial

environment. It can be concluded that, the impact on noise environment

will be long term but insignificant. The mitigation measures proposed for

minimising impacts on noise quality are provided in Chapter 10.

4.6 LAND/SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The main source of impact on land and soil environment will be due to

construction activities and hazardous waste disposal. There will not be

any disposable hazardous waste generation from the manufacturing

process.


Since the proposed expansion will be carried out in the existing premises,

all the existing infrastructure facilities will be utilized with addition of

some new machineries and equipment. Therefore, no major construction

activities will be carried out. Further, the area of the plant is flat. Leveling

would not be required. Thus, topography will also be remained

unchanged after proposed expansion.

Thus, the impact on the land/soil during the construction is for short

terms and insignificant.

4.6.2 Prediction of impact during Operation Phase

Hazardous/solid waste generation will be the main source of impact on

the soil environment. No disposable will be generated during the plant

operation; therefore, there will not be any impact on the land

Environment due to plant operation.

The main source of hazardous waste generation will remain same only

qty. will be increased after proposed expansion.

Generated hazardous wastes will be is Evaporation Salt, used oil &

discarded containers/barrels.



Evaporation salt will be disposed to secured TSDF site for landfilling;

discarded containers/barrels will be sold to authorized recyclers. Used oil

will be sold to CPCB approved recyclers. The unit has provided isolated

area with impervious flooring for the storage of hazardous waste.

Entire quantity of the hazardous waste will be stored in the isolated

hazardous waste storage area within premises having leachate collection

system and roof cover. Thus, after taking adequate steps for the

hazardous waste storage, there will be minor impact on the environment

due to proposed project activities.

4.7 ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS (FLORA AND FAUNA)

Unit is already in existence. So there will not be any cutting of natural

vegetation. On the contrary, the unit proposes to plant more tress in

existing greenbelt to make it dense. The area around the premises

consists of an adequate growth of vegetation. Various trees, shrubs and

herbs are found in and around it.

Also, the trees are identified for their sensitivity & pollution tolerance

capacity. This concept helps to plan the greenbelt of the area making it

less polluted and a pollution absorber.

The high Stomatal Index of Azadirachta Indica makes them susceptible to

SO2. However, the SO2 emissions from the industry will be well within the

limits and disperse from the adequate height. Hence, no major adverse

impact is expected on these plants with the increased emissions.

The high SPM levels may harm leaves by blocking stomata and thus

interfering with exchange of gases during photosynthesis and respiration

and also cause abrasion of plant surfaces when the wind blows. But the

site is not subjected to high-speed winds and the plants can be expected

to be free from any major impacts of SPM on plants.

Thus, there will not be any significant impact on ecological environment

due to proposed expansion activities.

4.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACT

The proposed expansion will be in the existing premises and no additional

land will be required. Therefore, no displacement of person is envisaged.



The plant is most modern and will require educated and trained

manpower. The surrounding area has got good educational facilities and

most of employees will come from the surrounding area.

The operation of the existing plant requires a workforce of 30 persons

and after expansion it will be increased up to 55. Thus, increasing

industrial activity will boost up the commercial and economical status of

the locality to some extent.

Thus, overall impacts on socio-economic environment are long term and

positive in nature.



Mitigation Measures for different component

4.9 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION:

In order to mitigate the adverse environment impact due to the

construction phase are given below:

Regular sprinkling of the water will be recommended along with the

construction activities.

Regular maintenance of machinery and transportation of vehicles

during construction to reduce noise pollution.

The domestic sewage generated during the construction activity will be

routed to septic tanks followed by soak pit.

To protect the workers working in noisy area, personal protective

equipments like earmuffs/earplugs, safety shoes will be provided.

Tree plantation will be increased around periphery of plant premises

and along the road sides.

4.10 MITIGATION MEASURES DURING THE OPERATIONAL PHASE:

4.10.1 Measures for Air Environment

A) Stack Emission

Flue gas volume will be checked for amount of air needed for the

complete combustion of the fuel.

Since, there will be no air pollution from process and utilities except

tail gas emission after proper treatments.

The unit will also provide adequate APCM & stack monitoring facilities

for the periodic monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the

stipulated norms.

In order to minimize the air pollution, unit will also develop greenbelt

in and around its premises.

B) Measures for fugitive emissions

The unit will take following measures:

Paved roads make to reduce the fugitive emission. Water sprinkler will

be provided to reduce the dusting from road transportation.

Regular maintenance of valves, pipes etc.



To reduce the pollutant emission during transportation, unit has

adopted the practice of regular check-up and maintenance of vehicular

engines for complete combustion of the fuel by the transporters.

Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive

emission.

4.10.2 Measures for water environment

Unit proposed to recharge ground water during the whole year and

especially in monsoon to balance the water table by making a

recharge sump/ structures etc. in own premises.

Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount

of wastewater generated.

4.10.3 Measures for hazardous/solid waste

Classification of waste

Collection, Storage, Transportation & disposal at TSDF site & sell to

appropriate recycler &/or reuse.

Data Management and Reporting

Separate storage area

4.10.4 Measures for Noise

To minimize the noise pollution, the unit proposes the following noise

control measures,

Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures will be provided, if required (wherever noise level

is more than 90 dB (A)).

Employees will be provided with ear protection measures like earplugs

or earmuffs. Earplug will be provided to all workers where exposure is

85 dB (A) or more.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried

out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

4.10.5 Health & Safety measures

Provision of periodic medical check-up for all the employees.

Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water CO2

type, CO2 type) will be provided inside the factory premises.



Table 4.1

Input data for air quality modeling

Sr.

No.

Stack attached

to

Stack

Temp.

(0K)

Velocity

(m/s)

Stack

Height

(m)

Dia.

of

Stack

(m)

Fuel

Used

SPM

(g/s) SO2

(g/s)

NOX

(g/s)

Existing Stack

1 D.G. set

(400 kVA)

453 15 11 0.225 HSD-

45

lit./hr.

0.012 0.004 0.004

Proposed additional stack

1 D G Set

(1000 kVA)

475 15 11 0.300 HSD-

110

lit/hr.

0.029 0.009 0.008

Table 4.2

Existing/Estimated Air emission Quality (with & without APCM)

Sr.

No.

Stack attached to Without APCM With APCM

SPM

(g/s)

SO2

(g/s)

NOX

(g/s)

SPM

(g/s)

SO2

(g/s)

NOX

(g/s)

1 D.G. Set (400 kVA) 0.012 0.004 0.004 0.012 0.004 0.004

2 D.G. Set (1000 kVA) 0.029 0.009 0.008 0.029 0.009 0.008



Table 4.3

Cumulative Concentrations at various locations

Station Direction Distance

(Km)

Baseline

Concentration

(g/m3)

Predicted GLC

(g/m3)

Cumulative

Concentration

(g/m3)

PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx PM SO2 NOx

Project Site

(A1)

-- -- 70.7 19.9 22.2 0.16 0.15 0.15 70.86 20.05 22.35

Moti Bhoyan

(A2)

NNE

(Upwind)

1.45 73.0 19.4 19.2 0.45 0.20 0.20 73.45 19.60 19.40

Khatraj (A3) W

(Downwind)

2.92 65.4 19.2 21.1 1.05 0.35 0.25 66.45 19.55 21.35

Ganapatpura

(A4)

ENE

(Up Wind)

5.17 73.9 18.1 18.6 0.15 0.05 0.05 74.05 18.15 18.65

Karoli (A5) W

(Downwind)

1.40 69.9 18.1 21.2 0.45 0.15 0.25 70.35 18.25 21.45

Bhimasan

(A6)

WSW

(Downwind)

3.75 67.9 20.9 22.6 0.15 0.05 0.05 68.05 20.95 22.65

Sherisa (A7) NNE

(Up Wind)

4.06 74.6 19.9 21.5 0.30 0.35 0.05 74.90 20.25 21.55

Jethlaj (A8) SSW

(Downwind)

3.78 72.5 18.1 20.8 0.15 0.10 0.10 72.65 18.20 20.90



Table 4.4

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SPM

RANK CONC RECEPTOR

(XR,YR)

TYPE RANK CONC RECEPTOR

(XR,YR)

TYPE

1 2.134 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 26 1.280 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

2 2.075 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 27 1.269 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

3 1.987 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 28 1.248 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC

4 1.875 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 29 1.235 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

5 1.741 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 30 1.210 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

6 1.726 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 31 1.204 (-1000.00, .00) GC

7 1.704 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 32 1.196 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

8 1.678 (-1000.00, .00) GC 33 1.184 ( .00, 3000.00) GC

9 1.669 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 34 1.180 (1000.00, -1000.00) GC

10 1.657 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 35 1.172 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

11 1.656 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 36 1.168 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

12 1.617 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 37 1.168 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

13 1.567 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 38 1.161 ( 1000.00, .00) GC

14 1.529 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC 39 1.161 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

15 1.505 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 40 1.160 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

16 1.446 (-1000.00, .00) GC 41 1.159 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

17 1.442 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 42 1.158 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

18 1.433 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 43 1.155 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

19 1.431 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC 44 1.143 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

20 1.410 (-1000.00, .00) GC 45 1.142 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

21 1.371 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 46 1.106 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

22 1.296 ( 1000.00, .00) GC 47 1.098 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

23 1.289 (-1000.00, .00) GC 48 1.094 (-1000.00, .00) GC

24 1.288 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 49 1.090 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

25 1.281 (-1000.00, .00) GC 50 1.082 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

Note: Receptor Types: GC = Grid cart, Concentration in µg/m3



Table 4.5

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for SO2

RANK CONC RECEPTOR

(XR,YR)


(XR,YR)

TYPE

1 0.672 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 26 0.403 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

2 0.653 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 27 0.400 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

3 0.626 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 28 0.393 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC

4 0.590 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 29 0.389 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

5 0.548 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 30 0.381 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.544 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 31 0.379 (-1000.00, .00) GC

7 0.537 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.377 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

8 0.529 (-1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.373 ( .00, 3000.00) GC

9 0.526 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 34 0.372 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

10 0.522 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 35 0.369 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

11 0.521 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 36 0.368 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

12 0.509 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 37 0.368 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

13 0.494 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.366 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

14 0.482 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC 39 0.366 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

15 0.474 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 40 0.365 ( 1000.00, .00) GC

16 0.455 (-1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.365 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

17 0.454 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 42 0.365 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

18 0.451 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 43 0.364 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

19 0.451 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC 44 0.360 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

20 0.444 (-1000.00, .00) GC 45 0.359 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

21 0.432 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 46 0.348 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

22 0.408 ( 1000.00, .00) GC 47 0.346 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

23 0.406 (-1000.00, .00) GC 48 0.345 (-1000.00, .00) GC

24 0.406 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 49 0.343 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

25 0.404 (-1000.00, .00) GC 50 0.341 ( .00, -2000.00) GC




Table 4.6

The 24-hourly average GLC Concentration Values for NOx

RANK CONC RECEPTOR

(XR,YR)


(XR,YR)

TYPE

1 0.656 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 26 0.393 (-1000.00, .00) GC

2 0.648 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 27 0.392 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

3 0.616 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 28 0.382 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

4 0.584 ( .00, 1000.00) GC 29 0.382 ( 2000.00, -2000.00) GC

5 0.537 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 30 0.374 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

6 0.534 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 31 0.372 (-1000.00, .00) GC

7 0.528 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 32 0.370 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

8 0.516 (-1000.00, .00) GC 33 0.366 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

9 0.513 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 34 0.365 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

10 0.512 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 35 0.365 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

11 0.511 ( 1000.00, 1000.00) GC 36 0.363 ( 1000.00, .00) GC

12 0.501 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 37 0.363 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

13 0.484 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 38 0.362 ( .00, 3000.00) GC

14 0.472 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC 39 0.361 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

15 0.466 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 40 0.357 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

16 0.446 (-1000.00, .00) GC 41 0.356 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

17 0.446 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 42 0.355 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

18 0.441 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC 43 0.355 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

19 0.440 ( .00, 2000.00) GC 44 0.355 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

20 0.435 (-1000.00, .00) GC 45 0.352 ( .00, -1000.00) GC

21 0.421 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 46 0.340 (-1000.00, -1000.00) GC

22 0.399 ( 1000.00, .00) GC 47 0.337 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC

23 0.397 ( -1000.00, .00) GC 48 0.336 (-1000.00, .00) GC

24 0.396 ( .00, -1000.00) GC 49 0.335 ( .00, -2000.00) GC

25 0.395 ( 1000.00, -1000.00) GC 50 0.331 ( .00, -2000.00) GC




Figure 4.1: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SPM



Figure 4.2: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for SO2



Figure 4.3: Isopleths for Ground Level Concentrations for NOx



Chapter-5

Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 PROLOGUE:

Alternative analysis is the process of analyzing the proposed locating for

suitability for basic necessities to operate the plant safely, this analysis

also covers the environmental aspect of pollution prevention and

improvement in quality of life nearby the project vicinity. The project

alternative is the course of action in pace of another, that would meet the

same purpose and need, but which would avoid or minimize negative

impacts and enhance project benefits.

Such projects may result in specific impacts which can be avoided or

mitigated by adherence to certain predetermined performance standards,

guidelines or design criteria. Alternative approaches may therefore be

more effective in integrating environmental and social concerns into the

project planning process.

5.2 PROJECT DETAILS:

Balaji Formalin is already in existence at Plot No. 1398, Village: Moti

Bhoyan, Taluka: Kalol, District: Gandhinagar, Gujarat for manufacturing

of Formaldehyde. Unit now proposed to expand its existing production

capacity with introducing new products (Para Formaldehyde & Purification

of silver). Expansion will be carried out in the existing premises.

Proposed expansion activities is falls under 5(f) category - Synthetic

organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and

intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic

organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical

intermediates) and therefore prior EC is required.

5.3 SITE ALTERNATIVE:

The project is already in existence. It is very well familiar with the

surrounding environment; therefore, it becomes easy for the unit to

expand the project in the same premises.

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder,

Availability of adequate land for expansion;



Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication,

transportation, medical facilities, water, power, unskilled & skilled

manpower, raw materials, road network etc.

Proximity of market;

Nearest city Ahmedabad is 12.0 km away from the project site

which is very well connected with other parts of the country by

road, rail & air;

No R & R will be required;

Easy availability of manpower for proposed expansion activities;

So no alternative for site is analyzed.

5.4 ALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES:

Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives

Water Forced effect evaporator followed


Domestic w/w will be disposed off

in soak pit through septic tank.

Proposed technology is

adequate to achieve zero

discharge.

Air Tail gas treatment plant &

adequate stack height & acoustic

enclosure to the stand-by D. G.

set.

Proposed technology is

adequate to keep emission

within limit.

Solid/

Hazardous

waste

Haz. Waste will be stored in

separate storage area and finally

disposed to approve TSDF site,

disposal by selling to registered

recycler.

As proposed disposal facilities

are safe disposal facilities and

also guided by authority. No

thoughts are required to

switching on other

alternative.



Chapter-6

Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 PRELUDE:

Environment monitoring is the sampling and analysis tool to know the

environment conditions at particular time. The record of environmental

monitoring is most important as the environmental changes are slow in

nature and impact appears after many years. Environmental Monitoring is

the technical heart of assessment of environmental and social impacts

arising due to implementation of the proposed project. An equally

essential element of this process is to develop measures to eliminate,

offset or reduce impacts to acceptable levels during implementation and

operation of projects. The integration of such measures into project

implementation and operation is supported by clearly defining the

environmental requirements within an Environmental Management Plan.

Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is an existing unit for manufacturing of

Formaldehyde. Unit now proposed to expand its existing production

capacity with addition of new products. Expansion will be carried out in

the existing premises. It has proposed adequate environmental

monitoring programme.

6.2 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM:

The continuous monitoring of Environmental parameters like air, water,

noise, soil and performance of pollution control facilities and safety

measures in the plant are vital for proper Environmental management of

any industrial project. Therefore, the company shall create environmental

monitoring facilities by the environmental and safety department to

monitor air and water pollutants as per the guideline of GPCB & CPCB.

Moreover, air and water shall be monitored by outside agencies

authorized by GPCB at regular frequencies. This department shall also

carry out periodical checkup of fire and safety equipments.

6.3 OBJECTIVE OF MONITORING PLAN:

The basic objective of implementing a monitoring plan on a regular basis

is as follows:



Know the pollution status within the plant and its vicinity.

Generate data for corrective action in respect of pollution.

Correlate the production operations with emission and control

mechanism.

Examine the performance of pollution control system.

Assess the Environmental impacts.

Remedial measures and environment management plant to reverse

the impacts.

6.4 SCHEDULES FOR ENVIRONMENT MONITORING:

The environmental monitoring will be scheduled on regular interval to

assess the conditions. The record of these monitoring will be compared

with the baseline study to know the changes in environmental conditions.

The post-project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should be

as per the following guideline. The highlights of the integrated

environmental monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and porthole at

all the stacks will be maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents.

The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based

on these monitoring results.

Water consumption will be recorded daily.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of

acoustic hoods and other such noise reducing equipment. Regular

noise level monitoring will be carried out.

Greenbelt will be properly maintained and new plantation

programmes will be undertaken frequently.

Continuous environmental awareness programmes will be carried

out for the employees and also in the surrounding villages.

6.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Schemes for monitoring ambient air quality, stack emissions and fugitive

emissions are proposed. The ambient air quality monitoring systems are

recommended for monitoring the ground level concentrations and fugitive

emissions around the plant. Unit should install three monitoring stations



around its battery limit (at 1200 as per guideline) for monitoring PM, SO2

and NOx. The combined data will provide overall characteristic and

emission from the industry. For this, the following equipment is

recommended to be procured or can higher the services from

Environmental consultant by the project proponent for implementing the

above mentioned monitoring schemes:

Respirable Dust Sampler

Blower - 1.0-1.5 m3/min capacity with adapter for uniform suction

through filter and a properly calibrated manometer assembly for the

determination of flow rate through filter paper.

Rota meter - For gaseous sampling, calibrated Rota meter (0-5 LPM) for

maintaining flow rate should be provided.

Main housing - The main housing should be rectangular with a stand of

about 1.25 m height.

Besides this, stack emissions monitoring as per GPCB guidelines shall be

carried out.

Water Environment:

Wastewater generated from water treatment, silver refining process &

cooling bleed off will be directly sent to forced effect evaporator & then

sent to mechanical evaporator. Condensate from evaporator will be

reused for utility i.e. for cooling. Thus, unit will achieve zero discharge

after proposed expansion.

Noise Environment:

Monitoring of noise levels is essential to assess the efficacy of

maintenance schedules undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise

protection measures. A good quality digital sound pressure level meter is

essential for this purpose.

Transportation:

All the necessary precaution will be taken while carrying out transport of

the materials as per the Hazardous rules of transportation, central Motor

Vehicle Act-1988 & 1989. The vehicle for transportation of raw materials,

by-products and products will be parked at specified loading facilities

where there will be a provision of fire extinguishers.



Table: 6.1 Environment Monitoring Plan

Nature of

Analysis

Frequency of analysis

with its analyzer

Parameters

Wastewater

analysis

Monthly by external agency pH, TDS, SS, Oil &

Grease, etc.

Stack monitoring of

each stack

Monthly by external agency PM, SO2, NOX

Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring

Monthly for 24 hours or as

per the statutory conditions

by external agency

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX

Noise level Monthly as per the statutory

conditions by external

agency

Nr. Main gate, Nr. D. G.

Set, Process area, Raw

material storage area

etc.

Work zone fugitive

monitoring

Monthly by external agency Dust, VOCs

Health check-up of

workers

As per the statutory

guideline

All workers



Table: 6.2 Budget for implementation of Environmental Monitoring Plan

Particulars No. of

location

Parameters Methodologies Total

Budget

(Tentrati

ve)

Method of

Monitoring

Method of

Analysis

Stack Monitoring

of each stack

All stacks PM, SO2, NOx Stack

monitoring

kit

PM: IS 11255:

part-1: 1985

SO2: IS 11255:

part-2: 1985

NOx: IS 11255:

part-7: 2005

3200/

stack

Ambient Air

Quality

Monitoring

3

locations

PM2.5, PM10,

SO2, NOx

RDS, Fine

particulate

sampler

PM2.5: IS 5182:

part-23: 2006

PM10: IS 5182:

part-23: 2006

SO2: IS 5182:

part-2: 2001

NOx: IS 5182:

part-6: 2006

5500/

station

Waste water

Analysis

1 sample pH, TDS, SS,

Oil & Grease,

etc.

-- APHA-AWWA

22nd edition

2500/

Sample

Work zone

fugitive

monitoring

2 to 3

locations

Dust, VOCs Personal

sampler,

VOC

sampler

Gravimetric, GC 1500/

location

Noise Pollution 6 to 8

locations

Sound Level

Meter

Sound

Level Meter

Sound Level

Meter

1000/

location



Chapter-7

Additional Studies

(A) Risk Assessment

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The risk assessment studies have been conducted for identification of

hazards, to calculate damage distances and to spell out risk mitigation

measures.

Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is a working unit at Plot No. 1398, Nr. Rama

Multi Tech Ltd., Post: Moti Bhoyan, Taluka: Kalol, Dist.: Gandhinagar for

manufacturing of Formaldehyde of 5000 MTPM capacity and intends to

enhance its production capacity of Formaldehydeup to 12500 MTPM along

with Para Formaldehyde - 835 MTPM and Reprocessing Silver (Purification

of Silver) - 1.5 MTPM.

7.1.1 Scope of Study

The scope of work is to carry out risk analysis for the proposed expansion

of plant covering all the hazardous chemicals to be handled and stored at

the plant after expansion.

7.1.2 Study Objective

The objective of the risk analysis includes the following:

Identification of hazards

Selection of credible scenarios

Consequences Analysis of selected accidents scenarios

Risk Mitigation Measures

7.1.3 The Study Approach

The risk assessment study broadly comprised of the following steps:

System Description

Identification of Hazards

Selection of Credible Accident Scenarios

Consequence Analysis

Risk Mitigation Measures



7.1.4 System Description

This step comprised the compilation of the location, design and

operational information needed for the risk analysis.

7.1.5 Identification of Hazards

Hazards associated with the plant after expansion was identified.

Summary of relevant accident cases was reviewed.

7.1.6 Risk Reduction Measures

Based on hazard identification and consequence analysis, risk reduction

measures were suggested to reduce risk and enhance safety at the plant.

7.2 PROBABLE HAZARDS & RISK

Hazard identification and risk assessment is carried out through careful

study of plant process. Following this various scenarios by which an

accident can occur are then determined. Concurrent study of both

probability and the consequences of an accident are carried out and the

final risk assessment is made. Since chemical & fuel posses‟ different kind

of hazard, both have been separately associated. The chemicals poses

more of Occupational Health Hazard, while fuel posses more of

safety/accidental hazards. Hazard & risk assessment has been carried out

for exposure to harmful dust/vapors, liquid pool evaporation or boiling

and leakage‟s in confined space.

7.3 HAZARDOUS IDENTIFICATION

Hazard is defined as a chemical or physical conditions those have the

potential for causing damage to people, property or the environment.

Hazard identification is the first step in the risk analysis and entails the

process of collecting information on:

the types and quantities of hazardous substances stored and

handled,

the location of storage tanks & other facilities,

Potential hazards associated with the spillage and release of

hazardous chemicals.



7.4 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES TO BE HANDLED AT BALAJI FORMALIN

PVT. LTD.

Balaji is having raw materials few of which are hazardous in nature

(inflammable, highly toxic). These materials are being stored with full

safety and security.

Some of the materials will be stored in Tank farms. Some of the

safety measures proposed is: Hazardous material (inflammable/ tank

farm) will be away from the main plant.

Storage area will be cordoned off with barbed wire with „restricted

entry‟, „safety signs/posters‟, „No smoking/No naked flame‟ sign will

be posted all around it.

All light fittings/electric installations/equipment in the flammable

chemicals storage area will be flame proof type only.

Table 7.1: Liquid Raw Materials Storage

Sr.

No.

Name of

Chemicals

Storage capacity of Chemicals Material of

Construction

Existing

1 Methanol 3 Nos. of Tank x 95 KL Capacity= 285 KL 1 No of Tank x 79 KL Capacity= 79 KL Total 4 Nos. Tank = 364 KL

MS-Underground

2 Formaldehyde 1 No. of Tank x 77 KL Capacity= 77 KL

1 No. of Tank x 92 KL Capacity= 92 KL 1 No. of Tank x 260 KL Capacity= 260 KL 1 No. of Tank x 295 KL Capacity= 295 KL

2 Nos. of Tank x 130 KL Capacity= 260 KL 2 Nos. of Tank x 22 KL Capacity= 44 KL

Total 8 Nos. Tank = 1028 KL

MS-Above

ground

Proposed

3 Methanol 6 Nos. of Tank x 95 KL Capacity= 570 KL

1 No of Tank x 79 KL Capacity= 79 KL Total 7 Nos. Tank = 649 KL

MS-

Underground

4 Formaldehyde 1 Nos. of Tank x 77 KL Capacity= 77 KL 1 Nos. of Tank x 92 KL Capacity= 92 KL

1 No of Tank x 260 KL Capacity= 260 KL 1 Nos. of Tank x 295 KL Capacity= 295 KL

2 Nos. of Tank x 130 KL Capacity= 260 KL 2 Nos. of Tank x 22 KL Capacity= 44 KL Total 8 Nos. Tank = 1028 KL

MS-Above ground

7.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS CLASSIFICATION:

Hazardous materials have been defined under MSIHC Rules (1989) - 2

(e) which means. (i) Any chemical which satisfies any of the criteria laid



down in Part I of Schedule I and is listed in Column 2 of Part II of this

Schedule;

Toxic Chemicals: Chemicals having the following values of acute

toxicity and which owing to theirphysical and chemical properties, are

capable of producing major accident hazards:

S.

No.

Toxicity Oral

Toxicity

LD50

(mg/kg)

Dermal

Toxicity

LD50

(mg/kg)

Inhalation

Toxicity

LC50

(mg/l)

Remarks

1 Extremely Toxic >5 < 40 < 0.5 --

2 Highly Toxic >5 – 50 > 20 – 200 < 0.5 – 2.0 --

3 Toxic >50 – 200 > 200 – 1000 > 2 – 10 --

Flammable chemicals:

(i) Flammable gases; 200C and at standard pressure of 101.3 KPa are:

Ignitable when in a mixture of 13% or less by volume with air, or;

Have a flammable range with air of at least 12% regardless of

thelower flammable limits.

(ii) Extremely flammable liquids: Chemicals which have a flash point

lower than or equal to 230C and the boiling point less than 350C;

(iii) Very Highly flammable liquids: Chemicals which have a flash point

lower than or equal to 230C and the boiling point higher than 35 0C;

(iv) Highly Flammable Liquid: Chemicals which have a flash point lower

than or equal to 600C but higher than 230C.

(v) Flammable liquids: Chemicals which have a flash point higher than

600C but lower than 900C.

Explosives: Explosive means a solid or liquid or pyrotechnic substance

(or a mixture of substances) or an article.

a. Which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at

such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause

damage to surroundings;

b. That is designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or

smoke or a combination of these as the result of non-detonative

self-sustaining exothermic chemical reaction.

Any chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2;

Any chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 3;



7.5.1 Raw Materials

Many of the raw materials are defined and listed under MSIHC Rules

(1989). The sr. no. as defined under MSIHC Rules (1989) and other

hazardous properties of the hazardous raw materials are in Table below.

Table 7.2: Hazardous Raw Materials Sr. No. (MSHIC) & Characteristics

S.

No.

Material S. No.& Threshold

Quantity (TQ in Kg)

as per MSHIC Rules

Chemicals Hazards

Potential

Remarks

Sched

ule-1, Part-

II

Sched

ule-2, Part-I

Sched

ule-3, Part-I

Hazards Toxic

1. Methanol

CAS

No.:67-

56-1

257 - - FP-12 0C ; BP-

64.70C LEL-6%;

UEL-36%

Incompatibiliti

es with Other

Materials:

Oxidizing

agents,

reducing

agents, acids,

alkali metals,

potassium,

sodium, metals

as powders

LD50, 5628

mg/kg

LC50-

64000

mg/l

May be fatal or

cause blindness if

swallowed. Vapor

harmful.

Flammable liquid

& vapor. Harmful if

swallowed, inhaled,

or absorbed

through the skin.

Causes eye, skin,

and respiratory

tract irritation. May

cause central

nervous system

depression.

2. Formalde

hyde

CAS No.:

50-00-0

205 - 112

TQ-1:

5 MT

FP-56 0C ; BP-

980C LEL-7%;

UEL-73%

May react

violently with

acids/ alkali/

oxidizing agents

etc.

LD50- 800

mg/kg,

Inhale

Exposure

Limit: 0.5

ppm

Death if inhaled or

absorbed; severe

eye irritation and

burns; allergic

dermatitis,skin

burns; bronchitis,

pulmonary edema;

headache,

dizziness, nausea,

vomiting

3. Para

Formalde

hyde

CAS No.:

30525-

89-4

- - - FP-700C; BP-Not

Available, MP-

1200-1700C,

LEL-7%; UEL-

73% May form

carbondioxide,

carbon

monoxide &

formaldehyde

when heated to

decomposition

Adequate

ventilatio

n needed.

TLV: 2

mg/m3

Toxic formaldehyde

gas may be

produced if

paraformaldehyde

decomposes.

Note:

Oral Toxicity (OT) in LD50 (mg/kg)

Dermal Toxicity (DT) in LD50 (mg/kg)

Inhalation Toxicity in LC50 (mg/l) [4 hrs.]



7.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Balaji plant deals in someof the highly hazardous chemicals namely

formaldehyde and methanol. The occupational hazards due to these

chemicals and preventive and remedial measures are as given below:

a. Formaldehyde:

i. Eye contact: Always use face mask or goggles while handling

chemicals. In case of eye contact immediate first aid is needed to

prevent eye damage. IMMEDIATELY flush eyes with copious quantities

of water for at least 20 minutes holding lids apart to ensure flushing of

the entire surface. Seek immediate medical attention. DO NOT use an

eye ointment.

ii. Skin contact: Always use face mask hand gloves, apron etc. While

handling chemicals. In case of skin contact immediate first aid is

needed to prevent skin damage. Immediately flush skin with plenty of

water for at least 20 minutes while removing contaminated clothing

and shoes. Seek immediate medical attention. Wash contaminated

clothing before reusing.

iii. Inhalation: Remove patient to fresh air. Administer approved oxygen

supply if breathing is difficult. Administer artificial respiration or CPR if

breathing has ceased. Seek immediate medical attention.

iv. Ingestion: If conscious, wash out mouth with water. DO NOT induce

vomiting. Seek immediate medical attention.

b. Methanol:

Danger! Poison! May be fatal or cause blindness if swallowed. Vapor

harmful. Liquid and vapor are flammable. Harmful if swallowed, inhaled,

or absorbed through the skin. Causes eye, skin, and respiratory tract

irritation. May cause central nervous system depression. Cannot be made

non-poisonous?

Target Organs: Eyes, nervous system, optic nerve, Potential Health

Effects

i. Eye: May cause painful sensitization to light. Methanol is a mild to

moderate eye irritant.



ii. Inhalation, ingestion or skin absorption of methanol can cause

significant disturbance in vision, including blindness.

iii. Skin: Causes moderate skin irritation. May be absorbed through the

skin in harmful amounts. Prolonged and or repeated contact may

cause defatting of skin and dermatitis. Methanol can be absorbed

through the skin, producing systemic effects that include visual

disturbances.

iv. Ingestion: May be fatal or cause blindness if swallowed. Aspiration

hazard. Cannot be made non-poisonous. May cause gastrointestinal

irritation with nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea. May cause systematic

toxicity with acidosis. May cause central nervous system depression,

characterized by excitement, followed by headache, dizziness,

drowsiness, and nausea.

v. Inhalation: Methanol is toxic and can very readily form extremely

high vapor concentrations at room temperature. Inhalation is the most

common route of occupational exposure and/or snowy vision, and

blindness. Depending on the severity of exposure and the promptness

of treatment, survivors may recover completely or may have

permanent blindness, vision disturbances and/or nervous system

effects.

First Aid Measures:

i. Eyes: In case of contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water

for a t least 15 minutes. Get medical aid.

ii. Skin: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water

for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and

shoes. Get medical aid immediately. Wash clothing before reuse.

iii. Ingestion: Potential for aspiration if swallowed. Get medical aid

immediately. Do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by

medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious

person. If vomiting occurs naturally, have victim lean forward.

iv. Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give

artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical

aid.



v. Antidote: Ethanol may inhibit methanol metabolism

c. Para Formaldehyde:

Very hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant).

Hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer), of ingestion, of inhalation.

Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive), of eye contact

(corrosive). The amount of tissue damage depends on length of contact.

Eye contact can result in corneal damage or blindness. Skin contact can

produce inflammation and blistering. Inhalation of dust will produce

irritation to gastro-intestinal or respiratory tract, characterized by

burning, sneezing and coughing. Severe over-exposure can produce lung

damage, choking, unconsciousness or death. Inflammation of the eye is

characterized by redness, watering, and itching. Skin inflammation is

characterized by itching, scaling, reddening or occasionally, blistering.

Eye Contact: Check for and remove any contact lenses. In case of

contact, immediately flush eyes with plenty of water for at least 15

minutes. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention immediately.

Skin Contact: In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of

water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothing and

shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be

used. Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before reuse.

Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Skin Contact: Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the

contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate

medicalattention.

Inhalation: If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give

artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medical

attention immediately.

Serious Inhalation: Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as

possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waist band. If

breathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing,

perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous

to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when



the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek immediate

medical attention.

Ingestion: Do NOT induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical

personnel. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. If

large quantities of this material are swallowed, call a physician

immediately. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband.

7.7 RISK ASSESSMENT

A three „levels‟ risk assessment approach has been adopted for the

Balaji‟s facilities. The risk assessment levels are generally consistent with

the practices encountered through various assignments for medium and

large chemical complexes. The brief outline of the three tier approach is

given below:

Level 1 – Risk Screening

i. This is top-down review of worst- case potential hazards/risks, aimed

primarily at identifying plant sites or areas within plant, which pose the

highest risk. Various screening factors considered include:

Inventory of hazardous materials;

Hazardous Materials properties;

Storage conditions (e.g. temperature and pressure);

Location sensitivity (distance to residential areas/populace).

ii. The data/information is obtained from plant. The results provide a

relative indication of the extent of hazards and potential for risk

exposure.

Level 2 – Major Risk Survey (Semi - Quantitative)

i. The survey approach combines the site inspection with established risk

assessment techniques applied both qualitative as well quantitative

mode. The primary objective is to identify and select major risks at a

specific location in the plant considering possible soft spots/weak links

during operation/maintenance. Aspects covered in the risk usually

include:

Process Hazards;

Process Safety Management Systems;

Fire Protection and Emergency response equipments and programs.



Security Vulnerability;

Impact of hazards consequences (equipment damage, business

interruption, injury, fatalities);

Qualitative risk identification of scenarios involving hazardous

materials;

Risk reduction measures.

ii. Selection of critical scenarios and their potential of damage provide

means of prioritising mitigate measures and allocate the resources to the

areas with highest risks.

Level 3 – Quantitative Risk Assessment (Deterministic)

This is the stage of assessment of risks associated with all credible

hazards (scenarios) with potential to cause an undesirable outcome such

as human injury, fatality or destruction of property. The four basic

elements include:

Hazards identification utilising formal approach (Level 2, HAZOP etc.);

i. Frequency Analysis based on past safety data (incidents/accidents);

Identifying likely pathway of failures and quantifying the

toxic/inflammable material release;

ii. Hazards analysis to quantify the consequences of various hazards

scenarios (fire, explosion, BLEVE, toxic vapor release etc.). Establish

minimum value for damage (e.g. IDLH, over pressure, radiation flux)

to assess the impact on environment.

iii. Risk Quantification: Quantitative techniques are used considering

effect/impact due to weather data, population data, and frequency of

occurrences and likely hood of ignition/toxic release. Data are

analyzed considering likely damage (in terms of injury/fatality,

property damage) each scenarios is likely to cause.

QRA provides a means to determine the relative significance undesired

events, allowing analyst and the team to focus their risk reduction efforts

where they will be beneficial most.

Proposed expansion of Balaji plant is a medium level plant but hazardous

in nature. Existing plant (similar to proposed expansion project) is in

operation. The QRA for this plant is based on Level 1 and Level 2. Details



of raw materials and the bulk storages of liquid materials is gives in

Table 7.1 & the hazardous nature of raw materials and products are

summarized in table 7.2.

7.7.1 Risk Screening Approach

Risk screening of Balaji plant was undertaken through process study and

study of data/information provided by technical personal of Balaji. Data of

major/bulk storages of raw materials, intermediates and other chemicals

were collected. MSDS of hazardous chemicals were studied vis a vis their

inventories and mode of storage. Balaji plant will have few hazardous

chemicals and also producing Formaldehyde and Para Formaldehyde

which are in hazardous nature. The chemicals stored in bulk (liquid or

gaseous) and defined under MSHIC Rule will be considered for detailed

analysis. The solid products powder or granules spillage can results in

polluting small area only. The damage to personnel can be through

ingress- dermal (if individual come in contact), oral (if individual food

gets infected through fugitive dust) or inhalation (fugitive dust). The main

route is fugitive dust which incovered area will move to short distance

only. The risk is through liquid products which are volatile material. The

toxic vapours due to spillage of such material can travel to some distance

and cause damage. Considering these aspects only extremely hazardous

(ET) liquid have been considered for QRA. The liquid products will be

stored in bulk storage tanks.

7.7.2 QRA Approach

Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and

Level-2 activities) calls for detailed analysis of each scenario for potential

of damage, impact area (may vary with weather conditions/wind

direction) and safety system in place. Subsequently each incident is

classified according to relative risk classifications provided in Table below

as Table 7.3

Table 7.3: Risk Classification

Stage Description

High

(> 10-2/yr)

A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within the expected life time of the plant.



Stage Description

Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or single instrument or valve failures or a human error

which could result in releases of hazardous materials.

Moderate

(10-2-10-4/yr.)

A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability of occurrence within the expected lifetime of

the plant. Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or

valve failures, combination of instrument failures and human errors, or single failures of small process lines or

fittings.

Low (<10-4)

A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability of occurrence within the expected lifetime of

plant. Examples of „low‟ likelihood are multiple instruments or

valve failures or multiple human errors, or single spontaneous failures of tanks or process vessels.

Minor

Incidents

Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent

for „knock – on- events‟

Serious

Incident

One that could cause: Any serious injury or fatality on/off site;

Property damage of $ 1 million (or equivalent) offsite or $ 5 million (or equivalent) onsite.

Extensive

Incident

One that is five or more times worse than a serious

incident.

Assigning a relative risk to each scenario provides a means of prioritising

associated risk mitigation measures and planned actions.

7.8 THERMAL HAZARDS

In order to understand the damages produced by various scenarios, it is

appropriate to understand the physiological/physical effects of thermal

radiation intensities. The thermal radiation due to tank fire usually results

in burn on the human body. Furthermore, inanimate objects like

equipment, piping, cables, etc. may also be affected and also need to be

evaluated for damages. Table 7.4, Table 7.5 & Table 7.7 respectively

give tolerable intensities of various objects and desirable escape time for

thermal radiation.

Thermal hazards could be from fires or explosion. Fire releases energy

slowly while explosion release energy very rapidly (typically in micro

seconds). Explosion is rapid expansion of gases resulting in rapidly

moving shock wave. Explosion can be confined (within a vessel or



building) or unconfined (due to release of flammable gases). BLEVE

(boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion) occurs if a vessel containing a

liquid at a temperature above its atmospheric boiling point ruptures. The

subsequent BLEVE is the explosive vaporisation of large fraction of its

vapour contents; possibly followed by combustion or explosion of the

vaporised cloud if it is combustible. Thermal hazards have been

considered for various scenarios including: Catastrophic Formaldehyde

tank failure, spillage and “Toxic Vapours” spread.

Table 7.4: Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident

Radiation kW/m2

Damage Type

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort on long duration

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of

skin (first degree burn are likely).

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree

burn after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of

wood, melting of plastic tubing etc.

25 Minimum Energy required for piloted ignition of

wood, melting, plastic tubing etc.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment.

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

Table 7.5: Thermal Radiation Impact to Human

Exposure

Duration

Radiation Energy

{1% lethality; kW/m2}

Radiation

Energy for 2nd degree burns;

kW/m2

Radiation

Energy for 1stdegree

burns; kW/m2

10 sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 9.3 7.0 4.0

Table 7.6: Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects

Sl.

No.

Objects Tolerable Intensities

(kw/m2)

1 Drenched Tank 38

2 Special Buildings

(No window, fire proof doors)

25



3 Normal Buildings 14

4 Vegetation 10-12

5 Escape Route 6 (up to 30 secs.)

6 Personnel in Emergencies 3 (up to 30 secs.)

7 Plastic Cables 2

8 Stationary Personnel 1.5

7.9 DAMAGE DUE TO EXPLOSION

The explosion of a dust or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation)

results in a reaction front moving outwards from the ignition source

preceded by a shock wave or pressure front. After the combustible

material is consumed the reaction front terminates but the pressure wave

continues its outward movement. Damage estimates based on

overpressure are given in Table 7.7 below:

Table 7.7: Damage due to Overpressure

Sl.

No.

Overpressure

(psig/bar)

Damage

1. 0.04 Loud Noise/sonic boom glass failure

2. 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure

3. 0.5 - 1 Large and small windows usually

shattered

4. 0.7 Minor damage to house structure

5. 1 Partial demolition of houses, made

uninhabitable.

6. 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage

7. 5 - 7 Nearly complete destruction of houses

8. 9 Loaded train box wagons completely

demolished

9. 10 Probable total destruction of houses

10. 200 Limits of crater lip

7.10 TOXIC RELEASE

Toxic materials handled in Balaji complex are Formaldehyde and

Methanol as defined in MSHIC rules and indicated in Table 7.2. These

chemicals are stored in bulk (in tank farm).



Damage criteria: For toxic release the damage criteria considered is IDLH

concentration (if data are available). In the absence of non-availability of

IDLH, „Inhalation Toxicity (IT) data for rats‟ are considered.

7.11 LIKELY FAILURE SCENARIOS

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of

raw materials and products properties and storage inventories. Failure

scenarios selected are as given in Table 7.8 below:

Table 7.8: Different Failure Scenarios

Sr. No. Scenario Remark

Raw materials

1 Formaldehyde Tank catastrophic

failure, spillage and Toxic Vapours

Toxic

2 Methanol spillage; Toxic vapours; fire Flammable/Toxic

7.12 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS

The facilities at the Material Storage Dyke area are mainly comprised of

methanoland formaldehyde storage tanks. The hazards posed by them

are mainly in the form offire. There is a possibility of flash fire taking

place in the event of large spill of hydrocarbons, mainly major failure

scenarios were evaluated to assess the effect onpeople and property

inside the plant area as well as outside.

a) Tank Fire

b) Bund Fire

c) Flash fire

The effect of fire on people and property outside will chiefly manifest

itself in the form of thermal radiation. A criteria was selected for deciding

the maximum level of thermal radiation to which the outside population

can be subjected. Thermal radiation levels from fire scenarios of each

tank are worked out at various distances and their effects are evaluated

against the set criteria.

Thermal Radiation

Thermal radiation due to pool fire may cause various degrees of burns on

exposed human bodies. Moreover, their effects on inanimate objects like



piping, equipment orvegetation also need to be evaluated to assess their

impact.

For continuous presence of persons, the following thermal radiation

intensity levels are usually adopted:

-1.6 Kw/m2 for outside population

-4.5 Kw/m2 for plant operators

This is the criteria that are followed in case of flare design where peak

load conditionmay occur for a short time but mostly without warning. The

operators are usually trained and properly clothed; they are expected to

run for shelter quickly. For secondary fire, an incident radiation intensity

of 12.5 Kw/m2 is required. This is usually taken as the minimum criteria.

The facilities at the storage area mainly comprises of vertical cylindrical

tanks of structural steel. The hazard posed by them is mainly in the form

offire. There is a possibility of tank fire taking place and is evaluated to

assess theeffect on people and property.

Damage Criteria: Damage estimates due to thermal radiation have been

arrived at by correlating recorded incidents. The consequences can then

be visualized by super imposing the effects on the proposed site plan and

identifying the elements within the project site as well as the neighboring

environment which may be affected.

The damage criteria due to accidental release of hydrocarbon arise

primarily from fire. Contamination of soil or water is not expected as fuel

will vaporize quickly and wouldnot leave any residue as it happens with

oil. The vapour of methanol/formaldehyde is not toxic and hence no

effects of toxicity are expected.

Consequence of Spill: The tank on fire situation would occur if the heat

on peripheral surface of the tank leads to internal tank pressure. Pool fire

would occur when solvent collected in the dyke due to leakages get

ignited.

Thermal Damage

The following table presents the damage and effects due to thermal

radiation oninanimate objects like piping, equipment or vegetation in

addition to effects on human beings.



Incident radiation

(in kW/m2)

Type of damage

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment.

32.0 Maximum thermal radiation intensity allowed on

thermally protected adjoining equipment

25.0 Minimum energy required to ignite wood at

infinitely long exposure (non-piloted)

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting of plastic

8.0 Maximum thermal radiation intensity allowed on thermallyunprotected adjoining equipment

4.5 Sufficient to cause pain to personnel if unable to

reach coverwithin 50 seconds, however blistering of skin (1stdegree burns)

1.6 Causes no discomfort on long exposures

0.6 Equivalent to solar radiation

The effect of incident radiation and exposure time on lethality is stated in

the followingtable:

Radiation Exposure and Lethality

Incident radiation

(Kw/m2)

Exposure time

(seconds)

Lethality

(%)

Degree of

burns

4.5 20 0 1st

4.5 50 0 1st

8.0 20 0 1st

8.0 50 <1 3rd

8.0 60 <1 3rd

12.0 20 <1 2nd

12.0 50 8 3rd

Methodology

Storage tanks are evaluated to assess the effect in the event of its

catching fire. For the present study, the scenarios under consideration

assume that the peak level ofradiation intensity will not occur suddenly.

Based on the past experience, it is found that 20-30 minutes time will be

required before a tank fire grows to full size. For radiation calculations,

full tank fire has been considered. From the above considerations, the



criteria of 4.5 kW/m2 have been selected to judge acceptability of the

scenarios.

The assumptions for calculations are:

-It is not continuous exposure;

-There is not enough time available for warning the public and initiating

emergencyaction;

-Within 10 minutes, plant personnel would attend any eventuality

-Secondary fire at public road and building is not likely to happen;

-The effect of smoke on reduction of source radiation intensity has not

beenconsidered; therefore hazard distances calculated tend to be

conservative; and

-Shielding effect of intervening trees or other structures has not been

considered. Nolethality is expected from this level of intensity although

burn injury takes placedepending on time of exposure.

Pool Fire

Following an accidental release, chemicals will form a confined pool with

in the dyke area or an unconfined pool in case liquids were allowed to be

stored in the absence of a dyke. Should the vapour above the pool ignite,

the liquid will burn as a pool fire. Thepool fire will result in thermal

radiation. It could also damage the storage tanks located within the

common dyke area.

Model Computations

Although the interest of this study is to find out the distance from a

burning tank to aradiation intensity level of 4.5 Kw/m2, calculations of the

levels of radiation intensity as indicated have been included, the hazard

distances for storage tank on fire: (i) Plant area instantaneous spill

(Single Tank, Methanol) (ii) Plant area instantaneousspill (Single Tank,

Formaldehyde) and (iii) Catastrophic rupture of storage facility

Continuous spill (All tanks). Radiation distances shown in above tables

are at tank elevations. At ground level theradiation intensity will be

comparatively low.

CONCLUSION

1. The following arrangements are available for the storage tanks:



-Independent high level alarm and trip off liquid inlet-line.

-Low level alarm.

-Provision of auto deluge water sprinkler system for each bulk

storagetank. The auto deluge water sprinkler would be set to start

working at atemperature of 660C.

2. The turbine building, switchyard, transformer yard, administrative

building, pantry, first aid center, fire stations etc. should be located

safely, if viewed inthe light of worst accident scenarios.

3. In case of any tank on fire or fire in the vicinity, the cooling of

adjoining tank should be resorted promptly in addition to tank on fire so

that the tank shell of neighboring tanks does not give away.

4. The night vision wind sock is mounted on top of administrative

building, and the Dyke area with adequate illumination so that people can

move in upwind directions in the event of massive spillage.

5. Population growth around the plant and colony should be watched by

appropriate authorities. Unauthorized growth of shanty colonies and

hutmentsaround the plant should be avoided.

6. No machinery of vital importance like fire-fighting pump house,

Hydrant and Fuel oil pump house should be placed within radiation

contours of 32.0 kw/m2 heat intensity.

Strict adherence to standards and accepted maintenance and operation of

the plant plays a vital role in maintaining the plant. The monitoring of the

health of equipment, pipeline and machines, thickness survey will

improve plant performance and safety.

Table 7.9

Distances of Occurrence of Various Thermal Radiation Intensities

Storage Tank on FirePlant Area Instantaneous Spill

(Single Tank, Methanol)

Radiation Intensity

(kw/m2)

Distance of Occurrence

(metres)

Tank Capacity (KL) 95

37.5 1.53

32.0 1.65

12.5 2.63



8.0 3.29

4.5 4.40

1.6 7.37

Table 7.10


[Catastrophic Rupture Storage Facility Continuous Spill - Methanol]

Radiation Intensity

(kw/m2)


(metres)

37.5 15.09

32.0 16.03

12.5 26.08

8.0 32.58

4.5 43.41

1.6 72.81

Table 7.11


Storage Tank on FirePlant Area Instantaneous Spill

(Single Tank, Formaldehyde)

Radiation Intensity

(kw/m2)

Distance of

Occurrence (metres)

Tank Capacity (KL) 295

37.5 4.24

32.0 4.57

12.5 6.94

8.0 9.15

4.5 12.22

1.6 20.46

Table 7.12


[Catastrophic Rupture Storage Facility Continuous Spill-

(Formaldehyde)]

Radiation Intensity

(kw/m2)


(metres)

37.5 3.91



32.0 4.23

12.5 6.77

8.0 8.46

4.5 11.27

1.6 18.90

7.13 PRO-ACTIVE SAFETY MEASURES

Accidents/incidents just don‟t happen themselves. They are caused due

to human failure (mostly) or natural causes (rare). Some of the measures

to prevent the incidents/accidents are given below:

All employees must receive and understand the locally applicable

Workplace Hazardous Materials information guide, safety rules and

MSDS of hazardous chemicals (if such a guide exists). In any case, the

management is responsible for proper instruction (SOP).

Develop a positive attitude toward safety: prevention is better than

cure.

Good housekeeping is extremely important. Maintain a safe, clean

work environment.

You may work hard, but never in haste.

Follow the safety norms/Safe Operating Procedure (SOP) provided by

the authorities when operating equipment/machineries.

Learn what to do in case of emergencies (e.g., fire, chemical spill).

Learn emergency first aid.

Seek medical attention immediately if affected by chemicals anduse

first aid until medical aid is available.

Report all accidents and near-misses to the management.

Adopt LDAR (Leak detection and repair) system and sincerely act on

the same.

Access to emergency exits, eye-wash fountains and safety showers

must not be blocked. Fountains and showers should be checked

periodically for proper operation. (Safety showers are used for

chemical spills and fire victims)



Wash hands immediately after contact with potentially hazardous or

toxic chemicals.

Clean up any spillage immediately. Use appropriate materials for each

spillage.

Strictly observe “No Smoking” and other safety rules.

Use personal safety equipment as described below.

Body protection: Chemical-resistant apron.

Hand protection: gloves, particularly when handling concentrated

acids, bases, and other hazardous chemicals.

Dust mask: when crushing or milling/grinding samples, etc.

Gas Masks: When entering an area where toxic gases or vapors

are likely to occur.

Eye protection: safety glasses with face shields. Persons wearing

contact lenses should always wear safety glasses dealing with

corrosive chemicals.

Foot protection: proper footwear should be used.

Read labels before opening a chemical container.

Unit has well-equipped first aid post. It will also have staff personnel

trained in first aid. Injured personnel will be immediately rushed to

hospital after giving first aid. All employees will have regular medical

check-up as per norms.

An emergency vehicle/ ambulance will always (round the clock)

available for meeting any eventuality.

7.14 ACTION PLAN FOR HANDLING & SAFETY SYSTEM

Formaldehyde & Methanol are the main Haz. Chemicals to be handled in

the project, classified as flammable and poisonous chemical. Flammable

chemicals will be stored in open area outside the process plant with all

the safety measures. Hazardous chemicals bags/barrels/drums will be

stored and handle in dispensing room for taking out sample from the

container for quality check-up purpose or for the partial use. This activity

for Hazardous material handling will be carried out by using all PPE with

proper ventilation & under supervision.



7.14.1 Safety Measures for Transportation and Unloading of Hazardous

Chemicals

Solvent unloading standard procedure will in place and will be

implemented for safe unloading of road tanker.

Static earthing provision will be made for tanker unloading.

Drum handling trolleys will be used for transportation of drums up to

plant and internal handling from storage to process area.

Display Boards will be provided on all storage tanks which include the

name of the chemicals and its major hazardous characteristics.

Fire extinguishers will be provided as required.

First aids boxes will also be provided at different places wherever

required.

Water showering system will be provided to the flammable chemicals

storage area.

Area will be declared as “NO SMOKE ZONE”.

7.14.2 Safety Measures for Storage/Handling of Hazardous Chemicals:

All Hazardous and flammable chemicals will store separately and away

from the strong oxidant & kept it in well ventilated room. Adequate

firefighting system will be installed. Safety shower and eye washer will be

installed near storage area. Flame proof light fitting will be provided at

storage area. Sprinkler system will be installed near storage area. Safety

permit system will be followed for loading and unloading. Isolate storage

will be provided with wire fencing under lock and key. Caution note,

hazardous identification board will be provided. Only authorized person

will be permitted in storage area and register will be maintained. “NO

SMOKING “board will be displayed and Wind Indicator and siren will be

provided.

7.14.3 Safety Measures for Process Units

Safety measures are the most important aspect of selection of process

technology to ensure safety in production unit. For the safety in

production area some important critical safety measures will be provided

within the process technology/equipment itself & will put continue efforts

for developing new technology/equipment. Company will ensure such



provision in the technology/equipment /machineries at time of purchase.

The details of the critical safety measures for process unit are as below;

any reaction upsets will be confined to the reaction vessel itself as

defined quantity of raw materials will be issued to the reaction vessel by

metering pumps/load cells. Process parameters control will be provided

as per SOP- Standard Operating Procedures.

Materials will be transferred by pumping through pipeline or by vacuum

from drums. All reaction vents will be connected to vapor condensers

system. Hazardous materials will be transferred by pipelines and in

control manners. Trained person will be engaged for handling of

hazardous materials. Proper safety precautions will be taken during

handling of hazardous materials. All solvents and flammable material with

required quantity will be charge in reactor by pump or by gravity. All the

vessels will be examined periodically by a recognized competent person.

All the vessels and equipments will be well earthed appropriately and well

protected against Static Electricity. Temperature indicators will be

provided near all reactor and distillation systems. Flame proof light

fittings will be installed in the plant. All the Plant Personnel will be

provided with Personal Protection Equipments to protect against any

adverse health effect during operations, leakage, spillages or splash. PPE

like Helmets, Safety Shoes and Safety Glasses will be provided to the

employees.

7.14.4 Safety Measures for Preventive Maintenance

The safety measures in form of the general Do's & Don'ts for safety in

process & other plant area are as below:

Do not work on equipments without permission from plant head and

maintenance head.

Make sure equipment is empty and fluxed with nitrogen and air.

Check VOC content for flammable and make sure that no flammable

vapour contents.

Keep proper and adequate fire extinguisher near work area.

Use proper PPE.



Do not allow any employment without pre-medical check-up or

without checking fitness.

Check all motors are disconnected and fuse pulled out before

maintenance.

Work in any equipment must be conducted in presence of supervisor.

Make sure all process lines are disconnected.

Additional safety measures in form of the checklist covering Do's &

Don'ts of preventive maintenance, strengthening of HSE,

manufacturing utility staff for safety related measures will be

updated timely and will be made available to all concern department

& personnel.

7.14.5 Safety measures to prevent spillage/leakage of toxic chemicals

The preventive maintenance will be planned and carried out as per plan

to avoid the failure of valve, pipe lines and other component of

transferring line. The spillage will be confined to the dyke area

underneath the vessel. The resultant splash of such chemicals will result

in exposure of toxic chemicals to employees. Decontamination facilities

(Safety shower and eye wash fountains) will be provided in the plant

area, which can be used to decontaminate the affected employees.

Suitable decontamination procedure will be used to decontaminate the

spilled or leaked material. The SOP for decontamination will be reared

with all related department.

7.15 SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR ACUTELY TOXIC CHEMICALS

Purpose: Develop a reference document that can be used by a Principle

Investigator or a designee to assist in the development of Safety

Operating Procedures (SOP) for acutely toxic chemicals.

The following elements below should be included when developing safety

guidelines for acutely toxic chemicals:

7.15.1 Hazard Summary

These guidelines are intended to provide general guidance on how to

safely work with acutely toxic chemicals.

Toxic chemicals are defined as those with an LD50 value for oral exposure

in rats of 50-500 mg/kg, for skin contact in rabbits of 200-100 mg/kg, or



for inhalation exposure in rats of 200-2000 ppm/air.

Highly toxic chemicals are defined as those with an LD50 value for oral

exposure in rats of less than 50-500 mg/kg, for skin contact in rabbits of

less than 200-100 mg/kg, or for inhalation exposure in rats of less than

200-2000 ppm/air.

An acutely toxic chemical causes damage in a relatively short time after a

single concentrated dose. Irritation, burns, illness, or death may result.

These substances may cause severe inflammation, shock, collapse or

even sudden death when inhaled in high concentrations.

Examples include: Hydrogen Cyanide, Hydrogen Sulfide, Nitrogen

Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide, Ammonia

Highly toxic gases are a chemical that has a median lethal concentration

in air of 200 ppm by volume or less of gas or vapor, or 2mg/L or less of

mist, fume or dust, when administered by continuous inhalation for 1

hour.

Examples: Nitrogen Dioxide, cyanogen, phosgene, fluorine, nitric oxide,

chlorine pentafluoride, arsine, chlorine trifluoride, sulfur tetra fluoride,

and hydrogen selenide.

7.15.2 Special Handling Procedures and Storage Requirements

Handling processes should be designed to minimize the potential for

splash, splatter, or other likely scenarios for accidental contact. The

handling of these materials needs to be conducted in a fume hood. If the

process does not permit the handling of such materials in a fume hood,

the lab personnel should contact Environmental Health and Safety at x4-

4036 for review the adequacy of ventilation measures.

For use of highly toxic materials, a designated area shall be established

where limited access, special procedures, knowledge, and work skills are

required. A designated area can be the entire laboratory, a specific

laboratory workbench, or a laboratory hood. Designated areas must be

clearly marked with signs that identify the chemical hazard and include

an appropriate warning; for example: WARNING! HYDROFLUORIC ACID

WORK AREA – HIGHLY TOXIC MATERIAL.

Upon leaving the designated area, remove any personal protective



equipment worn and wash hands, forearms, face and neck.

After each use (or day), wipe down the immediate work area and

equipment to prevent accumulation of chemical residue.

At the end of each project, thoroughly decontaminate the designated

area before resuming normal laboratory work in the area.

7.15.3 Personal Protective Equipment

At minimum, safety glasses, lab coat, long pants, and closed toed shoes

are to be worn when entering laboratories having hazardous chemicals.

If the use half mask, or full face respirator is requested, the individual

and/or their supervisor must first contact Environmental Health & Safety

for a consultation to determine if respirator use is necessary. This

includes a medical evaluation; respirator fit test, and training.

Eye protection in the form of safety glasses must be worn at all times

when handling acutely toxic chemicals. Ordinary prescription glasses do

not provide adequate protection. Adequate safety glasses must meet the

requirements of the Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and

Face Protectionand must be equipped with side shields. Safety glasses

with side shields do not provide adequate protection from splashes,

therefore, when the potential for splash hazard exist other eye protection

and/or face protection must be worn.

Disposable nitrile gloves provide adequate protection against accidental

hand contact with small quantities of most laboratory chemicals.

However, the handling of some acutely toxic chemicals will require

chemical resistant gloves. Lab workers should review the MSDS for the

acutely toxic agents.

7.15.4 Spill and Accident Procedures

If there is a spill involving an extremely hazardous chemical, emergency

responders should be contacted immediately. Building occupants can be

notified of a building evacuation through the activation of a fire alarm pull

station.

Personnel: If lab personnel are exposed to an extremely hazardous

chemical, call fire department immediately. Remove any contaminated

clothing, and IMMEDIATELY flush contaminated skin with water for at



least 15 minutes following any skin contact. For eye exposures,

IMMEDIATELY flush eyes with water for at least 15 minutes. Consult

MSDS for guidance on appropriate first aid. Where medical attention is

required, ensure to bring along MSDS(s) of chemical(s) to aid medical

staff in proper diagnosis and treatment.

7.15.5 Fire and Emergency Evacuation Procedures:

In case of fire or emergency situation and campus police.

Immediately evacuate the building via the nearest exit when the fire

alarm is activated.

If unable to evacuate due to a disability, shelter in the area of rescue /

refuge, typically a stairwell landing, and wait for assistance from drill

volunteers or emergency responders.

Instruct visitors and students to evacuate and assist them in locating the

nearest exit.

Do not use elevators to exit the building during an evacuation as they

may become inoperable.

Carry only those personal belongings that are within the immediate

vicinity.

Close doors to limit the potential spread of smoke and fire.

Terminate all hazardous operations and power off equipment.

Close all hazardous materials containers.

Remain outside of the building until the building is released for reentry.

Do not restrict or impede the evacuation.

Convene in the designated grassy gathering area and await instruction

from emergency responders or drill volunteers. Avoid parking lots.

Report fire alarm deficiencies, (e.g., trouble hearing the alarm) to

facilities personnel for repair.

Notify evacuation drill volunteers or emergency responders of persons

sheltering in the areas of rescue/refuge.

Never assume that an alarm is a “false alarm”. Treat all fire alarm

activations as emergencies. Get out of the building!

Proper consideration of safety in handling and disposal of chemicals

should be observed. The following points must be observed for this



purpose.

All hazardous and toxic chemicals must be identified. Material information

sheets must be acquired and specific warning sign must be shown for

potentially dangerous chemicals.

In transport and transfer of chemicals, proper handling precautions

provided by manufacturer must be observed. All containers for storage

should be chemical resistant, leak free, and with good caps of stoppers.

Gloves and goggles should be used while handling chemical of toxic

nature. It is preferred that at least two persons should be present at all

time while working with chemicals.

Heating flammable solvent may cause fire. Such work must be carried out

in a well-ventilation fume-cupboard.

When your body is contact with the chemical, flush your body with plenty

of fresh water and report the accident to the laboratory technician.

Waste products and disposals must be discharged with proper

neutralization. If the material to be disposed is extremely toxic or

poisonous, the material should be kept in closed container and sent to

appropriate agency for proper disposal.

7.16 ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENSURING HEALTH AND SAFETY OF

WORKERS ENGAGED IN HANDLING OF TOXIC MATERIALS

The significance of Safety & Health in chemicalindustries has been a vital

issue in achieving productivity and quality standard. Following is an effort

for safety and Health of workers working in chemical plant.

Numbers of chemicals are used in plant have specific health hazards in

nature. Following are basic fundamental principles properly underlie all

the workers working in the plant. Occupational health and safety is about

preventing people from being harmed by work or becoming ill from work

by taking adequate precautions and providing a safe and healthy work

environment. Consideration of each should be encouraged before

beginning work as part of the culture of safety within the plant.

Plan ahead. Determine the potential hazards associated with

production.



Minimize exposure to chemicals. Do not allow toxic chemicals to

come in contact with skin. Provide proper ventilation devices to

prevent/minimize airborne.

Do not underestimate hazards or risks. Assume that any mixture

of chemicals will be more toxic than its most toxic component. Treat

all the chemicals as toxic substances.

Be prepared for accidents. Before beginning of any batch reaction,

know what specific steps to take which cause to accident if any

hazardous substance release accidently. Proper follow SOP- Standard

Operating procedure to take batch reaction.

Unit will assess is careful examination of what, at work, could cause harm

to workers. Accidents and ill health. All risks in the workplace must be

identified and assessed for control measures to be put in place.

Follow the five steps of hazard identification will be taken by unit namely;

• Identify the hazards

• Decide who might be harmed and how

• Evaluate the risks and decide on precaution

• Record your findings and implement them

• Review your assessment and update if necessary

Following Information workers should know regarding hazardous

chemicals

We shall ensure that the employee is adequately trained with regard to:

The contents of the hazardous chemical substances

Potential source exposure to chemicals

Potential risks to health caused by exposure

Measures taken by the employer to protect employees against any

risk from exposure

Precautions to be taken by an employee to protect himself against the

health risks associated exposure

Correct use, maintenance of safety equipment, facilities and

engineering controls

Importance of good housekeeping at the workplace and personal

hygiene



Safe working procedures

Procedures to be followed in the event of spillages or leakages

7.17 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.17.1 General

The emergency is an undesirable occurrence of events of such magnitude

and nature that adversely affect business, cause loss of human lives and

property as well as damage to the environment.

Industrial units are vulnerable to various kinds of natural and man-made

emergencies. Examples of Natural disasters are flood, cyclone,

earthquake, lightening etc. and manmade disasters are major fire,

explosion, sudden heavy leakage of toxic/flammable gases, building

collapse, human errors, vehicle crash, sabotage, etc.

It is impossible to forecast the time and nature of emergency, which

might strike the unit. In spite of the fact that every industry is expected

to take steps to assess, minimize and, wherever feasible, eliminate risks,

accidents may still occur. Risks can only be minimized; it can never be

totally eliminated. However, an effective emergency plan helps to

minimize the losses in terms of human lives, plant assets and

environmental damage and to resume the working condition as soon as

possible. In all these steps speed is the essence.

Controlling the emergency will require prompt action by the operating

staff, the staff of various agencies, emergency teams and the outsiders

when called for. Minimizing the effect on people may be achieved by

prompt communication, rescue, evacuation etc., if the situation so

warrant.

7.17.2 Statutory Requirement

The provisions for preparing the on-site emergency plan are explained

below:

The Factories Act, 1948:

Rules 68J (12), Schedule 8 A of the Gujarat Factories Rules 1963

(Amended 1995) providing that the every occupier, who has control of an

industrial activity pertaining to hazardous chemicals shall furnish the On-

Site Emergency Plan detailing how major accidents shall be dealt with



along with explaining specific responsibilities and actions by various

persons.

The Environment (Protection) Act-1986:

Rule 13(1) under the Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous

Chemicals Rule 1989 (amended 1994), rules framed under The

Environment (Protection) Act-1986, indicates that the occupier shall

prepare and keep up-to-date an on-site emergency plan containing

details specified in schedule II and detailing responsibilities and actions

by different person and agencies.

Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and

Response) Rule, 1996

Under these rules, framed under The Environment (Protection) Act-1986,

the state government has constituted a Local Crisis Group & District Crisis

Group to deal with major chemical accidents and to provide expert

guidance for handling chemical accidents. Further provision is made that

the Major Accident Hazard units have to prepare the on-site emergency

plan and submit the plan to the crisis groups. The local emergency plan

will dovetail with the District off-site emergency plan.

7.17.3 Preparedness of On–Site Emergency Plan

The On-site Emergency Plan describes planning, preparation and training

for on-site action in the event of emergency.

For On-Site Emergency Plan Advance planning and proper training of

each employee‟s into the emergency function is very essential to make

emergency control measure more effective. It is not possible to eliminate

emergency but is definitely possible to control them. The scope of onsite

emergency plan is to prepare for activate the emergency time activities,

to controlled and contained within the shortest time if emergency arise

after failure of our pre-emergency control measures. Following stage

activities are consider for the purpose, as they are co-related and provide

better points for emergency preparedness

7.17.4 Emergency Time Activities

It is not possible to include and discuss every action, which should be

taken first during emergency. It is also not possible to describe entire



actions on emergency situation. The basic principle of handling

emergency, that may be relied upon, who have the knowledge and

experience to assess the situation and give direction as per the objectives

as quickly as possible. Sometimes, it is a natural gift and it is an art by

heart. However, the aim is to control the situation by safest way in a

limited time within existing available resources. Further, it should be

handle with such a care that minimum loss of life, property and

environment. In short, the objective of the plan should be successfully

complied with.

7.17.5 Sequential actions during emergency

7.17.5.1 Incident

There are possibilities of occurrences of various types of the accidents or

mishaps in the factory premises or around the factory. Most of the

occurrences will be of minor nature, while few occurrences may be of

major type. If the factory is fortunate enough, there may not be a single

incident or mishap during its lifespan. However, when any incident

occurs, it cannot be distinguished immediately whether it is minor or

major, the subsequent development, or gravity of situation, or

seriousness of such occurrence is required safe handling irrespective of

its nature, if it cannot be controlled.

It should be general practice that whenever any person notices the

accident/fire/explosion/mishap at the site, he should immediately shout

“FIRE”, “FIRE” or “HELP”, “HELP” and such message should reach to the

Supervisor/Shift Officer/Senior Person of the unit.

7.17.5.2 Responding Actions

The root cause of occurrence should be removed immediately if possible.

Similarly, if any incident takes place in the premises, using available

resources, within the factory as well as nearby, to their optimum, it

should be so responded that the incident is contained immediately before

spreading. If the incident looks severe and could not be controlled by

simple efforts, the Shift Officer or Senior Personnel should rush to the

place and make every effort to control the incident using various

resources at the site. Further, if the incident is uncontrollable even using



own resources, he should immediately call for additional helps form

outside resources such as Mutual Aiders, Fire Brigade, etc. He should act

the Incident Controller and immediately start the following actions:

Sound the siren or ring the emergency bell.

Take continuous responding actions with the use of other helps.

Call the higher authorities and Site Main Controller.

7.17.5.3 Site Crisis

On arrival, the Site Main Controller (Factory Manager) will take the

charge of Incident site. He will immediately assess the situation and

manage the Situation as site crisis. The incident can be said as on-site-

emergency.

Activate the emergency teams like fire team, first aid team,

communication.

Team, rescue team, essential workers, key personnel, etc.

The Emergency control room will communicate the messages

regarding

Prevailing situation to requisite authorities, outside resources,

agencies, neighbors, etc.

Non-essential person will rush to safe shelter and roll call will be

taken.

He will order to shut down the plant, if situation so warrants.

Now, if the situation is uncontrollable by the management of the unit,

he will immediately call for the local crisis group to handle the

situation.

7.17.5.4 Messages

While conveying the messages regarding the incident, the following

details should be incorporated.

Brief description of incident

Type of help required & direction

Chemical involved & Quantity

Action immediately taken

Development of the incident



7.17.5.5 Discipline

The plan assuming certain discipline at site during emergency, as follows;

Do not get panicky.

Do not approach the site of incident as an observer.

Do not engage telephone unnecessary.

Do not move about unnecessary.

Do not approach unnecessarily for information or more inquiry.

Arrange medical first aid care to the injured.

Do not allow unnecessary crowd nearby incident.

7.17.5.6 Emergency Actions

On receiving information, the Emergency Control Centre will activate

and urgently establish the contact with the required persons, agencies

and authorities.

The essential workers, responsible to carry out certain specific

functions, will have to start work immediately.

The non-essential workers should go to the assembly center.

The cordoning the incident area will be ensured.

The water should be sprayed on the flammable storage tank, even if

not caught under fire.

The experts for the responding to emergency situation will be

consulted, if required. vii. Authentic information for incident will be

provided to Press/Public by the authorized officer only.

Removal the flammable, dangerous material, cylinders, etc. should be

arranged along with isolation from fire.

The trapped personnel, if any, in incident will be rescued.

All assistance will be provided to the Fire Brigade to control spreading

of fire.

Any remotest possibility of re-ignition or explosion should be looked

into and controlled.

7.17.5.7 Shut Down Procedure

It is advisable to shut down the plant for safety, if situation so warrants.

The safe shut down procedure should be adopted during such

eventualities. First of all, main electrical supply should be cut-off/switch-



off. Similarly, the pipelines supplying flammable gas, liquid or chemicals

should be immediately shut-off by valves and should be isolated from the

process line. The water shower on flammable storage tank, if installed, to

be started to keep it in cool condition, if tank is in vicinity of fire. The

shutdown procedure should be laid down in the process manual, which

will be useful during such emergency.

7.17.5.8 Post Emergency Activities

Post emergency activities comprise of step taken after the emergency is

over. To Find out the reason of emergency after the investigation and

suggest the preventive measure. For the investigation different level

personnel from different dept., are selected and an investigation team is

formed. The following steps are taken after the emergency is over.

Collection of record

Conducting the investigation/inquiry committee with the suggestion

for preventive measure

Making the insurance claim and necessary procedure

Implementation of the recommendation of inquiry reports

Rehabilitation of the affected persons within the plant and outside the

plant. They are in continuous touch with the hospitalized person and

give status report of them to the top management.

Restart the plant if shut down happened

7.17.6 Training, rehearsal and records

7.17.6.1 Need of Training & Rehearsal

Extensive experience in the chemical industry with on-site emergency

planning has proved the need and value of rehearsal of emergency

procedures. When finalized, the major emergency procedure should be

set down in clear, concise terms and everyone on-site made aware of

them, particularly the key personnel and essential workers. They should

then be put to the test. This may best be done by arranging a series of

preliminary exercises to test certain system, including the alternative

arrangements in cases of failure. The speed of Mobilization of the factory

emergency teams, search & rescue and treatment of casualties,

emergency isolation and shut down procedures. These exercises will help



to define the procedures by identifying deficiencies and difficulties. At this

stage, more exercises that are elaborate can be planned to involve the

outside services who should be closely involved at the planning stage.

Each exercise should at various positions, e.g. At the scene, the

emergency control center, work entrance; assemble points or casualty

reception area. A following round-the-table discussion between

managers, senior officers of the emergency services, factory inspectorate

and observers will further assist to develop practical and effective

procedures. It is recommended that a major emergency exercises should

be conducted at regular intervals with arrangement with the outside

agencies.

There is much practical advantage to be gained in situations where

people required working together in handling emergencies are already

known to each other. Close local liaison and combined exercises are

invaluable in this respect. At the same time, familiarization visits to works

especially of the fire service personnel, will help enormously to acquaint

with the works layout and the nature of potential hazards. Emergency

plans need to be tested when first devised and thereafter to be rehearsed

at suitable intervals. Their normal training and experience in day-to-day

operation will generally qualify individual personnel with duties under the

plans. Some duties, however, such as firefighting for the works fire team

are not routine and special training will be needed. In addition, key

personnel will need training in their emergency roles both individually and

as a team. For the professional emergency services the general training

may be taken for granted.

Rehearsals or exercises are important for all personnel likely to be

involved in an incident on or off-site because, for example:

They familiarize on-site personnel with their roles, equipment and the

details of the plans.

They allow the professional emergency services to test their parts of

the plan and the co-ordination of all the different organizations. They

also familiarize them with the special hazards.



They prove the current accuracy of the details of the plan [phone no.,

etc.] and the availability of special equipment.

They give experience and build confidence in the team members. In

the initial shock and confusion of a real incident, ability to fall back on

established initial actions is invaluable.

Employers should ensure that the on-site emergency procedures for such

process plants, storage facility, etc. are tested regularly and that all

employees receive initial and refresher training. Exercises should be

arranged to test each part of the emergency plan on each plant, state by

state, starting with first immediate action. Emergency isolation and shut

down should be rehearsed from the emergency services, the emergency

planning officer [EPO] should be invited to attend on-site exercise, and

familiarization visits should be encouraged. The complete plan for each

site including both on-site and off-site components should be tested.

Many organizations now use tabletop exercises to test emergency plans.

These are very cost effective because they do not interrupt the day-to-

day running of the plant and because many events can be catered for in

one session. However, they are theoretical in nature and should be

communications and key personnel working from the locations they would

use in an emergency. It is, of course, essential that the exercises be

carefully prepared, the results analyzed and the lessons learned,

circulated and discussed. Full-scale practices involving all concerned that

all reasonably practicable measures have been taken. After each

rehearsal of practice, the plan should be reviewed to take account of any

shortcomings highlighted by the exercise. In addition, its effectiveness

should be reviewed every time it is used to with a real emergency. Fix

your periodicity to carry out table tope exercises and real rehearsal of

this on-site and off-site emergency plan, including mutual aid agencies

and mention here in this chapter.

7.18 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

7.18.1 Need of Off-Site Emergency Plan

A major accident, major emergency and disaster may affect areas outside

the works. Explosions can scatter debris over wide areas, the effects of



blast can cover considerable distances wild can spread burning brands of

toxic gases. In some cases, e.g., as the result of an explosion, outside

damage will be immediate and part of the available resources of the

Emergency Services may need to be developed in the affected area. In

any event, the possibility of further damage any remain, e.g., as the

result of further explosion or by the effect of wind spreading burning

brands of hazardous materials. Perhaps the most significant risk to

outside areas is that associated with a large release of toxic vapors.

Management will usually need expert advice in drawing up plans so that if

such a release occurs, they will be able to collaborate with Emergency

services to estimate as far as practicable which downwind areas are at

the risk. It may be necessary to prepare in advance simple charts or

tables relating the likely spread of the vapor cloud taking into account its

expected buoyancy, the local topography and all possible conditions

during the time of release. It may also be desirable to install instruments

indicating wind speed and direction. Advice on all these matters can be

obtained from the Meteorological office.

The fact of the major emergency and the spread or potential spread of its

effects outside the work may require that road and rail traffic past the

works has to be halted or diverted. The police, taking account of the

advice of the Site Main Controller. They will also, where necessary, inform

the Rail. The problem is usually exacerbated by members of the public

driving to the scene to view the situation. The net effect can be cause

problems to those who have a real need to get to the works, including the

key personnel who will have been called out. Liaison at local level will

help to devise a means whereby key personnel can readily identify

themselves to the police controllers. The use of a windscreen sticker of

other identify label may be advantageous.

All emergency plans should consider the possible effects of incidents on

the neighboring population and the remedial measures should be devised

in consultation with the local authority and emergency services. The off-

site emergency plan should be based on those events identified by the

manufacturer, which could affect people and the environment outside his



premises. The manufacturer should provide the necessary information on

the nature, extent and likely effects of such incidents. The plan should

cater in detail for those events identified as being the most likely but

should be sufficiently flexible to allow the remedial measures to be able

to be extended and increased to deal with extremely adverse

combinations of circumstances and consequences. The factory

inspectorate and the local authority should be satisfied that the

information provided is sufficiently detailed unambiguous and clearly

stated to be comprehensible and for the dangers to be provided. Several

different planned responses may be necessary at a single site depending

on the size and characteristics of the incidents.

Thus in brief the two main purposes of the off-site emergency plant are:

To provide the local/district authorities, police, fire brigade, doctors,

surrounding industries and the public the basic information of risk

and environmental impact assessment and to appraise them of the

consequences and the protection/ prevention measures and control

plans and to seek their help to communicate with the public in case

of a major emergency. This information from every industry enable

the District Authorities to educate the public that what can go wrong

the measures taken to train them of their individual role in case of

emergency, and

To assist the District Authorities for preparing the off-site emergency

(Contingent) plan for the district or particular area and organize

rehearsals from time to time and initiate corrective action bases on

the lessons learnt.

In charge of the on-site Emergency plan of the Site Main Controller

will keep liaison, for this purpose, with the District Authorities.

7.18.2 Role of the Factory Management

The on-site and off-site plans should dovetail so that the emergency

services are summoned at the appropriate time and are provided with

accurate information and a correct assessment of the situation. The

responsibility for this should be with the Site Main Controller. The site

main controller will provide a copy of this on-site and off-site emergency



plans to the District Authorities, the factory inspectorate and the

emergency services so that from information from the various annexure,

such authorities will make their emergency preparedness to formulate

and execute the District/Area off-site Emergency Plan. On their advice,

necessary modifications may also be made to make the plan more

perfected.

7.18.3 Role of the Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO)

The various emergency services will be co-coordinated by an emergency

co-coordinating officer (ECO) who is likely to be a senior police office, but

depending on the circumstances, could be a senior fire officer. The ECO

will liaise closely with the Site main controller. Again, depending on local

arrangements, for every severe incident with major or prolonged off-site

consequences, the external control may pass to a senior local authority

administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state

government. The emergency control Center of the factory or/and any

other control centers may be utilized by the ECO to keep liaison with the

site main controller.

7.18.4 Role of the Local Authority

Generally, the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local

authorities. They may have appointed an Emergency Planning Officer

(EPO) to carry out this duty as part of the EPO‟s role in preparing for a

whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The

EPO will need to liaise with the works to obtain the information to provide

the basis for the plan. This liaison will need to be maintained to ensure

that the plan is continually kept up to date. It will be the responsibility of

the EPO to ensure that all those organizations, which will be involved off-

site in handling the emergency, know their role and are able to accept it

by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to

cover their particular responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans are

important for the same reasons, as on-site plans will need to be

organized by the EPO.

It will be the duty of the local authority to inform public, road/rail traffic,

news media, etc., while operating off0site plan. It will also announce



public protection measures; termination public awareness system will be

developed. The ILO suggestion of separation distances is useful for

planning (Proposed development) by the local authorities.

7.18.5 Role of the Fire Authorities

The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire

brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the

incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire Brigade Officer

may also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as

explosions and toxic releases. Fire authorities having major hazards

works in their area should have familiarized themselves with the location

on site of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply

points, and fire-fighting equipment. They may well have been involved in

on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion, as

observers of exercises involving only site personnel.

7.18.6 Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities

The police normally assume the overall control of an emergency, with a

senior officer designated as emergency co-coordinating officer. Formal

duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and

property and controlling traffic movements. The functions include

controlling by standers, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and

dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of dead or injured.

There may be separate authorities, agencies to carry out evacuation and

transportation work.

For evacuation, the following criteria are useful:

An early decision will be required in many cases on the advice to be given

to people living within range of the accident in particular whether they

should be evacuated or told to go indoors. In the later case, the decision

can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident.

Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:

In case of major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. on oil storage tank),

only houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation. Although a

severe smoke hazard may require this to be reviewed periodically.



If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous

material, if might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if

there is time; if insufficient time exists, people should be advised to stay

indoors and shield themselves from the fire. This later case particularly

applies if the installation at risk could produce a fireball with very severe

thermal radiation.

For releases or potential releases of toxic materials, limited evacuation

may be appropriate downwind if there is time. The decision would depend

party on the type of housing at risk Conventional housing of solid

construction with windows closed offers substantial protection from the

effects of a toxic cloud, while shanty houses which can exist close to

factories, particularly in developing countries, offer little or no protection.

The major difference between releases of toxic gas is that toxic clouds

are generally hazardous down greater distances. Also a toxic cloud

drifting at, say, 300 meters per minute covers a large area or land very

quickly. Any consideration of evacuation must take this into account.

The shelters for evacuated persons and their welfare shall also be

arranged.

7.18.7 Role of the Health Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances

and so on, have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they

should form an integral part of any emergency plan.

For major fires, injuries will be the result of the effects of thermal

radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to

handle this in extreme cases may be generally available in most

hospitals. For major toxic releases, the effects vary according to the

chemical in question, and it is important for health authorities who might

be involved in dealing with the aftermath of a toxic release to be familiar

with the treatment appropriate to such require medical equipment and

facilities additional to those available locally, and a medical mutual aid

scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to

be obtained in the event of an emergency.



7.18.8 Role of the Mutual Aid Agencies

Various type of mutual aid available from the surrounding factories and

other agencies should also be utilized, as per need, as a part of the on-

site and off-site emergency plan.

7.18.9 Role of the factory Inspectorate

The factory inspectors are likely to want to satisfy themselves that the

organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has made

adequate arrangements for handling emergencies for all types, including

major emergencies. They may wish to see well-documented procedures

and evidence of exercises undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an

accident, the factory inspector will assist the District Emergency Authority

for information and help in getting mutual aid from surrounding factories.

In the aftermath, factory inspectors may wish to ensure that the affected

areas are rehabilitated safely. In addition, they may require items of plan

and equipment essential for any subsequent investigation to be

impounded for expert analysis, and may also want to interview witness as

soon as practicable.

In the state of Gujarat, District Emergency Control (Contingent) plans

have been formulated, and some rehearsed, for some districts and the

copies are available from the local factory inspectorate. All hazardous

factories needing on-site and off-site emergency plans are advised to

keep constant liaison with them.

The communication system between the factory and various above role-

playing authorities must be effective. Ineffective public telephone system

will not be useful in emergencies. Therefore, it should be improved and

other effective system like duplex (two way) radio telephone, wireless

set, hot line, emergency lead vehicles, etc., should be maintained

between important organizations.

7.19 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN/EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Balaji plant at Moti Bhoyan is an expansion project. The „Risk

Assessment‟ report has been prepared based on the risks and hazards

identification of the plant. Balaji is a medial scale plant employing only 55

personnel (after expansion) However, basic requirement of emergency



planning and subsequent actions (Incase of emergency) will be same.

Balaji has to delegate responsibilities to various employees as per plant

personnel set up. The EMP proposed is for guidance for preparing EMP as

per plant set up and submitting to authorities for approval, mock drill and

further improvement.

Admittedly, the best way of managing an emergency situation lies in its

prevention. This is sought to be achieved by good engineering design and

construction, use of latest technology and sophisticated equipment,

reliable safety systems, careful personnel selection and training.

Adequate knowledge of dangers and appropriate safety training ensures

that all hazardous situations will be handled without any panic and

controlled by rational actions. This is supplemented with repeated

practices through real time exercises (mock drills) and noting the weak

spots and taking needful corrective actions. Nevertheless, it is recognized

that despite our best efforts, things can go wrong. Therefore, it is

essential to plan and develop the support system, required in case an

emergency arises.

7.19.1 Objectives

The Emergency Management Plan (EMP) is developed to make the best

possible use of the resources available at Balaji and the nearby agencies

to provide help/assistance in case of an emergency in the plant. The

activities will include:

Rescue the victims and give them the necessary medical attention in

the shortest possible time.

Safeguard other person (evacuate them to a safer place).

Contain the incident and control it with minimum damage to human

and life and property.

Provide necessary information to families/relatives of affected persons,

outside agencies including media and statutory bodies.

7.19.2 Emergency Management Plan

The organizational set-up necessary for chain of commands during

emergency situation in the plant is as given below.



In charge (Operations) of the Balaji is the Chief Emergency Coordinator

and he shall be the main guiding person directing the emergency

operations. He shall be assisted by:

Chief Site Coordinator. In charge (Production)

Coordinate and direct all the activities from

Emergency site.

In absence ofIncharge (Prod.), next In charge

(Prod.) will act as Chief Site Coordinator.

In charge-Maintenance

Coordinate all the maintenance activities from the

EmergencyControlCenter (ECC).

In absence of Incharge (Maint.), next personwill

act as Chief maintenance Coordinator.

Chief Service Coordinator Incharge (HR)

Coordinate with local administration take care of

transport, medical,canteen arrangements, and

evacuation of people if required.

In absence of Incharge(HR), next person (P&A)

will act as Chief Service Coordinator.

Chief Material Coordinator Incharge (Material)

In absence of Incharge (Material), next person

(Material) will act as Material Coordinator.

Fire & Safety Controller Incharge (F&S)

In absence of Incharge (F&S), Supervisor. (F & S)

will act as Fire & Safety Controller and also for

first aid.

Two “Assembly Points” will be identified (based on wind direction and

away from hazardous areas) and duly marked.

Format for Telephone Numbers of the Authorities:

DISASTER MANAGEMENT

KEY PERSONNEL - OFFSITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE

OFFICERS PLACE OFFICE RES.

DIVISIONAL COMMISSIONER



COLLECTOR & DISTRICT MAGISTRATE

CITY MAGISTRATE

DY.I.G. OF POLICE

SUPDT.OF POLICE

POLICE CONTROL ROOM (CITY)

POLICE STATION KALOL INDUSTRIAL

AREA

DY CHIEF INSPECTOR OF FACTORIES

GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

FIRE BRIGADE, KALOL

HOME GUARD

NEAREST CIVIL HOSPITAL (CHIEF

MEDICAL SUPTD)

7.19.3 Responsibilities & Role of Key Personnel

Over all In-charge –Incharge (Operation)

On getting the information about emergency from Incharge (Prod.) rush

to incident site/ECC. Assess the overall situation and provide guidance in

critical decision-making.

Chief Site Coordinator- Manager (Prod.)

On getting the information about emergency from Supervisor Plant,

inform over all In-charge P (O).

Rush to the emergency site to assess the situation and decide to:

o Declare emergency based on amount/extent of hazards and

water/air analysis (toxic/flammable material release) and advise

Incharge (F&S) for sounding emergency siren.

o Review if plant shutting down is required to contain / control the

hazard.

o Review, evacuation from affected areas and sending the affected

person to a safe place.

o Advise Incident Controller and other key personnel to take

necessary action.

o He will interact with Chief Service Coordinator and advise him on

possible effects on areas inside and outside the factory to initiate

Off- Site Emergency Response Plan.



o Remain in touch with Overall in-charge (P -O) and inform about

the situation & actions being taken and seek his advice for the

critical decisions.

Chief Maintenance Coordinator- Incharge (Maintenance)

After getting information about emergency from manager concerned

Plant. Inform all concerned personnel to be on alert.

Rush to the ECC, assess the situation and facilitate Chief Site

Coordinator-Incharge (Prod.), Maintenance support needed to tackle

the emergency.

Facilitate elect. isolation of the affected area, if required through

Supervisor (E&I)

Facilitate lighting arrangements at (a) affected locations and (b)

Assembly points if required through Supervisor (E&I)

Facilitate work-shop facilities with adequate manpower if required

through supervisor (Maintenance). Remain in touch with Chief Site

Controller.

Chief Service Coordinator - Incharge (HR)

On getting information from the Medical Coordinator rush to the

Emergency Control Centre.

Assess the situation in consultation with Chief Site Coordinator and

Incident Controller and ensure that casualties get adequate transport

/ medical help.

Make arrangement to shift all the persons to the safest place if called

for.

Assess 'Law and Order' situation.

Inform local authorities about the severity of situation in close co-

ordination with Chief site Coordinator and in consultation with Overall

In-charge -P (O).

Inform the District Authority/local police station in case their help is

required for evacuation of personnel/preserving law and order.

Evacuation of adjoining areas and villages, if required.

Remain in touch with overall In-charge - P (O) and seek his advice for

the critical decisions.



Chief Material Coordinator-Incharge (Materials)

Rush to the emergency control centre on receipt of the message from

Chief Service Coordinator/on hearing the emergency siren and inform

Supervisor. (Store) about the emergency.

Get the stores opened for requirement of the Firefighting/safety and

other materials, which may be required during emergency.

Assess the situation in consultation with Chief site coordinator &

incident controller for any material requirement /help at the affected

site.

He will be responsible for the arrangements of trucks for movement of

bulk material if required.

Remain in touch with Chief site coordinator, Incident controller, and

Chief maintenance coordinator.

Incident Controller Concerned Plant –SupervisorConcerned Plant

o Rush to the site of emergency after getting information from Shift In-

charge assesses the situation and immediately inform Incharge –

Prod.

Take over charge from shift in charge.

Ensure that persons working in the area are safe and isolate

source of toxic release if possible.

Advise and assist Incharge (F&S) for providing water curtains to

contain toxic release with in the plant battery.

Remain in touch with Chief Site Controller and other concerned

officers.

Coordinate with Chief Maintenance / Chief Material coordinators

forassistance required at site.

Depending upon the severity of incident, ensure that adequate

emergency services like Medical/ Laboratory/ Mechanical/ Electrical

etc.are summoned.

Preservation of evidence as far as possible without affecting the

operation of emergency procedures to facilitate any subsequent

inquiries into the causes and circumstances, which led to the

emergency.



Shift In charge (Concerned Plant):

Immediately proceed to the site of emergency and assess the

situation:

o Emergency Control Room (with name and location of emergency)

During odd hours/till arrival of Fire shift I/C should act as chief fire

coordinator.

Initiate the shutting down operations for controlling the hazard if

unavoidable.

Cordon off the area and do not allow any body to enter the affected

area without respiratory protection (In case of toxic gas leakage).

Direct rescue operations with the help of fire and safety staff.

Have regard to the need for preserving evidence that could facilitate

subsequent inquiry.

Advise Supervisor of the plant to take roll call and account for missing

personnel.

Hand over charge of the operation to thesupervisor when he arrives at

site.

Ensure service agencies like Electrical, mechanical, instrumentation

are mobilized to handle the emergencies.

Security Officer Vehicle Control and Security Personnel

Deployment at the locations

Rush to the spot of emergency on getting information from Security

Officer on duty and inform Incharge (HR) about emergency.

Arrange one emergency vehicle immediately for ECC.

Keep in touch with Chief Service Coordinator, Chief Site Coordinator

and Incharge (F&S).

He will act as a special rescue Coordinator at the time of evacuation

of employees and others if required.

Alerts complete staff under his control and make it available at a

known point, as per the guidance of Chief Site Coordinator/Chief

Service Coordinator.



Anticipate and arrange vehicles required at emergency site in

consultation with Incharge (F&S) and Chief Site Coordinator and Chief

Service Coordinator.

On request send vehicles for getting plant personnel/fire personnel

required for emergency.

Arrange vehicle in consultation with Medical Coordinator/Chief Service

Coordinator for shifting injured to Kalol hospital.

During emergency arrange for opening of relevant gates/barriers

foreasy movement of vehicles. Security Guards should be posted on

these gates/barriers to prevent unauthorized entry.

Arrange transport and temporary shelters for evacuated personnel

and inform the relatives of the affected personnel if required.

Fire & Safety Controller-Incharge (F&S)

Rush to the spot of emergency after getting information from ECC and

inform to Supervisor (F&S).

Direct rescue operations under the guidance of Chief Site

Coordinator/Incident controller if required.

Ask additional help from C.S.O. for cordoning off the area and advise

fire personnel for rescue/firefighting if required.

Arrange to provide water curtains, water monitors, at affected

locations if required.

Organize and supervise fire-fighting operations if called or.

Provide necessary respiratory equipment to plant personnel for

emergency use.

Advise Chief Site Coordinator to arrange additional help Mutual aid

group/neighboring industries if required.

Give safety precautions to the personnel at rescue work.

Fire Control Room In-Charge

On receiving emergency message from the Incharge (F&S)/on hearing

siren, rush to ECC and take charge of Fire Control Centre from the fire

operator/fire supervisor.

Assess the situation and Call fire staff from fire barrack.

Immediately rush fire crew to emergency spot.



Inform Medical Centre for sending ambulance to emergency site.

Fire Supervisor should also ensure the following:

Supervisor to look for the wind direction and cordon off the area.

Use water monitors/hydrants/water curtains in consultation with

incident/Chief site controller.

Provide respiratory equipment‟s to the plant personnel.

In case of toxic spillage at site, put foam (HAZMAT)/sand on the

spillage area.

Remain in touch with Incharge (F&S).

Chief Site Co-coordinator will instruct Fire Control Room In-charge for

operation of “All Clear Siren” when the disaster is contained/

controlled.

However, regular testing of siren & emergency buzzer plant control

rooms for 2 minutes on every Monday at 13.00 hrs. is being done.All

clear siren will sound for 2 minutes with a continuous sound.

7.19.4 Post Emergency Recovery

The post-emergency procedures discussed briefly below are designed to

successfully manage the damage/losses of an emergency event. The

focus of these procedures is to move the plant back into normal operating

mode as quickly and efficiently as possible.

Immediately after the “ALL CLEAR” an emergency meeting will be held

in emergency control centre to assess the loss both for men & materials,

where in following will be present with attendance records, details of

injured, outside situation and preparation of press release (if felt

necessary)

Overall In charge

Chief Site Coordinator

Chief Maintenance Coordinator

Chief Service Coordinator

Incident Controller

Material Coordinator

Security

Fire & Safety Controller



7.19.5 Accident Investigation

a. As soon as possible after the emergency is over and plant

operation has become normal, the investigation and analysis is

to be carried out to determine the cause of the event.

b. Representatives from various disciplines will be members of

the investigation and analysis team.

c. The areas of the events are to be sealed off so that tempering

or alterations of the physical evidence are not likely to occur.

d. Key components are to be photographed and logged with time,

place, direction etc.

e. Statements are to be taken from those who were involved with

the operation or who witnessed the event.

7.19.6 Damage Assessment

This phase of recovery establishes the quantum of replacement

machinery considered necessary for bringing back plant to normal

operation; property and personnel losses accounted and culminates in a

list of necessary repair, replacement and construction work.

Insurance companies will be informed of the damage and requested to

pay the compensation as per claim.

7.19.7 Cleanup and Restoration

This phase will only begin once the investigation is complete. Reporting

documentations are to be prepared and forwarded to appropriate

authorities. Repair, clean up and restoration work to begin.



B) Social Impact Assessment

No any negative Social Impact envisaged from the proposed expansion

project activities. In fact, positive Social impact was prevail during the

study of Sociological data because, necessity for unskilled and skilled

person will increase for proposed activities and unit will accord

opportunity first prior to the local people. There will be no R & R due to

proposed activities.

C) Public Consultation

The public hearing was held on 09.05.2016 on the basis of the draft

EIA/EMP incorporating the Terms of References. Report is finalized after

incorporating the comments and suggestions by the public during pubic

consultation is given below.

Table 7.13 Points raised during public hearing

Sr.

No.

Name and

Address

Point Represented Reply from the Project

Proponent

1. Thakor

Chunthaji

Ramsang,

Moti Bhoyan

At present how much

quantity of formaldehyde is

producing?

You have Environment

clearance for existing unit.

The date of submission of

compliance report for last

three years.

Environment clearance is

obtained for the existing

unit on 24/08/2010,

whereas Consent No.

AWH.71755, Dt.

13/09/2015 was obtained

from GPCB. That means

Industry have operated the

plant from year 2010-July

2012 without obtain GPCB

consent? Submit the

details of How many

Products were produced

and how much the quantity

of each product during this

time (Aug‟10-July‟15).

Provide validity of

Environmental Clearance

obtained for Existing unit.

Representative of the

company inform that

currently unit producing

5000 MT/Month (max)

Formaldehyde.

We are regularly submitting

compliances report of EC to

Regional office, MoEF&CC,

Bhopal at interval of six

months.

We have renewed our

consent to operate on

13.09.2015 and we have

obtained consent to operate

with same capacity from

GPCB. During this period we

were produced same product

Formaldehyde with max

production capacity of 5000

MT/Month.

We have obtained EC on

24/08/2010 with validity of 5

years for its implementation.

During this time, we have

established our plant and

obtained CTE & CTO & not

violate EC Condition.



Provide the details of tree

plantation after expansion.

Provide the area of block

No. 1398.how much area

is covered for existing

construction

When N.A is obtained for

Block No. 1398?

Any permission is obtained

from the Authority like

Gram Panchayat-Moti

Bhoyan, Taluka Panchayat

Jilla Panchayat –

Gandhinagar or Collector

of Gandhinagar for

proposed expansion?

Which type of work done

for social welfare activities

in last three years? How

much fund expanse for this

activity during three years?

Give details of how many

local people get

employment for existing

unit? Give details of each

local employment with

their address.

How you meet your water

requirement for Existing

plant?

Thol lake Bird Sanctuary is

3 km away from the

project site which is not

included in study and this

is very serious matter.

How much solid waste is

generated per month and

where it is dispose? Give

details.

Is there ETP at present

operation? If yes, then

provide its capacity.

We have around 150 trees

planted in our premises

which include Palm tree,

Jasud, Madhukamini,

Chandani, exsora pink,

exsora red etc.

We have 4281 Sqm net in

Block No. 1398. Around

60%of area is covered under

construction.

We have obtained N.A

permission for block no.

1398 dt: 20/12/2004.

We will obtain required

permissions for proposed

expansion from Authority

like Gram Panchayat-Moti

Bhoyan, Taluka Panchayat

Jilla Panchayat –

Gandhinagar or Collector of

Gandhinagar before start our

project activity.

Being a small unit, some

CSR activities carried out by

us and committed to more

focus on CSR work in

upcoming period.

Unit is providing

employment around 40

employees those who are

coming from Gandhinagar

and Ahmadabad district.

Summary of name of

employee and there village

is attach herewith.

Currently we are fulfilling our

water demand from water

supply of Narmada Nigam.

Unit is not using any fuel in

the plant and achieves Zero

discharge hence major

environmental impact is

localized. There is no any

adverse impact envisage on

Bird of Thol lake hence detail

impact study is not carried

out.

Currently we are disposed of

industrial solid waste at

Saurashtra Environment

Project Pvt. Ltd Bhachau.

There is no waste water

generation from process only

waste water generate from

Cooling tower and Boiling, it

it will be evaporate to

achieve zero discharge.

Hence ETP is not required in

our unit.



How many Showcase

Notices, Closure Notices

etc. obtain for existing unit

under Air Act-1981& EPA-

1986? Give the reasons of

notices.

Still we have received three

notices from GPCB one is dt:

7/09/2011, second:

05/12/2012 & third one on

dt: 06/02/2013. We have

immediately take actions to

comply non-compliance of

notices.



Chapter-8

Project Benefits

8.1 Introduction

All industrial projects have positive and negative effects on nearby

locations due to its operational activities. This chapter mainly highlights

and focuses on those points which will become beneficial to the

surrounding area or community in terms of infrastructural development,

social development, boosting employment and other tangible benefits due

to upcoming or proposed activities.

The proposed expansion project has a potential for employment of

skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as

well as operational phase. Followings are the benefits that surrounding

area will get due to the expansion activities:

8.2 Improvements in the physical infrastructure including technical

facility aspects:

Physical infrastructure includes infrastructural & technological facilities of

the project, necessary for the operation. Unit is already in existence and

has well developed physical infrastructural facilities; however, due to the

expansion of the project, minor construction work, modification of plant

building will be done. Thus, following infrastructural facilities will be

developed due to proposed expansion:

Improvement in local amenities facilities

Improvement in road link facilities as transportation through truck

and other vehicles will increased due to expansion of project

Improvement in local civilization

Increase income of local population

Increase requirement of man power

8.3 Improvement in Social Infrastructure:

Due to proposed expansion activity, Social Infrastructure will improve by

means of Civilization, Vocational Training and Basic Amenities.



Civilization:

Due to expansion; employment and other infrastructural facilities will

boost up income of surrounding people and improve quality of life. This

will indirectly boost up the civilization of the surrounding people.

Vocational Training:

Moreover, unit will provide vocational training opportunity to the

surrounding people and greed for employment will motivate the

education activities that will lead the change in life style of the

surrounding and affected people hence social infrastructure will be

improved.

Basic Amenities:

Better education facilities, proper health care, road, infrastructure and

drinking water facilities are basic social amenities for better living

standard of any human being which will further augment the above

amenities either by providing or by improving the facilities in the area,

which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.

8.4 Employment potential

Due to the expansion project, infrastructure will get improved and

enhance the employment opportunity for both skilled and unskilled

person from nearby area. Direct employment as well as indirect

employment due to ancillary services will be given to the local people.

Therefore, the socio-economic status of the local people will get

improved. The details of employment opportunity during Construction

and Operation phase are discussed underneath:

Increased employment opportunity in Construction phase:

Construction work and commissioning will require manpower and

resources. The unit has proposed to employ local contractual labor force

for this phase. Hence with the inception, project may lead to slight

growth in the social status & improvement of the quality of life in the

surrounding area.

Increased employment opportunity in Operation phase:

After expansion, total nos. of employee will be 55 nos. This will ultimately

boost the employment opportunity.



8.5 Other tangible benefits:

Moreover, unit will provide vocational training opportunity to the

surrounding people that will provide educational help & increase the

knowledge of the surrounding people.



Chapter-9

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification 2006, this Chapter of the ‘Environmental Cost

Benefit Analysis’ is applicable only if it is recommended at the Scoping

stage. As per the ToR points issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide File No.

J-11011/67/2015-IA II (I) & ToR Letter dated 22nd June, 2015, the

Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis is not applicable and hence has not

been prepared.



Chapter-10

Environment Management Plan

10.1 INTRODUCTION

Assessment of environmental and social impacts arising due to

implementation of the proposed project activities is at the technical heart

of EIA process. An equally essential element of this process is to develop

measures to eliminate, offset or reduce impacts to acceptable levels

during implementation and operation of projects. The integration of such

measures into project implementation and operation is supported by

clearly defining the environmental requirements within an Environmental

Management Plan (EMP).

From the previous chapter it can be said that the proposed expansion

project of M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. has very less pollution

generation in terms of water, air and hazardous waste generation. For

abatement of environmental pollution, the unit would adopt several

measures, which are summarized in this chapter.

M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is the existing unit and equally concern for

production as well as pollution control. The unit has already done the

homework to develop the efficient Environmental Management Plan for

existing set up and plan for proposed expansion.

10.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The objectives of the Environmental Management Planare summarized

here under,

To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse

impacts.

To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and

hazardous waste with adoption of adequate and efficient technology

To comply with all the norms and standards stipulated by Gujarat

Pollution Control Board/Central Pollution Control Board.

To create good working conditions.

To reduce any risk hazards and design the disaster management plan



Continuous development and search for innovative technologies for a

cleaner and better environment.

10.3 COMPONENTS OF EMP

EMP for the proposed project of Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. covers following

aspects:

Description of proposed mitigation measures for proposed operation

phase only

Description of monitoring program

Institutional arrangements

Implementation schedule and reporting procedures

All above aspects and objectives are kept in the view and considering the

same EMP is prepared for two major fields.

10.3.1 Environmental Management systems

Unit is well aware of environmental requirements for planning and

implementation of the project and set up a department with trained

personnel headed under the qualified manager. As indicated in the

Chapter-4 of this report: Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures,

the environmental impact due to the proposed project is almost

negligible.

10.3.2 Environmental, Health and Safety Management System

Chemical Industries prefer an integrated approach and make

environmental management a part of overall Environment, Health and

Safety (EHS) Management system. This model EHS system suggests and

addresses EMS issues such as:

Management system expectation

Management leadership, responsibilities and accountability

Risk assessment and management

Compliance and other requirements

Personnel, training and contractor services

Documentation and communications

Facilities design and construction

Operation, maintenance and management

Community awareness and emergency response



EHS performance monitoring and measurement

Incident investigation reporting and analysis

EHS management system audit

Management review and audit

With this type of EHS management approach, proposed expansion project

would be able to integrate the requirements of ISO-14001 & ISO-18001

into the overall management system.

10.3.3 Environmental Management Cell

Apart from having an environmental management plan, it is also

necessary to have a permanent organizational set up charged with the

task of ensuring effective implementation. In this effect, unit has already

assigned responsibilities to officers from various disciplines to co-ordinate

the activities concerned with management and implementation of

environment control measures. An organogram of Environment

management is shown in Figure-10.1. Basically, this department

undertake monitoring of environmental pollution level by measuring stack

emissions, ambient air quality, effluent quality, Noise level, etc. either

departmentally or appointing external agency whenever necessary.

10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Since the proposed expansion project of M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. for

formaldehyde, Paraformaldehyde and purification of silver matal will be

carried in the existing premises, construction activities will be required

only for the installation of new plant and machineries. Hence, there will

be some adverse impacts on the quality of air and water but, this will not

cause adverse effects on the surrounding atmosphere. No disposal of

construction waste outside the plant and no leaching are anticipated. The

impact will be temporary and negligible. The construction activities for

installation work shall generate noise anddust within working areas.

Therefore, measures will be taken to protect workers. In order to mitigate

the adverse environment impacts during the construction phase, regular

sprinkling of the water will be done.



10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

10.5.1 Air Environment

The unit has already adopted modernized techniques for production of

Formaldehyde and same successful technology will be used for proposed

expansion. Tail gas treatment plant is integral part of process plant. It

will be updated/modify along with process plant after expansion. No

additional stack/vent to emit air pollution in atmosphere except stack of

D. G. set which will not operate regularly. The estimated tail gas quality

is given in Table-2.8.

However, in order to achieve the reduction, it is suggested that during

operational phase, proper air flow will be maintained to ensure proper

combustion and subsequent minimization of any unburned combustibles.

For this, combustion process may be further improved by adopting

following measures.

Optimization of combustion aerodynamics should be done using a

flame retention device.

Re-circulation of flue gas may be considered to achieve the triple

goals of low PM emissions, low NOX emissions and high thermal

efficiency.

Primary flame zone O2 level should be decreased by decreasing

overall O2 level, controlling (delaying) mixing of fuel and air and use

of fuel-rich primary flame zone.

The tail gas treatment plant will be adequate to reduce the pollution of

formaldehyde, methanol and methane to atmosphere. There will also be

recycling of combustion heat which is very effective to reduce pollution

discharge and take advantage of wasted energy. The unit has also

provided adequate stack monitoring facilities for the periodic monitoring

of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms.

10.5.2 Measures for fugitive emissions

The fugitive emissions may be from leakage through valves, fittings,

pumps, etc. Continous processes will furhter help to reduce fugitive

emmision because repitally valve on/off is not required which helpful to

maitain practically zero leckages.



Good house-keeping, proper maintenance and continuous observation will

prevent the chances of any fugitive emission from the process plant.

However, unit will adopt adequate measures for the minimization/

prevention of the fugitive emission. The unit proposes to adopt following

measures, which will be continued after the production starts.

Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipments to

prevent leakage and thus minimize the fugitive emissions of VOCs.

Entire process will be carried out in the closed reactors with proper

maintenance of pressure and temperature.

Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive

emission.

Unit will strictly follow design features as suggested in Table 10.3 for new

equipment may be considered.

10.5.3 Water Environment

Total water requirement due to proposed expansion will be increased

from 129 KLD to 610 KLD (535 KLD fresh water + 75 KLD recycle water)

out of which industrial water requirement will be 598 KLD (523 KLD fresh

water + 75 KLD recycle water). After proposed expansion water

requirement will be satisfied through “Narmada Water”.

The unit proposes to practice of maintaining the records for the total

water withdrawal from various resources and consumption at various

levels in the plant. As mentioned in the previous chapter, the only source

of industrial wastewater generation is RO/DM reject, wastewater

generated from silver refining & cooling bleed off.

The unit is engaged in the manufacturing of Formaldehyde, which is

continuous process and water also retained with the product. Therefore

there will not any wastewater generation from the process. Since there is

no need of plant washing and cleaning hence, the main source of

industrial wastewater generation is cooling bleed off and RO reject.

The total quantity of industrial wastewater will be 121.0 KLD which will be

sent to Evaporator to separate out the salts and recover better quality

water which will be reused in process. Thus, this steps toward water

conservation.



The other source of wastewater generation is domestic wastewater of 7.0

KLD quantities which is disposed to soak pit through septic tank.

Cleaner production technologies will also be adopted to reduce the

quantity of fresh water requirement and industrial wastewater

generation.

The mitigation measures for minimizing the impacts on water

environment in general includes following:

Minimization of water use

Segregation and collection philosophy for effluent to minimize waste

generation and facilitate treatment as well as recycle.

Treatment philosophy to achieve mandated standards.

Reuse/recycle

Some of the measures, which are to be implemented, include:

Reducing the actual process water consumption by way of

improvement in operation of processing units.

10.5.4 Hazardous/Solid Waste Management

There will be only one source for disposal of hazardous waste namely

evaporator salt. This salt is collected properly and store in premises and

finally disposal at TSDF-SEPPL. Other Hazardous sources are discarded

Containers & Used Oil. Discarded Containers are collected and storage in

premises and disposal by selling to authorized recycler or reuse. Same as

Used oil is collected and storage in premises and disposal by selling to

registered re-processor or reused as lubricant.

10.5.5 Noise Control Technique

The main sources of noise within the plant are: Tai gas treatment unit, air

compressors, manufacturing activities, transferring pumps and material

handling systems. Additional noise will be generated due to installation of

new machineries and equipments however, these impacts will be very

minor and temporary in nature. The impact on the environment during

the operational phase will be long term but, of insignificant quantity.

To minimize the noise pollution, the unit proposes the following noise

control measures:



Noise suppression measures such as enclosures, buffers and/or

protective measures should be provided (wherever noise level is

more than 90 dB (A)).

Employees should be provided with ear protection measures like

earplugs or earmuffs. Earplug should be provided to all workers

where exposure is 85 dB (A) or more.

The transportation contractor shall be informed to avoid

unnecessary speeding of the vehicles inside the premises.

Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be

carried out for the machineries and equipments to reduce noise

generation.

The selection of any new plant equipment will be made with

specification of low noise levels.

Areas with high noise levels will be identified and segregated where

possible and will include prominently displayed caution boards.

The green belt area will be developed within industrial premises and

around the periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding

area.





10.6 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

Tree plantation is one of the effective remedial measures to control the

air pollution and noise pollution. It also causes aesthetics improvement of

the area as well as sustains and supports the biosphere.

Plantation around the pollution sources control the air pollution by

filtering the air particulate and interacting with gaseous pollutant before it

reaches the ground.

Each plant shows different air pollution tolerance level depending upon

number of factors. In green belt area about 1000 trees per acre of land

as prescribed by Gujarat Pollution Control Board shall be planted. The



selection of tree species suitable for plantation at the industry shall be

governed by following factors,

The trees should be tolerant to air pollutants present in the area

The trees should be able to grow and thrive on soil of the area, be

evergreen, inhabitant and having minimum of leaf fall.

The trees should be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with

large and spreading canopy in primary and secondary attenuation

zone

It is also recommended to plant few trees, which are sensitive to air

pollution as air pollution indicator.

The unit has extensive greenbelt in 1500 sqm, which is around 35% of

total land area. Local spices are planted and survival rate is more than

70%.

Design of Green Belt

As far as possible, following guidelines will be considered in greenbelt

development:

The spacing between the trees will be maintained as per GPCB

guideline i.e. 1 tree/4 sqm.

Spaces, so that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase

the effective height of the green belt.

Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation.

The short trees (< 10 m height) will be planted in the first two rows

(towards plant side) of the green belt. The tall trees (> 10 m height)

will be planted in the outer three rows (away from plant side).

Plantation Programme

Plantation of trees in and around the company are meant mainly to

reduce air pollution caused by factory emissions, to absorb sound, to

prevent soil erosion and to maintain aesthetic value for healthy living.

Survival rate of trees and post plantation care

Considering the availability of water and general survey of surrounding

area, the survival rate is expected to be around 75%. Moreover, the wire

net guards will be provided to protect the saplings. The same will be

properly manure and watered so that it can grow well.



Planting methodology

The plantation shall be done in pits. Pits of about 50 cm dia shall be dug

in grid of 0.5 m X 0.5 m up to a depth of 0.3 m. The pit shall be refilled

with soil after the planting. The sampling of healthy, nursery raised,

seedlings in polythene containers shall be transported in baskets. Planting

shall be done after first monsoon showers.

The level of soil is about 10 cm above of ground level. The soil around the

plant shall be pressed to form a low through. About 25 gm chemical

fertilizers shall be added in ring of 25 cm radius around the plant.

Watering shall be continued after plantation if any dry spells follows.

Planted area shall be inspected and mortality rate ensured for each

species. The dead and drying plant shall be replaced by fresh seedlings.

Protection of plantation site:

Protection from grazing will be done by erecting tree guards a rounded

planted sapling.

Though the tree suggested for plantation will require very less water,

however during the first year watering will be done twice in a day.

There after watering will be done twice in a week.

The manuring will be done when plantation take up. For this propose

cow dung will be dump in the pit. No other manuring will require for

proposed plantation. Cow dung is easily available in the study area.

Damaged plants will be replaced with new plants.

10.7 RESOURCE CONSERVATION/WASTE MINIMIZATION

The unit introduces modernized techniques with installation of Tail Gas

Treatment Plant. Therefore, wasted heat energy will be recovered in

recycled for various industrial activities. Thus, there will not be any

additional fuel requirement which will step towards resource recovery and

conservation. With tail gas treatment plant there will also be reduction in

pollutant concentration and better quality of air emission will be obtained.

Energy consumption will be reduced from 40 KW/Tonne of production to

26 KW/Tonne.



Main benefit to this technology is conserve resource-raw material around

12% compare to conventional process which resulted to reduced raw

material consumption per unit from 0.5 to 0.44.

Better quality water from Evaporator will also be recovered and reused in

process. This ultimately results in conservation of fresh water

requirement.

The units shall also implement the concept of waste minimization circle.

Good Housekeeping or proper housekeeping practice makes the system

easier and less costly. Some of these are as follows:

Rain water harvesting system shall be adopted to reduce the fresh

water requirement.

Cleaner production technology shall be adopted for the resource

conservation and pollution control.

10.8 ACTION PLAN FOR TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MATERIAL AND

PRODUCTS

The basic raw materials required for the proposed expansion project are

given in Chapter-2 along with source, mode of transport. The raw

materials and their storage quantities may change (to some extent)

depending upon products and market demand. The current practice of

transportation of raw materials and products will be continued for the

proposed expansion project.

Following safety precautions will be taken during transportation:

Supplementary operational requirements for loading, transport,

storage, unloading, handling and storage.

Restrictions, if any, on the mode of transport and any necessary

routing instructions.

Emergency action plan and an indication of the general nature of risk

and safety precautions.

Proper parking of vehicle at designated place.

During the parking, stop the engine of vehicles.

Provide earthing to tanker securely for solvent storage tanker.

Ensure that fire fighting system is available near the place of storage

of hazardous chemicals.



Liquid transportation should be pneumatically.

Before start unloading, check that, there should not be any leakage in

the pipeline.

In case of leakage, immediately attend the leakages and rectify it and

stop the valve of tanker.

After unloading, close the cover properly to avoid any fumes.

Vehicle to be started only after removal of all pipelines connected with

tanker.

10.8.1 Safety Instructions for transportation of hazardous materials:

The name of the chemical along with pictorial sign denoting the

dangerous goods are marked on the vehicle and the packing material.

The name of the transporter, his address and telephone number are

clearly written on the road tanker and on the vehicle.

The important safety precautions are mentioned on the tanker as a

warning label.

Only trained drivers and cleaners are engaged in transport of

hazardous chemicals.

The transporter and manufacturer must ensure the safe transportation

of the material.

10.8.2 Instructions for drivers & Responsibilities of drivers

Before any hazardous substance is transported, the carrier shall -

TERM (Transport Emergency) card should be with driver.

Copy of the statement give to the driver of the vehicle relating to the

substance being transport the hazardous substance.

Ensure that the driver is adequately trained to carry out the

instructions contained in the statement.

A copy of the statement given to him where the information will be

available at all times while the substance to which it relates is being

transported; and

Comply with all instructions contained in the copy of the statement

given to him.

Designation and quantity of the hazardous substance;



Required approval from the PESO in regard to the transport of the

hazardous substance;

The tankers are checked for its fitness and safe condition before

loading.

During loading and unloading, the tanker should be braked and

isolated against any movement, while loading/unloading, use safety

appliances.

Check for leakages from the line connections before starting and

stopping the filling operations.

Drive the vehicles carefully, especially in crowded localities and on

bumpy roads.

Do not apply sudden break.

The tanker should not be parked for long time on the way and

especially in crowded places. Park the vehicle away from residential

areas.

10.8.3 Manner of display of class labels

Where a class label is required to be displayed on a vehicle, it shall be

so positioned that the size of the class label is at an angle of 45

degrees to the vertical and the size of such label shall not be of less

than twenty-five millimeters square which may be divided into two

portions, the upper half portion being reserved for the pictorial symbol

and the lower half for the text. Provided that in the case of smaller

packages a suitable size of the label may be adopted.

Where the class label consists of adhesive material, it shall be water-

proof and where it consists of metal or other substance on which the

pictorial symbol and the text are printed, painted or affixed, they shall

be affixed directly on such material and in every case, the surface of

the vehicle surrounding the label shall be of a color that contrasts

vividly with the background of the class label.

Every class label displayed on a vehicle shall be positioned in such a

manner that it does not obscure any other markings required to be

displayed under any other law.



Every goods carriage carrying any dangerous or hazardous goods shall

display the class label on the appropriate places where anyone can see

easily.

10.9 HEALTH & SAFETY

M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. will follow occupational health program right

from the start of production. Health hazards associated with occupation

are called occupational hazards. The following check-ups shall be carried

out regularly to avoid occupational hazards:

Pre-employment medical check-up at the time of employment.

Provision of periodic medical check up for all the employees.

To provide necessary first aid facilities, the first aid training shall also

be given to the employees.

Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical

exposure shall be carried out at frequent intervals.

The unit will appoint the medical officer for the regular medical

examination and treatment of the employee.

The following precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable accident like

spillage, fire and explosion hazards and to minimize the effect of any such

accident and to combat the emergency at site level in case of emergency.

Various emergency spots in plant area will be identified and kept in

sharp and alert watch.

Use of protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept

easily accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Safety installations like available quantity of running water will be

regularly watched.

Fire bucket and hose reels will be provided to withstand the fire or

explosion conditions.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water type,

CO2 type) will be provide inside the factory premises.

Every pressure vessel will be provided with minimum one or more

pressure relief devices. The design of the valve is made in such a way

that the breakage of any part will not obstruct force discharge of the

liquid under pressure. Moreover, relief valves are tested and a periodic



schedule for their testing shall be maintained. The defective valves will

be removed if found unsafe for the operation.

10.9.1 Possibility of occupational health hazard & its control

An occupational hazard is a thing or situation with the potential to harm

a worker. Occupational hazards can be divided into two categories:

safety hazards that cause accidents that physically injure workers and

health hazards which result in the development of disease. Hazards can

be rated according to the severity of the harm they cause - a significant

hazard being one with the potential to cause a critical injury or death.

In case of M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd., methanol and formaldehyde

will be handled within premiseswhich can enter in the human body by

the way of inhalation of vapour or spray and skin absorption – these are

the commonest method of entry. Skin absorption usually arises from

direct contact of the liquid solvent with the hands and arms of workers

who are cleaning objects manually or handling objects recently dipped

in or coated with substances.

The following precautions shall be taken to avoid foreseeable

accident like spillage, fire and explosion hazards and to

minimize the effect of any such accident and to combat the

emergency at site level in case of emergency.

Various emergency spots in plant area will be identified and kept in

sharp and alert watch.

Protective equipments will be regularly checked and will be kept easily

accessible and easily workable during emergency.

Safety installations like available quantity of running water will be

regularly watched.

Fire bucket and hose reels will be provided to withstand the fire or

explosion conditions.

Various types of fire extinguishers such as (Foam type, water CO2

type, CO2 type) will be provided inside the factory premises.

Every pressure vessel will be provided with minimum one or more

pressure relief devices. The design of the valve is made in such a way

that the breakage of any part will not obstruct force discharge of the



liquid under pressure. Moreover, relief valves are tested and a periodic

schedule for their testing shall be maintained. The defective valves will

be removed if found unsafe for the operation.

10.9.2 Possibility of occupational health hazard, its control &

Occupational surveillance

An occupational hazard is a thing or situation with the potential to harm

a worker. Occupational hazards can be divided into two categories:

safety hazards that cause accidents that physically injure workers, and

health hazards which result in the development of disease. Hazards can

be rated according to the severity of the harm they cause - a significant

hazard being one with the potential to cause a critical injury or death.

Chemical agents: There are possibility to generate gases, vapours and

aerosols (fumes, mists). We will take care to reduce it at optimum

minimum level and advices to workers to use PPE who work in such

identify area.

Noise: Noise is considered as any unwanted sound that may adversely

affect the health and well-being of individuals or populations. Aspects of

noise hazards include total energy of the sound, frequency distribution,

duration of exposure and impulsive noise. Noise might result in acute

effects like communication problems, decreased concentration, and

sleepiness and as a consequence interference with job performance.

Exposure to high levels of noise (usually above 85 dB(A)) over a

significant period of time may cause both temporary and chronic

hearing loss. Permanent hearing loss is the most common occupational

disease in compensation claims.

There will be no high noise level issue. However, unit will identify such

areas like, utilities area and advice to workers to not enter without PPE.

Occupational surveillance involves active programmes to anticipate,

observe, measure, evaluate and control exposures to potential health

hazards in the workplace. Depending upon the occupational

environment and problem, two surveillance methods can be employed:

medical and environmental.



Medical surveillance is used to detect the presence or absence of

adverse health effects for an individual from occupational exposure to

contaminants, by performing medical examinations and appropriate

tests.

Environmental surveillance is used to document potential exposure

to contaminants for a group of employees, by measuring the

concentration of contaminants in the air, in bulk samples of materials

and on surfaces. Medical surveillance is performed because diseases can

be caused or exacerbated by exposure to hazardous substances. So

periodic medical check-up will be carried out.

10.9.3 Preventive Measures

The methods of protecting the work force from exposure to toxic agents

in the workplace apply to the use of solvents:

Segregation of processes using solvents;

Enclosures or special ventilator control of processes;

Good general ventilation-particularly important if the solvent is used

in a confined space;

Personal protection-Protective clothing should be worn, including

gloves, where there is a possibility of absorption through the skin.

Suitable respiratory protection is necessary like Panorama gas mask

with cartridge suitable for the chemicals we will be handling,

Breathing Air Apparatus and Air Hood with instrument air connection.

Gas detector with emergency alarm systems in confined area.

Emergency preparedness plan.

10.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROGRAMME

Some of the philosophies underlining the occupational health programme

are discussed below.

M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. will employ well qualified and experienced

safety Manager and make arrangement for part time doctor for regular

checking of health of the employees. Also, plans to become member of

any local hospital for emergency need. Annual health check for

employees will be carried out and record will be maintained. Regular



training to plant personnel in safety fire fighting and first aid will be

provided.

Unit will maintain a healthy work environment. This will be accomplished

through the identification, evaluation and control of workplace

environmental factors which may cause sickness, impaired health or

significant discomfort and inefficiency among workers. Environmental

factors such as noise, physical hazards toxicity/chemical hazard and

ergonomic hazards will be monitored on a periodic basis to assist in

maintaining a healthy work environment.Workers exposed to noise and

toxic materials will be evaluated against applicable recognised exposure

levels in the Factories Act. Hearing protection aid will be provided to

workers who work in the high noise areas, during construction of the

proposed facilities and also to those who will continue through the life of

the facility.

(A) Exposure of workers with major chemicals

Mainly Methanol and Formaldehyde are used from which workers are

directly exposed. All workers are directly or indirectly comes in contact

with above chemicals, are aware about the hazardousness of such

chemicals and all have provide Personnel protective equipments and also

provide appropriate training for use it.

(B) List of chemicals, their threshold limit and measures

Unit are using Methanol and Formaldehyde. Workers are directly or

indirectly exposed in work area during the handling of these chemicals.

Details of hazardous chemicals characteristics are summarized in

Chapter-7 of RA report. Unit will handle above chemicals with proper

handling process suggested in MSDS. Estimated work area quality with

TWA limit is summarized in Table 2.8(a) of Chapter-2. Measured value

indicates that, exposure of such chemicals are within the Threshold Limit

Values (TLV)/Permission Exposure Levels as per ACGIH recommendation.

(C) Details of Pre-placement and periodical medical monitoring

of workers

Pre-employment Medical Examinations

There are two main purposes of pre-employment medical examinations:



1. To provide base-line health data against which subsequent

changes after employment can be evaluated

This is important for assessment of the effectiveness of preventive

measures at work. For example, where the hearing threshold of a worker,

which is normal before employment in a noisy occupation, is found to

have increased after employment, this possibly indicates noise-induced

hearing loss and a review of the hearing protection measures would be

required. On the other hand, if the pre-employment hearing threshold of

the workers has not been assessed, it would be difficult to ascertain

whether the worker’s high hearing threshold after employment is due to

excessive noise exposure at work or to his own hearing problem before

employment.

Pre-employment health data is also important in substantiating or

negating employees’ compensation claims since it provides evidence of

the health status of claimants before employment.

2. To ensure medical fitness for work

Pre-employment medical examinations identify those persons who are

medically unfit for employment in particular occupations. Persons with

certain underlying medical conditions are particularly vulnerable to the

effects of certain health hazards and are not suitable for employment in

particular occupations. Persons with certain underlying medical conditions

are particularly vulnerable to the effects of certain health hazards and are

not suitable for employment in work with such exposures. For example,

workers with thalassemia (a genetic disease of the blood) should not be

engaged in work involving lead exposure which may aggravate the

anaemia.

Workers may fail to meet the specific health requirements for particular

job so that they cannot undertake the jobs safely without risks to

themselves or others.

Periodic Medical Examinations

Periodic medical examinations aim to detect susceptible workers for

whom corrective actions are required before they develop overt

occupational diseases. The frequency of periodic medical examinations



depends on the nature of the occupational hazards. For most hazardous

exposures, however, these examinations are conducted annually.

Requirements of Medical Examination

The requirements of medical examinations depend on the nature of the

hazardous exposures of workers. In general, the doctor will take a

detailed occupational and medical history, conduct a physical examination

and prescribe a range of ancillary laboratory and/or radiological

investigations such as urine test, blood test, X-ray, lung function test and

audiometric test.

Liver Function Test (LFT)

Clinical examination and Pre-placement medical examination carried out

in every 12 months. Liver function tests including serum bilirubin, alkaline

phosphatase estimations every 12 months are required.

Measures:

Entire materials will be transfer either pneumatically or closed manner

and charging the raw materials in reactor with deep charges so that

chances of un-reacted materials are minimized.

10.10.1 Occupational Health and First aid measures

Unit is using Methanol and Formaldehyde as main raw materials which if

handled in safe ways with all precautions (as detailed in respective

MSDS) will not cause harm to employees. However, in rare case of

exposures, immediate action is to be taken to save life and reduce the

extent of damage. Unit has first aid facilities and calling base ambulance

facilities as and when required. Industry will appoint part time doctor for

periodically health check-up. Instructions for immediate actions to

exposures to some of the chemicals will be given to employees.

10.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES:

Socio-economic development activities refers to voluntary actions

undertaken by company/organization to either improve the living

conditions (economically, socially and environmentally) of local

communities or to reduce the negative effects of the project. Socio-

economic development activities is a concept of organization whereby

organizations serve the interests of society by taking responsibility for the



impact of their activities on customers, employees, shareholders,

communities and the environment in all aspects of their operations.

Unit has identified following activities as a part of CSR under

different heads:

Education

Awarding meritorious school students in SSC & HSC

Providing utensils to schools and anganwadi for Mid-Day Meal

preparation

Science Lab - Equipment & books in libraries for schools

Supports for sport & cultural competitions in schools

Health and family welfare

Malaria eradication camps (collection of blood sample & detection of

virus & free medicine distribution, Blood donation camp)

General Health Camp for men, women & kids

Support for Pulse Polio Immunization camp

Contribution towards primary Health Services depending on local

needs.

Preservation of the Environment and to Sustainable Development

Water harvesting systems in nearby villages.

Landscaping and greenbelt development in and around of the project

site.

Provide sanitation facilities to villagers.

Unit has committed to spend about Rs. 20 Lakhs every year up to five

years of the operation towards various rural up-liftman and community

development programs.

Table 10.1

Budgetary provisions for the next five years (Every Year)

Sr.

No.

Activities Budgetary provision

(Lakhs)

1. Educational activities 7.0

2. Preservation of the Environment and

Sustainable Development

2.5

3. Health and family welfare 2.0

4. Drinking water and sanitation

facilities

7.0



5. Miscellaneous as per the demand of

surrounding villages

1.5

Total 20

10.12 POST-PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

The post – project environmental monitoring suggested herewith should

be as per the following guideline. The highlights of the integrated

environmental monitoring plan are:

The stack monitoring facilities like ladder, platform and porthole of all

the stacks maintained in good condition.

Regular monitoring of all gaseous emissions from stacks/vents and all

fugitive emissions in the process areas.

The performance of air pollution control equipment evaluated based

on these monitoring results.

Water consumption in the complex recorded daily.

Analysis of untreated and treated effluent, before discharge into the

final disposal pipeline carried out regularly.

Performance of effluent treatment plant units evaluated based on

these analysis results.

As far as possible, noise curbed at its source, with the help of acoustic

hood and other such noise reducing equipments.

Regular noise level monitoring to be carried out.

Green belt properly maintained and new plantation programmes

undertaken frequently.

Continued environmental awareness programmes carried out within

the employees and also in the surrounding villages.

Rain water harvesting ponds will be developed within the industrial

premises and encouraged in the surrounding villages too. All possible

back–up and support provided to them.

Ambient Air Quality monitoring

Schemes for monitoring ambient air quality stack emissions and fugitive

emissions are proposed. The ambient air quality monitoring systems are

recommended for monitoring the ground level concentrations and fugitive

emissions around the plant. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. should install three



monitoring stations around its battery limit (at 1200 as per guideline) for

monitoring SPM, SO2, NOX and HC. The combined data will provide overall

characteristic and emission from the industry.

For this, the following equipment is recommended to be procured or can

higher the services from Environmental consultant by the project

proponent for implementing the above mentioned monitoring schemes:

Noise Environment





10.13 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT COST ESTIMATE

The management will spend about Rs. 30.0 Lakhs as recurring cost per

annum on the pollution control measure, greenbelt development and

other environment management. Recurring cost is estimated as below:

Table 10.2 Environment Management Cost Estimate

S. No.

Description Recurring Cost Rs.

(Lakh/Annum)

Capital Cost Rs. (Lakhs)

1. Air pollution Control 12.0 55.0

2. Water pollution Control 4.0 32.0

3. Noise pollution 0.5 0.5

4. Environment monitoring &

management

5.0 3.0

5. Occupational Health 3.0 2.0

6. Green belt Development Plan 0.5 2.5

7. Haz. Waste management 3.0 2.0

8. Rain water harvesting system 2.0 3.0

Total cost per annum 30.0 100

10.14 ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Balaji is an existing unit and it has already well developed Environment

Policy approved by the management.

They commit themselves to:



Ensure continuous improvement in environmental performance of

works through protective Environmental management system.

Comply with applicable legal and other requirements related to

environmental aspects.

Conserve the resources particularly water, power by fixing and

improving consumption norms.

Concept of cleaner production is adopted.

Ensure involvement of all employees and contractors in effective

implementation of Environment Management System through training

and awareness.

Promote awareness among local surrounding community for

preservation and maintaining clean environment.

Work procedures and safety instructions are provided to all staff.

Unit also conducts the safety seminars, mock drills and training

programmes for our staff at regular intervals.

10.15 REPORTING SYSTEM OF NON COMPLIANCES/VIOLATIONS OF

ENVIRONMENTAL NORMS

Company will develop reporting systems of non-compliances/ violations of

environmental norms to the management. The mechanism is summarized

below:

1. Identify deviation/non-compliance/violation of environmental norms

as lay down in Consent to operate and letter of Environmental

clearance. Record to communication/complain received from

plausible stake holder.

2. The EHS manager will identify deviation/non-compliance/violation

from failure to comply with statutory requirements.

3. Respond from EHS manager within reasonable time limit to concern

authorities with c/c mark to Technical head.

4. Technical head will take it in action and give necessary guideline to

comply this deviation/ non-compliance/ violation of environmental

norms. Parallel arrange budget for necessary action to comply the

condition.



5. Communication received from the EHS manager will be discussed in

technical management meeting.

6. Board discussion, Decision and Action

The Chairperson will review the information available and take a

decision depending on the seriousness of the violation.

The decision will be taken to ensure the compliance of non-

compliance/violation of environmental norms and it’s safeguarded.

The decision will be taken by consensus and if no consensus is

arrived at, voting will be conducted.

Enlist measures that would undertake to ensure that deviations/

noncompliance /violations of Environmental norms and take care

not to occur same violation in future.



Table 10.3 Design features for minimization of fugitive emissions

Sr.

No.

Equipments Design Features Control

Efficiency %

1 Pumps Seal less design 100

Dual Mechanical Seal 100

2 Valves Seal less Design 100

3 Compressor Dual Mechanical Seal 100

4 Connectors Weld together 100

5 Pressure Relief

Devices

Rupture Disc 100

6 Sampling Connection Closed loop sampling 100



Table 10.4

Environment Monitoring along with Frequency details

Nature of

Analysis


with its analyzer

Parameters

Wastewater

analysis

Monthly by external agency pH, COD, BOD, NH3-N,

TDS, SS, Oil & Grease,

etc.

Stack monitoring of

each stack


Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring



by external agency




agency

Nr. Main gate, Process

area etc.

Work zone fugitive

monitoring


Health check-up of

workers


guideline

All workers



Figure-10.1

Hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company

General Manager

Office Manager

Director

EHS Manager

Plant Incharge

Chemist Plant

operator

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd.


Chapter-11

Summary & Conclusion 11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

M/s. Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is a working unit at Plot No. 1398, Post:

Moti Bhoyan, Taluka: Kalol, Dist.: Gandhinagar for manufacturing of

Formaldehyde (5000 MTPM). Now, looking to the market demand, unit

intends to enhance its production capacity of Formaldehyde up to 12500

MTPM along with Para Formaldehyde - 835 MTPM and Reprocessing Silver

(Purification of Silver) - 1.5 MTPM.

Expansion will be done in existing plant premises. Unit has obtained EC

from MoEF, New Delhi vide its letter no. J-11011/625/2009-IA II (I),

dated 24.08.2010 and have valid consent to operate issued by GPCB vide

order no. AWH-71755, date of issue 13/07/2015 and valid up to

15/04/2020. 11.1.1 LOCATION OF PROJECT

Details of the project site are as given in following table:

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1. Plant location

Plot No. 1398

Village Moti Bhoyan

Taluka Kalol

District Gandhinagar

State Gujarat

2. Co-ordinates

Latitude 23°09'44.69"N

Longitude 72°26'45.54"E

3. Nearest Habitat Moti Bhoyan-1.45 km

4. Nearest Railway Station Kalol-10.6 km

5. Nearest Airport Ahmedabad-21.2 km

6. Nearest City Ahmedabad-12.0 km

7. Nearest Highway SH 41-10.0 km



11.1.2 PRODUCT PROFILE

Production capacity is given below:

Sr.

No.

Products Existing

Production (MTPM)

Additional

production (MTPM)

Total

production after

expansion (MTPM)


2 Para formaldehyde 00 835 835

3 Reprocessing of Silver


00 1.5 1.5

11.1.3 INVESTMENT OF THE PROJECT

Existing cost of project is Rs. 10.0 crores. The estimated cost of the

proposed expansion will be around Rs. 8.0 crores. So after expansion, it

will be tune around Rs. 18.0 crores. Out of this, around Rs. 1.0 crore will

earmark for pollution control measures as capital investment and Rs. 20

lakhs will be recurring cost per annum. Unit is using excess steam

generate from exothermic process reaction resulted to reduce the

operational cost.

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

11.2.1 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDY

To predict the impact of the proposed activities on the surrounding

environment, the current baseline environmental status was studied by

collecting the data and carrying out monitoring for the period of

October-2015 to December-2015. The baseline data for ambient air

quality, surface and ground water quality, noise and soil quality was

collected and analyzed for various parameters.

11.2.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight AAQM

locations, with a frequency of twice a week, to assess the existing

sub-regional air quality status during the period of October-2015 to

December-2015.

Respirable Dust Sampler & Fine Particular Sampler along with the

analytical methods, prescribed by CPCB was used for carrying out air

quality monitoring. At all these sampling locations; PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and



NOx were monitored on 24-hourly basis to enable the comparison with

ambient air quality standards prescribed by the Central Pollution Control

Board.

The data on concentrations of various pollutants were processed for

different statistical parameters like arithmetic mean, standard deviation,

minimum and maximum concentration and various percentile values.

Particulate Matter (PM10)




Particulate Matter (PM2.5)




Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly SO2 value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are well within the stipulated standards of 80

g/m3.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

An average and 98th percentile value of 24-hourly NOx value of arithmetic


g/m3 respectively, which are much lower than the standards stipulated

by CPCB, i.e. 80 g/m3.

11.2.3 Water Environment

Surface Water Quality

There are surface water bodies like lakes, pond/reservoirs, canal in the

study area. Surface water samples were collected from pond of Piyaj,

Hajipur, Lapkaman, Thol Lake & from Narmada Canal near project site.

Results of the same are given in Chapter-3 of EIA report.

Conclusions: Surface water samples are meet the permissible limit set

by the authority (BIS) for drinking purpose.



Ground Water Quality

Ground water samples have been collected from project site and different

seven villages (Moti Bhoyan, Khatraj, Hajipur, Sherisa, Vadsar, Karoli,

Ganapatpur).

Color: All the samples were colorless meeting desirable norms.

pH: All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.59

to 7.83).

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS): TDS in samples ranges from 998 mg/L

(Project Site) to 1346 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/L, (If alternate sources of potable water are

not available).

Calcium: Calcium contents in the water ranges from 49 mg/L (Karoli) to

65 mg/L (Moti Bhoyan), all the samples meet the permissible limit of 200

mg/L.

Magnesium: Magnesium content in the water ranges from 39 mg/L

(Hajipur) to 61 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet even the

permissible limit of 100 mg/L (if alternate source of potable water in not

available).

Sulphate: Sulphate content in the water ranges from 18 mg/L (Project

site) to 36 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet the permissible limit of

400 mg/L for drinking water.

Fluoride: Fluoride content in the water ranges from 0.57 mg/L (Moti

Bhoyan) to 0.75 mg/L (Sherisa). All the samples meet the permissible

limit (1.5 mg/L).

Total Alkalinity: Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 362

mg/L (Khatraj) to 485 mg/L (Project Site). All the samples are within the

permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L) (if alternate source of

portable water is not available).

Other Parameters: Potassium (ranges from 13 mg/L to 22 mg/L),

Sodium (ranges from 289 mg/L to 423 mg/L) and Chloride (ranges from

382 mg/L to 602 mg/L).

Heavy metals like copper, lead, chromium and zinc are found below

detectable limit in all samples.



Conclusions: Ground water samples from villages meet the permissible

limit set by the authority (BIS).

11.2.4 Noise Environment

The Leq values of noise levels during day-time varied from 48.1 dB(A) to

62.2 dB(A). Highest Leq daytime value was recorded at Bus stop

Ganpatpura. The Leq values of noise levels during night time varied from

38.5 dB(A) to 54.6 dB(A). Highest Leq value during night time was

recorded Nr. Project site, which is well within the limit of 70 dB(A)

prescribed for Industry.

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

Various sources of pollution and pollution loads were identified. It has

also identified the technologies to be adopted for the mitigation and

control of the same. The sources of pollution in the proposed expansion

project are air emissions from tail gas treatment plant & D G Set; liquid

effluents from RO/DM reject, process (silver refining) & cooling bleed off

and domestic sources; Hazardous wastes generation and noise pollution

from utilities and process equipment.

Impacts on Air quality & Mitigation measures:

The impacts on air quality shall be due to the emissions from Unit. The

impacts are quantified using ISCST3 model. The results indicate marginal

increase in the ambient air quality parameters. The predicted values for

SPM, SO2 & NOx are 2.134 g/m3, 0.672 g/m3 & 0.656 g/m3

respectively. The point of maximum concentration for SPM, SO2, NOx

would be 1.0 km from center of industry in S direction.

With this marginal contribution due to the proposed expansion activities,

the levels of SPM, SO2 and NOX will remain well below the 24-hourly

ambient air quality standards for SO2 & NOx (80 g/m3), PM10 (100

g/m3), PM2.5 (60 g/m3) as prescribed by CPCB.

To mitigate the impact due to the proposed expansion project, unit has

provided APCM and adequate stack height for proper atmosphere

dispersion as per the Pollution Control norms.



Impacts on Water Environment & Mitigation measures:

Total water requirement (Industrial + Domestic + Greenbelt) will be

increased from 129 KLD up to 610 KLD; out of which 535 KLD is fresh

water & 75 KLD is recycle water (condensate from evaporator). Source of

fresh water is Narmada Water supply.

After proposed expansion, total wastewater generation will be increased

from 121.0 KLD. 7.0 KLD will be domestic wastewater which will be

disposed off into soak pit through septic tank.

RO/DM reject, wastewater generated from silver refining & cooling bleed

off will be directly sent to force effect evaporator & then sent to


Impacts on Noise quality & Mitigation measures:

The noise levels may increase due to the proposed expansion activities.

The impact is found to be insignificant outside the premises. To decrease

the noise pollution impact, unit will provide necessary PPEs like earplugs

or earmuffs to all workers where exposure is 85 dB(A) or more and

selection of any new plant equipment will be made with specification of

low noise levels.

Impacts on Soil & Mitigation measures:

The solid/hazardous wastes generated from the unit may have significant

negative impacts if disposed unsystematically. Hence, appropriate

measures for storage and disposal of solid wastes are adopted as per the

regulatory guidelines and it will be continued after expansion also.

Impacts on Socio Economy & Mitigation measures:

There is a potential for direct/indirect employment for the locals due to

the proposed expansion project. Unit will improve infrastructure facilities

in the villages.

11.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

The unit has a dedicated Environment, Health and Safety (EHS)

department to monitor and evaluate the environmental performance, and

to supervise the environment management measures. The details of

monitoring are as below.



Environment Monitoring Program

Nature of

Analysis


with its analyzer

Parameters

Wastewater

analysis

Monthly by external agency pH, TDS, SS, Oil &

Grease, etc.

Stack monitoring of

each stack


Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring



by external agency




agency

Nr. Main gate, Nr. D. G.

Set, Process area, Raw

material storage area

etc.

Work zone fugitive

monitoring


Health check-up of

workers


guideline

All workers

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

11.5.1 Risk Assessment

Risk analysis and study have been carried out for identification of

hazards, selection of credible scenarios, Risk Mitigation measures etc. All

the hazardous chemicals will be stored and handled as per MSDS

guidelines. The detail study is prescribed in Chapter-7.

11.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

The EMP is covers the impacts identified and mitigation measures

suggested. The EMP addresses the impacts identified during construction

and operation stages. Impacts during construction stage are temporary

and negligible; impacts during operational phase are permanent &

management plan of impacts identified is detailed below:

Liquid Effluents:

After expansion, total quantity of industrial wastewater generation will be

121.0 KLD which will be sent to force effect Evaporator to separate out

the salts and recover better quality water which will be reused for

cooling. Thus, this step is towards the water conservation. The other

source of wastewater generation is domestic wastewater of 7.0 KLD

which is disposed to soak pit through septic tank.



Water Management

Unit maintains the records for the total water consumption at various

resources.

Condensate water from evaporator will be utilized in utility hence

there will be reduction in fresh water consumption.

Domestic effluent will be disposed off into soak pit through septic

tank.

Air Pollution control measures:

There will not be any process gas emission except tail gas, which will be

emitted after proper burning/incineration in tail gas treatment plant. Tail

gas treatment plant is integral part of process plant. It will be

updated/modify along with process plant after expansion. Hence, after

proposed expansion no stack will be added. The tail gas treatment plant

will be adequate to reduce the pollution of formaldehyde, methanol and

methane to atmosphere. There will also be recycling of combustion heat

which is very effective to reduce pollution discharge and take advantage

of wasted energy.

Unit has installed one D G Set (400 kVA) and going to install additional

one D G Set with capacity of 1000 kVA, which will be treated as stand by

and operated only in case of non-availability of power. HSD is used as a

fuel. Emitted flue gas pollutants will be SPM, SO2 and NOx. Adequate

stack height is provided for proper dispersion of pollutants.

Hazardous/Solid Waste Management:

Entire quantity of hazardous waste will be handled and disposed as per

Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary Movement)

Rules’2016. Salt from evaporation will be disposed to secured TSDF site

for land filling; discarded containers/barrels will be sold to authorized

recyclers. Used oil will be sold to CPCB approved recyclers.

The unit has provided isolated area with impervious flooring for the

storage of hazardous waste. Thus, hazardous waste management system

provided by the unit is adequate and continues after expansion also.

There will not be any major impact on the environment due to hazardous

waste management.



Noise Pollution control measures:

Noise is anticipated from process plant & other machineries, D. G. set,

reactors & vehicular transportation etc. The D. G. shall be kept in a

separate enclosed room with acoustic enclosure. The motors and

compressors shall be mounted properly to ensure the reduction of noise

and vibration. The employees working in noise generating areas shall be

provided with appropriate Personnel Protective Equipments (PPEs). The

greenbelt area is developed within industrial premises and around the

periphery to prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.

Green Belt Development:

The unit has developed greenbelt area around 1500 m2 in its existing unit

and some more area will be added for greenbelt development outside the

plant boundary. The greenbelt area is around 35% of total land area.

11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project expansion has a potential for employment of

skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled employees during construction phase as

well as operational phase.

11.8 CONCLUSION

Based on the study it is concluded that-

There will be no major impact on water environment as effluent will be

directly sent to forced effect evaporator & then sent to mechanical

evaporator. Condensate from evaporator will be reused for utility i.e.

for cooling. Thus, unit will achieve zero discharge after proposed

expansion.

Domestic wastewater will be disposed in soak pit followed by septic

tank.

No fuel is used for manufacturing because exothermic reaction.

Tail gas treatment plant is installed which reduce the pollution of

formaldehyde, methanol and methane to atmosphere.

To prevent fugitive emission; various step will taken like regular

sprinkling of water and paved road.

Adequate arrangement for handling and disposal of Hazardous/solid

waste will be made as per regulatory norms.



Fire protection and safety measures will be provided to take care of

fire and explosion hazard.

Suggestions of qualitative risk analysis study will be followed to

minimize accidents and for safe operations.

Overall, direct and indirect employment opportunities, improvement in basic

infrastructures by development of industry etc. will be observed with

negligible impact on environment.

It can be concluded that after implementation of mitigation measures and

environmental management plan during the construction and operational

phase, there will be negligible impact on the environment.



Chapter-12

Disclosure of Consultant engaged Introduction

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (An ISO 9001:2008, 14001:2008 and OHSAS 18001

certified company) is a leading multi-disciplinary testing laboratory in Gujarat.

SEPL provides testing services in the areas of environmental assessment and

analytical testing.

SAN Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (henceforth SEPL) has started its work in 1990 to

serve the environment as a trustee of a next generation with a small

infrastructure under the dynamic leadership of Dr. Mahendra Sadaria.

During last two decade, SEPL has been taking care of client’s unique problems

and concerns in order to develop cost effective strategies to meet their

regulatory obligations. We focus on strategic planning and comprehensive

solutions to address both the short and long term needs of the clients.

Consequently we have developed long-term relationship with our clients to

provide them the services necessary to meet their changing needs.

To protect and preserve the natural resources on earth for future generation, it

offers extensive consultancy services in the field of environment. With its rich

experience, multidisciplinary expertise and with the support of its state-of the-

art analytical equipments, the services offered by the division are wide ranging

and encompasses entire scope of environment management and monitoring

services. With its emphasis on quality services over the years, it has evolved

itself into a single reference point in India for comprehensive environmental

services.

We conduct analytical works pertaining to various Environmental

Parameters. We perform Effluent treatability studies also. To conduct the

analysis work, we follow National & International Quality Standard and update

our process regularly.

“Quality Assurance Team” always welcomes any suggestion and

feedback, to improve the Quality, Performance and Standards of the

services. These suggestion and feedback are considered for reviewing of the

services and complied immediately.



Major Milestones and Accreditation

SEPL is a recognize schedule-II Environmental Auditor appointed by Gujarat

Pollution Control Board as per the directives of the Honorable High Court of

Gujarat. Recognize laboratory under Environment Protection (EP) Act, 1986 by

Government of India (GOI). SEPL has listed as accredited EIA consultant

organization by NABET/QCI for EIA report preparation. The certificate of same

is attached with EIA report. SEPL has necessary manpower and expertise in

various fields and also the required infrastructure facilities to carry out work

related to EIA. Technical experts involved in the preparation of this EIA/EMP

report are given below:

EIA Coordinator:

Name: Dr. Mahendra Sadaria

Signature & Date:

Period of involvement December-2014 to finalization of report

Contact Information: 079-26583077

Functional Area Experts

Functional Areas

Name of the Expert

Involvement (Period and Task**)

December-2014 to finalization of

report

Signature

Air Pollution

Monitoring & Control (AP)

Dr. Mahendra Sadaria

Team Member: Diti Patel,

Henal Mehta

Planning of meteorological AAQM baseline monitoring – schedule of

site visit, site survey, selection of monitoring locations, data

verification & approval, interpretation of baseline condition of air environment. Evaluation of

results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM). Contribution of EIA documentation.

Air Quality

Modeling and Prediction (AQ)

Dr. Mahendra Sadaria

Team Member: Diti Patel

Assessment of pollutant release source, rate. Meteorology file generation, Air quality model

(ISCST-3) run using meteorology data, identifying source & receptor, source inventory, worst case

scenario. Prediction of GLC & plotting isopleths. Study of GLCs obtained from simulation &

calculating cumulative concentration of pollutants in AAQ due to the project. Contribution of EIA

documentation.



Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert


December-2014 to finalization of report

Signature

Water Pollution (WP)

Dr. Mahendra

Sadaria Team Member:

Diti Patel, Henal Mehta

Site visit, selection of sampling locations, review & interpret GW, SW baseline quality, review &

approve water balance calculation for the project, explore reuse/ recycle options, prediction of

impacts & proposed mitigation measures, explore possibilities for groundwater & surface water

conservation and contribution to EIA documentation.

Ecology and Bio-diversity

Conservation (EB)

Dr. Khyati Chanana

Team Member: Henal Mehta

Site visit for ecology study, planning & scheduling for baseline ecological survey, determining status of

endangered species of flora/fauna, if any, identification of nearest ecologically sensitive area in the

study area. Review of Greenbelt development requirement of the project-suggestion for species, type

of plantation and contribution to EIA documentation.

Solid and Hazardous Waste

Management (SHW)

Dr. Mahendra

Sadaria

Review of generation of existing

Hazardous waste & ascertain compliance with HW rules for storage facilities, generation qty. &

disposal methods, studying adequacy of mitigation measures for

management of hazardous waste. Contribution of EIA documentation.

Socio Economy

(SE)

Shobhana

Sadaria

Site visit, secondary data collection,

evaluation of Socio-Economic status of the study area, assessment of the possible chances to socio-economic

issues arising out of the proposed activity, contribution in EIA documentation.

Land Use (LU) Satish Borad

Development of land use maps of study area, site visit for ground

truth survey, prepare land use classification and determine LULC of the area, prediction of impact on

land use pattern & land cover, Suggest mitigation measures, contribution in EIA report.

Hydrogeology (HG & Geo)

Hardik Patel

Site visit, understanding and representing ground water

conditions, finalization of survey findings, identification of impacts, suggestion of mitigation measures

and contribution of EIA documentation.



Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert


December-2014 to finalization of report

Signature

Risk and Hazards

(RH)

Prabhat Kumar

Srivastva

Determine worst & most credible accident scenarios, Identification of modeling scenarios, consequence

modeling, finalization of RA/DMP, documentation and contribution to EIA documentation.

Noise Team Member:

Diti Patel

Site visit, selection of sampling locations, review baseline noise

levels, source & its compliance with permissible limits, contribution to EIA documentation.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person

I, Dr. Mahendra Sadaria, hereby confirm that the above-mentioned experts are

involved in the preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment Report of Balaji

Formalin Pvt. Ltd., Plot No. 1398, Village: Moti Bhoyan, Tal: Kalol, Dist.: Gandhinagar.

I also confirm that, the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any

misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Dr. Mahendra Sadaria

Designation: Director, Technical

Name of the EIA Consultant organization San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. and date NABET/EIA/327/IA14, dated 12th May,

2014

CONTACT DETAILS:

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefali Cross Road,

Paldi cross Road,

Ahmedabad-380006, Gujarat

Phone: 079-26583077

E-mail: [email protected]


Annexure-I

Membership certificate of approve TSDF site

ABC

Text Box

A-1

Annexure-II

MSDS of haz. Chemicals

Our Main Product is FORMALDEHYDE.

SALES SPECIFICATION :

CAS Number 50-00-0 EINECS Number 200-001-8 Chemical Name Formaldehyde Chemical Classification Aldehyde Formula CH2O Molecular Weight 30.03 Shipping Name Formaldehyde Solution Codes/Label Flammable Liquid, Class - 3.1 Hazardous Waste ID No. 5 Hatchem Code 2 SE / 2T UN Number 1198 Description Colourless liquid with characteristic pungent

odour. In the manufacturing of phenolic resins.

artificial silk and cellulose esters, dyes, organic chemicals, glass mirrors,

explosives, disinfectant for dwellings, ship, storage

Product Uses Houses, Utensils, Clothes etc., as a

germicide & fungicide for plants &

vegetables, improving fastness of dyes on fabrics, tanning & preserving hides;,

mordanting & water proofing fabrics; preserving & coagulating rubber latex; in

embalming fluids. Specifications Limits

Carbon Dioxide, % v/v/ Min.

37.00

Moisture, % v/v max. <1.0 * Acidity (as HCOOH), % w/w max.

0.05

Iron , ppm max. 2.00** PH 2.60 - 3.00 * Methanol content may vary as per specific customer's requirement. Hence sp. gr. will also vary accordingly. ** Valid for SS containers & HDPE carboy

packing. Application In the manufacture of explosives,

photographic materials, antiseptic and fumigants; in treatment of pulp & papers;

in cosmetics, fertilizers & fuels; in treatment of fur & hair, mouth wash,

germicidal soap, lavender water & cologne; sterilization of surgical instruments; as food

preservative. Packaging In SS tankers, ISO-containers and in HDPE

ABC

Text Box

A-2

drums / carboys. This information is based on our present state of knowledge and is

intended to provide general notes on our products and their uses. It should therefore, not be construed as guaranteeing specific properties of

the products described or their suitability for a particular application. Any existing industrial property rights must be observed. The quality of our

product is guaranteed under our General Conditions of Sale. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (Accordingto 91/155 EC) 1. IDENTIFICATION OF THE SUBSTANCE / PREPARATION AND OF

THE COMPANY / UNDERTAKING:

Product Details: Trade Name FORMALDEHYDE, 37% SOLN. IN

METHANOL/WATER Manufacturer / Supplier Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd.,

Moti Bhoyan, Khatraj, Kalol Road, Tal. Kalol, North Gujarat.

2. COMPOSITION / INFORMATION ON INGREDIENTS: Description CAS No. EINECS Number

Formaldehyde 50-00-0 200-001-8 Methanol 67-56-1 200-659-6 Water 7732-18-5

3. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION: Hazard Description Extremely hazardous product. Harmful if

swallowed or inhaled. Causes severe

irritation or burns to skin, eyes, upper

respiratory tract, gastro-intestinal irritation and burns to mouth and throat Lachrymator

at levels from less than 20 ppm upwards. Chronic Exposure Kidney and Lever Damage. Chrcinogen City (NTP/IARC/OSHO)

Yes

4. FIRST-AID MEASURES: After inhalation Remove to fresh air, restore breathing, get

medical attention. After Skin Contact Remove contaminated clothing, flush with

plenty of water at least for 15 minutes. After Eye Contact Immediately flush opened eye with plenty

of running water for at least 15 minutes. After Swallowing Induce vomiting of conscious patient by

giving plenty of water to drink. Consult physician immediately in case of an

unconscious victim.

5. FIRE-FIGHTING MEASURES:

ABC

Text Box

A-3

Suitable extinguishing

Agents CO2, Dry Chemical Powder, Water Spray

and Alcohol foam.

6. ACCIDENTAL RELEASE MEASURES: Person-related Safety

Precautions Proper protective equipment and self

contained breathing apparatus with full face piece operated in positive pressure mode.

Measures for

cleaning/collecting Shut off sources of ignition, no flares,

smoking or flames in area. Stop leakage if

possible. Use water spray to reduce vapour. Take up with sand or other non combustible

absorbent and place in to container for disposal according to item 13.

7. HANDLING AND STORAGE: Handling

Information for Safe

handling Avoid breathing vapours, avoid contact with

eyes, skin and clothing. Decontaminate

soiled clothing thoroughly before use. Information about fire and explosion protection

Flammable liquid. Closed containers exposed to heat may explode.

Storage Requirements to be met by

store rooms and receptacles Store in tightly closed containers in a dry,

cool, well ventilated, flammable liquid storage area.

8. EXPOSURE CONTROLS / PROTECTION: 50-00-0 formaldehyde

OES Short term value * 3mg/m

Long term value **1.5 mg m3 * total inhalable vapour, ** permissible exposure Personal Protective

Equipment Self contained breathing apparatus and full

protective clothing Respiratory protection Self contained breathing apparatus. Protection of hands Gloves of natural rubber Eye Protection Safety glasses W/face shield.

9. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES: General Information:

Form Liquid Colour Colourless Odour Pungent odour Change in Condition: Melting Point -- Boiling Point / Boiling range 960 C Flash Point: (TCC) 590C Flammable Limits Upper 73.0% , Lower 7.0% Auto Ignition Temperature 423oC Specific Gravity 1.08 Vapour Density (Air = 1) 1.0

ABC

Text Box

A-4

Vapour Pressure (MMHG) at

200C 1.3

Solubility /Miscibility with water at 200C

Complete

10. STABILITY & REACTIVITY: This product is stable, strong reducing agent, especially in alkaline

solution. Keep away from strong bases and acids, oxidizing agents, aniline, phenol, isocyanates, anhydride. Combustible lightand air sensitive,

polymerzes spontaneously. Dangerous reactions Carbon monoxide may form on incomplete

combustion. Dangerous Decomposition Products

CO, CO2 & Vapours of formaldehyde

11. TOXICOLIGICAL INFORMATION: Acute toxicity

LD/LC50 Values relevant for

classification Oral/LD 50:100 mg/kg (rat)

SKN LD 50: 270 ul/kg (rabbit) Primary irritant effect: On the Skin Irritating effect (severe) On the eye Irritating effect (Severe) Sensitization Prolonged contact may cause skin

sensitization

12. ECOLOGICAL INFORMATION: Environmental Toxicity The product is expectecd to be slightly toxic

to aquatic life. The LC 50/96 hrs values for

fish are between 10 and 100 mg/l. Environmental Fate The product is expected to be slightly toxic

to aquatic life. The LC 50/96 hrs values for

fish are between 10 and 100

13. DISPOSAL CONDITIONS: Whatever cannot be recycled, should be absorbed in sand or other non

combustible absorbent, containerized and transferred to appropriate and approved waste disposal facility. Dispose waste, containers and unused

contents in accordance with official regulations.

14. TRANSIT INFORMATION: Shipping Name FORMALDEHYDE SOLUTION

UN Number 1198 Class : 3,3.3,8 Packing Group III Label : Flammable Liquid

15. REGULATORY INFORMATION: This Product is extremely hazardous. It is listed as an "ACGIH" 'suspected'

human carcinogen and a "NTP" anticipated human carcinogen. It may cause (mutagenic) reproductive effects.

ABC

Text Box

A-5

p. 1

3 1 0

He a lt h

Fire

Re a c t iv it y

Pe rs o n a lPro t e c t io n

2

3

0

H

Material Safety Data SheetMethyl alcohol MSDS

Section 1: Chemical Product and Company Identification

Product Name: Methyl alcohol

Catalog Codes: SLM3064, SLM3952

CAS#: 67-56-1

RTECS: PC1400000

TSCA: TSCA 8(b) inventory: Methyl alcohol

CI#: Not applicable.

Synonym: Wood alcohol, Methanol; Methylol; WoodSpirit; Carbinol

Chemical Name: Methanol

Chemical Formula: CH3OH

Contact Information:

Sciencelab.com, Inc.14025 Smith Rd.Houston, Texas 77396

US Sales: 1-800-901-7247International Sales: 1-281-441-4400

Order Online: ScienceLab.com

CHEMTREC (24HR Emergency Telephone), call:1-800-424-9300

International CHEMTREC, call: 1-703-527-3887

For non-emergency assistance, call: 1-281-441-4400

Section 2: Composition and Information on Ingredients

Composition:

Name CAS # % by Weight

Methyl alcohol 67-56-1 100

Toxicological Data on Ingredients: Methyl alcohol: ORAL (LD50): Acute: 5628 mg/kg [Rat]. DERMAL (LD50): Acute: 15800mg/kg [Rabbit]. VAPOR (LC50): Acute: 64000 ppm 4 hours [Rat].

Section 3: Hazards Identification

Potential Acute Health Effects:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of eye contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case ofskin contact (permeator). Severe over-exposure can result in death.

Potential Chronic Health Effects:Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (sensitizer). CARCINOGENIC EFFECTS: Not available. MUTAGENIC EFFECTS:Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENIC EFFECTS: ClassifiedPOSSIBLE for human. DEVELOPMENTAL TOXICITY: Not available. The substance is toxic to eyes. The substance may betoxic to blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system (CNS),optic nerve. Repeated or prolonged exposure to the substance can produce target organs damage. Repeated exposure to ahighly toxic material may produce general deterioration of health by an accumulation in one or many human organs.

Section 4: First Aid Measures

http://www.sciencelab.com/

ABC

Text Box

A-6

p. 2

Eye Contact:Check for and remove any contact lenses. Immediately flush eyes with running water for at least 15 minutes, keeping eyelidsopen. Cold water may be used. Get medical attention.

Skin Contact:In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty of water for at least 15 minutes while removing contaminated clothingand shoes. Cover the irritated skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used.Wash clothing before reuse. Thoroughly cleanshoes before reuse. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Skin Contact:Wash with a disinfectant soap and cover the contaminated skin with an anti-bacterial cream. Seek immediate medicalattention.

Inhalation:If inhaled, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Get medicalattention immediately.

Serious Inhalation:Evacuate the victim to a safe area as soon as possible. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Ifbreathing is difficult, administer oxygen. If the victim is not breathing, perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. WARNING: It maybe hazardous to the person providing aid to give mouth-to-mouth resuscitation when the inhaled material is toxic, infectious orcorrosive. Seek immediate medical attention.

Ingestion:If swallowed, do not induce vomiting unless directed to do so by medical personnel. Never give anything by mouth to anunconscious person. Loosen tight clothing such as a collar, tie, belt or waistband. Get medical attention immediately.

Serious Ingestion: Not available.

Section 5: Fire and Explosion Data

Flammability of the Product: Flammable.

Auto-Ignition Temperature: 464°C (867.2°F)

Flash Points: CLOSED CUP: 12°C (53.6°F). OPEN CUP: 16°C (60.8°F).

Flammable Limits: LOWER: 6% UPPER: 36.5%

Products of Combustion: These products are carbon oxides (CO, CO2).

Fire Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Highly flammable in presence of open flames and sparks, of heat. Non-flammable in presence of shocks.

Explosion Hazards in Presence of Various Substances:Risks of explosion of the product in presence of mechanical impact: Not available. Explosive in presence of open flames andsparks, of heat.

Fire Fighting Media and Instructions:Flammable liquid, soluble or dispersed in water. SMALL FIRE: Use DRY chemical powder. LARGE FIRE: Use alcohol foam,water spray or fog.

Special Remarks on Fire Hazards:Explosive in the form of vapor when exposed to heat or flame. Vapor may travel considerable distance to source of ignitionand flash back. When heated to decomposition, it emits acrid smoke and irritating fumes. CAUTION: MAY BURN WITH NEARINVISIBLE FLAME

Special Remarks on Explosion Hazards:Forms an explosive mixture with air due to its low flash point. Explosive when mixed with Choroform + sodium methoxide anddiethyl zinc. It boils violently and explodes.

Section 6: Accidental Release Measures

ABC

Text Box

A-7

p. 3

Small Spill:Dilute with water and mop up, or absorb with an inert dry material and place in an appropriate waste disposal container.

Large Spill:Flammable liquid. Poisonous liquid. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Stop leak if without risk.Absorb with DRY earth, sand or other non-combustible material. Do not get water inside container. Do not touch spilledmaterial. Use water spray to reduce vapors. Prevent entry into sewers, basements or confined areas; dike if needed. Callfor assistance on disposal. Be careful that the product is not present at a concentration level above TLV. Check TLV on theMSDS and with local authorities.

Section 7: Handling and Storage

Precautions:Keep locked up.. Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition. Ground all equipment containing material. Donot ingest. Do not breathe gas/fumes/ vapor/spray. Wear suitable protective clothing. In case of insufficient ventilation, wearsuitable respiratory equipment. If ingested, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or the label. Avoidcontact with skin and eyes. Keep away from incompatibles such as oxidizing agents, metals, acids.

Storage:Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area. Keep container tightly closed andsealed until ready for use. Avoid all possible sources of ignition (spark or flame).

Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection

Engineering Controls:Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapors below their respectivethreshold limit value. Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location.

Personal Protection:Splash goggles. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Gloves.

Personal Protection in Case of a Large Spill:Splash goggles. Full suit. Vapor respirator. Boots. Gloves. A self contained breathing apparatus should be used to avoidinhalation of the product. Suggested protective clothing might not be sufficient; consult a specialist BEFORE handling thisproduct.

Exposure Limits:TWA: 200 from OSHA (PEL) [United States] TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) from ACGIH (TLV) [United States] [1999] STEL: 250from NIOSH [United States] TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) from NIOSH SKIN TWA: 200 STEL: 250 (ppm) [Canada] Consultlocal authorities for acceptable exposure limits.

Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties

Physical state and appearance: Liquid.

Odor: Alcohol like. Pungent when crude.

Taste: Not available.

Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mole

Color: Colorless.

pH (1% soln/water): Not available.

Boiling Point: 64.5°C (148.1°F)

Melting Point: -97.8°C (-144°F)

Critical Temperature: 240°C (464°F)

ABC

Text Box

A-8

p. 4

Specific Gravity: 0.7915 (Water = 1)

Vapor Pressure: 12.3 kPa (@ 20°C)

Vapor Density: 1.11 (Air = 1)

Volatility: Not available.

Odor Threshold: 100 ppm

Water/Oil Dist. Coeff.: The product is more soluble in water; log(oil/water) = -0.8

Ionicity (in Water): Non-ionic.

Dispersion Properties: See solubility in water.

Solubility: Easily soluble in cold water, hot water.

Section 10: Stability and Reactivity Data

Stability: The product is stable.

Instability Temperature: Not available.

Conditions of Instability: Heat, ingnition sources, incompatible materials

Incompatibility with various substances: Reactive with oxidizing agents, metals, acids.

Corrosivity: Non-corrosive in presence of glass.

Special Remarks on Reactivity:Can react vigorously with oxidizers. Violent reaction with alkyl aluminum salts, acetyl bromide, chloroform + sodium methoxide,chromic anhydride, cyanuirc chlorite, lead perchlorate, phosphorous trioxide, nitric acid. Exothermic reaction with sodiumhydroxide + chloroform. Incompatible with beryllium dihydride, metals (potassium and magnesium), oxidants (bariumperchlorate, bromine, sodium hypochlorite, chlorine, hydrogen peroxide), potassium tert-butoxide, carbon tetrachloride, alkalimetals, metals (aluminum, potassium magnesium, zinc), and dichlormethane. Rapid autocatalytic dissolution of aluminum,magnesium or zinc in 9:1 methanol + carbon tetrachloride - sufficiently vigorous to be rated as potentially hazardous. Mayattack some plastics, rubber, and coatings.

Special Remarks on Corrosivity: Not available.

Polymerization: Will not occur.

Section 11: Toxicological Information

Routes of Entry: Absorbed through skin. Eye contact. Inhalation. Ingestion.

Toxicity to Animals:WARNING: THE LC50 VALUES HEREUNDER ARE ESTIMATED ON THE BASIS OF A 4-HOUR EXPOSURE. Acute oraltoxicity (LD50): 5628 mg/kg [Rat]. Acute dermal toxicity (LD50): 15800 mg/kg [Rabbit]. Acute toxicity of the vapor (LC50):64000 4 hours [Rat].

Chronic Effects on Humans:MUTAGENIC EFFECTS: Mutagenic for mammalian somatic cells. Mutagenic for bacteria and/or yeast. TERATOGENICEFFECTS: Classified POSSIBLE for human. Causes damage to the following organs: eyes. May cause damage to thefollowing organs: blood, kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral nervous system, upper respiratory tract, skin, central nervous system(CNS), optic nerve.

Other Toxic Effects on Humans:Hazardous in case of skin contact (irritant), of ingestion, of inhalation. Slightly hazardous in case of skin contact (permeator).

Special Remarks on Toxicity to Animals: Not available.

Special Remarks on Chronic Effects on Humans:

ABC

Text Box

A-9

p. 5

Passes through the placental barrier. May affect genetic material. May cause birth defects and adverse reproductiveeffects(paternal and maternal effects and fetotoxicity ) based on animal studies.

Special Remarks on other Toxic Effects on Humans:

Section 12: Ecological Information

Ecotoxicity: Ecotoxicity in water (LC50): 29400 mg/l 96 hours [Fathead Minnow].

BOD5 and COD: Not available.

Products of Biodegradation:Possibly hazardous short term degradation products are not likely. However, long term degradation products may arise.

Toxicity of the Products of Biodegradation: The products of degradation are less toxic than the product itself.

Special Remarks on the Products of Biodegradation:Methanol in water is rapidly biodegraded and volatilized. Aquatic hydrolysis, oxidation, photolysis, adsorption to sediment, andbioconcentration are not significant fate processes. The half-life of methanol in surfact water ranges from 24 hrs. to 168 hrs.Based on its vapor pressure, methanol exists almost entirely in the vapor phase in the ambient atmosphere. It is degraded byreaction with photochemically produced hydroxyl radicals and has an estimated half-life of 17.8 days. Methanol is physicallyremoved from air by rain due to its solubility. Methanol can react with NO2 in pollulted to form methyl nitrate. The half-life ofmethanol in air ranges from 71 hrs. (3 days) to 713 hrs. (29.7 days) based on photooxidation half-life in air.

Section 13: Disposal Considerations

Waste Disposal:Waste must be disposed of in accordance with federal, state and local environmental control regulations.

Section 14: Transport Information

DOT Classification: CLASS 3: Flammable liquid.

Identification: : Methyl alcohol UNNA: 1230 PG: II

Special Provisions for Transport: Not available.

Section 15: Other Regulatory Information

Federal and State Regulations:Connecticut hazardous material survey.: Methyl alcohol Illinois toxic substances disclosure to employee act: Methyl alcoholIllinois chemical safety act: Methyl alcohol New York release reporting list: Methyl alcohol Rhode Island RTK hazardoussubstances: Methyl alcohol Pennsylvania RTK: Methyl alcohol Minnesota: Methyl alcohol Massachusetts RTK: Methylalcohol Massachusetts spill list: Methyl alcohol New Jersey: Methyl alcohol New Jersey spill list: Methyl alcohol Louisianaspill reporting: Methyl alcohol California Directors List of Hazardous Substances (8CCR 339): Methyl alcohol TennesseHazardous Right to Know : Methyl alcohol TSCA 8(b) inventory: Methyl alcohol SARA 313 toxic chemical notification andrelease reporting: Methyl alcohol CERCLA: Hazardous substances.: Methyl alcohol: 5000 lbs. (2268 kg)

Other Regulations:OSHA: Hazardous by definition of Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200). EINECS: This product is on theEuropean Inventory of Existing Commercial Chemical Substances.

Other Classifications:

WHMIS (Canada):CLASS B-2: Flammable liquid with a flash point lower than 37.8°C (100°F). CLASS D-1B: Material causing immediate andserious toxic effects (TOXIC). CLASS D-2A: Material causing other toxic effects (VERY TOXIC). Class D-2B: Material causingother toxic effects (TOXIC).

ABC

Text Box

A-10

p. 6

DSCL (EEC):R11- Highly flammable. R23/24/25- Toxic by inhalation, in contact with skin and if swallowed. R39- Danger of very seriousirreversible effects. R39/23/24/25- Toxic: danger of very serious irreversible effects through inhalation, in contact with skin andif swallowed. S7- Keep container tightly closed. S16- Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking. S36/37- Wear suitableprotective clothing and gloves. S45- In case of accident or if you feel unwell, seek medical advice immediately (show the labelwhere possible).

HMIS (U.S.A.):

Health Hazard: 2

Fire Hazard: 3

Reactivity: 0

Personal Protection: h

National Fire Protection Association (U.S.A.):

Health: 1

Flammability: 3

Reactivity: 0

Specific hazard:

Protective Equipment:Gloves. Lab coat. Vapor respirator. Be sure to use an approved/certified respirator or equivalent. Wear appropriate respiratorwhen ventilation is inadequate. Splash goggles.

Section 16: Other Information

References:-SAX, N.I. Dangerous Properties of Indutrial Materials. Toronto, Van Nostrand Reinold, 6e ed. 1984. -Material safetydata sheet emitted by: la Commission de la SantÃ© et de la SÃ©curitÃ© du Travail du QuÃ©bec. -Hawley, G.G.. TheCondensed Chemical Dictionary, 11e ed., New York N.Y., Van Nostrand Reinold, 1987. LOLI, HSDB, RTECS, HAZARDTEXT,REPROTOX databases

Other Special Considerations: Not available.

Created: 10/10/2005 08:23 PM

Last Updated: 05/21/2013 12:00 PM

The information above is believed to be accurate and represents the best information currently available to us. However, wemake no warranty of merchantability or any other warranty, express or implied, with respect to such information, and we assumeno liability resulting from its use. Users should make their own investigations to determine the suitability of the information fortheir particular purposes. In no event shall ScienceLab.com be liable for any claims, losses, or damages of any third party or forlost profits or any special, indirect, incidental, consequential or exemplary damages, howsoever arising, even if ScienceLab.comhas been advised of the possibility of such damages.

ABC

Text Box

A-11

Annexure-III Compliance report of RO-MoEF, Bhopal

~ 4 h j r P i t MINISTRY OF ENVIRQNMENT, FREST & CLIMATE CHANGE

SPEEB POST * wikw, dffw 49, Regianat Oftice, Western Region, "* * m'*

"Kendriya Pwyavaran Ehavan" fGm * 30-s/Link Road No. 3

E-5, 4 R a v i Shankar Nagar, * (90~~Whopd-462QI 6 [M.P.) Telefm: 0755-2465054

E-mail: [email protected] m: 4E.07.20E6

-. - aa

m: Expansion with modernization of Formaldehyde (1,500 TFM to 5,000 TPM) manufaciaring unit at plot na. 135)ttS Post- Moti Bhoyan, Taluka- Kalab District - Gandlzinagar, Gujarat by Mfs BalajE Formatin f i t . Et& reg. -

I

mf: Ministry's letter no J-1 IO t 1h52SRQ09-1A.Il (I) dated 24.08.2QlQ .

33- 'w'

:- The General Manager, MMA Balajl Formakin Put. Ltd., t 388, Moti Bhoyan, Nr. Multi Tech Ltd., Post: Mati Bhoyan, Taluka Katal, district Gandhinagar Gujarat - 382 72 1 - far information.

- - - A ._-*_ _ _ _ ---_&a - .-,"--" .-

Manit~ring the Impkmentatian af Envirarmentat Safeguards Ministm af Environment Fwest & Climate Change

Western Region, Regional Office, Bhapal MQNITQbRR\IG REPORT

PART - I DATA SBEET

1 1. ( Project type: River- valley/ Mining/ Endusrry / 1 : [ Industry 1

- -. -- -. 2.

- . -

t

3. j Clearance letter (s]IC?M No. k dak

-.-

:

: : :

:

:

4.

5.

I

2.

Thermal I NuckeariQther (specify) Name of the project _ __ -.....-A

--. ..- .. - -

' plat no, 1398, Post- M d i Bhoyan, Tatuka- Katst District - Gandh'imgar, Gltjarat by Mh Balaji Focmatln Pa. Ltd J- 1 E 0 1 1 f62V20Q9-LA I1 0 dated 24.08.201Q

'

~a'nclkina~ar. ,,. Gtbjarat

Latibde: 23'9'45.77" NiLongitude: 72?26'45.77̂ ~

. Ws Balaji Formdin Put. Ltd., 1398, Moti Bhoyan, Nr. Rama Multi Tech &d., Past: Moti Bhoyan, Tatuka Katol, District GandhEnagar Getjarat - 382 321 Concerned Person : Mahendra Gupt& : -I- 91 - 93777 32830

Location: a) District (s) b) State (s) c} Latituddtongitude ---

' Ad&ess for corwpandence a. Address of the Concerned Project Chief

Engineer (with Pin Code & telaphatdteteld fax hurnbe~s)

c) RC ratid1RR and the year a f assessment

t

: .:.. -Expansion- - w k b mode&a%i~n -of Farmldehyde (1,500 TFM to 5,OOQ TPM) manufacturing unit at

2

6.

7.

, 8.

- : : :

: : :

. :

b. Address of the Executive Prorjeca Engineer d M a n a s _&ti~ Pbu2ade .& tekephonel &led

-- -TEzffms63]~ , SaIient features

L f a. Of the project , b. Ofthe EMP Breakup afthe pr~ject area

' a. Submergenee area: forest & non-Forest b. Others

: Breakup of the project afiected poputathn with enurneration af Ehme IosCng houseddwe.Lting units only agriculturat lasrd only, both dwekting units &. ag~iculrurd land & landless ~aborers/artIsms. 1

Alk~cation ofexpenditure for EMP : -. -- -.

I - -

Rs. Ti;B i a E i E 3 iakh and h. 30.5 t&h have been spent. under various heads of the ersvirsnment management $an.

t>) Attocation made far EMP with item .wise'and : year wise break-up -- 1-

:

-

Benetlt cost Ratio : I O % per anntlm Year of assessment : 20 I4

Estimated Cost : Rs. 7.0 Cr. ' Revised Estimated Cost : Rs. 8 Cr.

Year ~f Price ReFerence : 201 0 ,

40- - . _ -. _-._ -. ---- _.__<

:- -"

Formaldehyde plant with capacity of 5000 a) Fully Atrtomatic phnt b) Zero Liquid Discharge Total tad is non-forest area. Tot$ pbt area of $281 m2. Construetian of unit

, cavered 1143 m2. The open area available at unit is : 1438 m2. Total [and is non-agriculti~re and hence affected population is Nil.

9.

r ;

-- - -

' Financia1 detaiks: ~ a) Project cost as ariginaEEy planned and

subsequent revised estimates and the year of price reference

:

4

. .

Land fsr n~n-farmtry use --.. 1 I. The status of clear fekllng in non-forest areas (Such : Not Applicable because Total land is non-

10.

' . : ' d) Whether (c) includes the cost of EM as shown

in the above . ' e) Actual expenditure incurred on project so far

f) Actual expenditure incurred on EMF so far

Forest land requirement a. The status of approval for diversion of forest

I

[ Rearing, Copy of Advertisement, Environment ~k~&i-20@9 1 1

13. 14.

15.

- I support for site visits. Date: Letter &om RQ

- Yes 6) includes the cost of EMP

1 :

Dare RepEy from PA .

Actual Expenditure inc~ured on the project so far : 9.5 Cr. Actual expenditure incurred on the environmental plans so far : Rs. 144.0 lakh.

Not Applicable

Reason for the cfetay if the project is yet t~ start. Dates of site visits a. The dates on which the pmject was monitored

by the ROr on previous occasions, if any b. Date &site visits for this monitoring repm

. Details ofcorrespondence with PA for obtaining act , on pkansAnf~rmtion on status of compliance ~CI

safeguards ather than the sautine letters f ~ r logistic

25. EO.2k10 from GPCB, Remmnaendation ofpubfic 1 18.1.201 I Infbrmation submitted.

- -- - -

1. $, \ ,

Y\ \

- - i - -

( Statement ofSludge disposal etc submitted. I - - 1 27.7.2015 Copy of CC&A, EC, Objectian Ce~tificete, I

:

:

'

: -

- - - & Fmm-V req.

- - - - - - _ __ - - - - -- -_ __ _ _ -- submitted. 15.32014 Copy of CC&A, EC, Objection Certificate* Statement of Sludge disposat etc sitbrnitted. 22.82014 Copy sf CC&A, EC$ Objecfi~n Certificate,

' Statement of Sludge disposal etc submitted.

I Statement of Sfudge disposal etc submitted. - 1 t 1.2.201 6 Copy of CCdA, EC, Objection Certificate,

Not applicable since plant already in praduction.

--'

. Monitoring Report Visit : Wh June, 2016 As above '

(.

-

c 15. f ! .20 15 _ _Copy of CC&A, EC, Objection Certificate, Statement ofsludge-' dispo~ak- ere

16.1 201 5 Copy of @C&A, EC, Objection Certificate,

-- - -

- - Statement of sfudge disposal etc submine&

I

28.4.2016 Copies of CTEKTO, proposed expansion, feasibikity r e p o r t s I E ~ ~ B , show came noticesdct~sure Far last five years, detaib of cst~rt case2 detaits of EMP (sub head wise), Compkiance &e analytical mpaa for last tlve years, point wise comptian~e of canditions, Chsonofo~~~f-gv~ts-~~~isuw~c;&~f TOR an& Konitoring schedule af stack, ambient air3 noise & water quatit<. -

l7.5.2Qk6 Copy oFCTE/UO, EIAEMP, Shw cause notices, details of court ease, dates of cammencement of work, expenditure incurred an EMP, Drrly filed data sheet, Point wise comptiance af conditions, Chronal~gy of events for issirance of TOR & Monitoring sehedute of stack submitted.

*--

- -

24.6.20 Ld Revise Data sheet, Revised EC compliance report, Analjsis repart, Drat EIA report with projea details & production data submitted.

, PART-H&nI . a

DESCRIWIVE REPORT ON STATUS QF COMPLIANCE TO CONDITIONS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Q.M. No.: J-1 &OlI6625/2OQSb-lA.EE (&) dated 24.08.2010 I SPECIFIC CETNDITIONS: I

scrubbeys and stacks sf adequate height as per CPCB guide& ines shal i be provided ea control gaseous emissi.~ns w &in permissi bte limits as per norms prescribed by the GPCB or prescribed in the E (P) Rules whichever are

: incinerator instalked to reduce RSPM !eve!. AH ! the emission gas passes through Incinerator. P A informed that Pottution Control System has not failed icnti! now assitred not to restart the unit if *

: any o.f siystem~f&~twEast ane yewdata- provided- I and found within norms of GPCB.

i .

_ _ _ _

1 ( i i .

more stringent. The Natianal AAQ. Emission standards issued

Efforts shall to reduce RSPM Levels in the ambient air and a time bound action pkan shall be submitted. At m time, the emission levels shall ga beyond the prescribed standards. [n the event ~f failwe af any g&&~n~con~eoLs~tem .-- _------ adopted b the unit, the respective unit shalt not

by the Ministry vide G.S,R No. 826(E) dated

he restarted until the colxtrsl measures are ' rectified to achieve the desired efficiency. Adequate pollution control measures including

incinerated through Incinerator. Gases 'after t~eatrnent are discharged through prescribed norms. Last one year data provided and found

within norms af GPCB.

Therefore, condition comp l fed.

Air quality emission mortitoring is done on the monthly basis. Reports of last one year provided.

Therefore, condition comphed.

Tail gas passes through Scrubber and then

I 1 1 dh 1 1.2089 shat l be €01 towed. 1 Condition complied. iv. 1 Scrubber shalt be instatled to ccsntral prseess 1 Serubbe~ Installed for contr~tling Fugitive

t

- - - -

K.

emissim at project site. In plant controt measures for checking fugitive ernissians from all the uulnerabke sources sk!l .- be p.av3e$, ---

.-Ftqitrhe-XnT ShiEl be comtr~kled by provided closed storage, closed handling & conveyance of chemicalslaaterid, rnulti cyclone separator and water spoinleting system.

. Dust suppression system including water ; sprinkling system shall be provided at lwding

emission gases. Dust Suppression system not : requised at loading & urdaadbng area as the final _.gsneb.hle~~&kiq~~,i&Ek:A-~~fo~rnt&t~~~~66~~~ generated and there is no direct contact with chemical as the entire system from input to outpuk is closed one. Condition complied. However, the PA was asked to monitor dust

, generatian and if it is found necessary, dust suppression system may have to be instalbd

3

I wtoading areas to cantrol dust emissions. 1 For further control of fugitive emission, fo'oliowing steps shall be faIkobved; t . Ciosecf handking system shall be pcavided

for chemicals. 2. c ~ d e ~ e g shall be provided aver

reactor.

3. System of Leak detection and repair af purnpLpipeline based on preventive maintenance.

4. The acids shall be taken from starage tanks to reast~r.s a h ~ ~ ~ ~ g h eFased pipeline. Storage tanks 'shalt be vented through trap receiver and condenser operated on chilled water. Cathodic protection shall be provided to the underground soivent storage tanks.

1. Closed Loop adopted.

: 2. PA informed t b t kff LJX Condenser not required as Water is being used as cooling media. 3. Stand by prrmp/rnotar for each pilrnp installed to take care during shut down/maintenance.

4. PA- ht~md-- thah -no acid is used- in-fKe mmufacturing process directly knee the PA informed that this cclnditian does not apply. Therefore, the objectives are reported fi~lfilled stl,though prescribed technological methods differ. Therefore, condition complied.

vii.

\

',

\ '.

Monitoring of Methanol & Formaldehyde along with other relevant parameters like PMlo, PM2.j, SO2, NQx, MC and VOCs in work zone environment, product, raw material sto~age area etc, shall be ew~ied. -out cqgula~ky m& cecclds maintained. The emission shall conform to the

DG Set gaseous emissions discharged through stack height.

Total Acoustic EncIosure available to DG SET so noise pol tution is under permissible fimits.

vi.

~onditiohs complied. Analysis Reports of PMlo, PMz.5, S02, have deen submitted and found within GFCB norms.

: Condition complied : - - - -- - .-

viii.

The gaseous emissions from DG set shaft be , dispersed th~oltgh stack height as per CPCB standards. Acoustic enclosure shall be pr~vided to the DG sets to mitigate In the noise pollution.

.

' including result of monitored data on its

limits imposed by EPCB. : The campmy. sheit upload the status of c~mptieraee ef the stipulated EC conditions,

b. Reactor a d so-Event handtin, pump -- shall - haw mechanical seals to prevent leakages.

PA informed that Monthly data of GPCB uploaded reguktrty on GPCB ~ebsite. Compliance Report- of ambient levels sent to

b. All Pivmps have got Mechanical. seat

c. The candenser shatl be provided with sufficient HTA and residence time so as ta achieve more than 95% recovwy.

d. SaLvents shall be stored in a separate space specified with all safety measures.

:

web& and shall update the same periodically. It shdI sirnz~kmeoushy b sent to the fPO of MQEF, the respaetive zonal ofice of CPCB' and the GPCB. ~heievals of PMlo, PMZ5, S02, MOx and VOCs (ambient gate sf the company and at important public places. Sotvent management shaH be as fallaws:

a. ' Reactor *ha[[ he someet& &, &itleg brine condenser system.

: c. No Solvent Recovery process adopted

d. Separate Space provided for Solvent Storage

I e. Praper eat-thing shall be provided in at[ the

e tectricaf equipmeat wherever salue~t handling is done.

Bhopal RO on half yearly basis. Display board ' maintained on the main gate of Factory p~emises. Dtrring disctrssian, PA informed rhat they da nat have web portal. Therefore, condition not complied.

e'

The PA rep~rted as fallows:

a. As ceoting water is circulated, Chilled condenser system is not required.

! e. Earthing provided to all equipments

' f. Entire plant sha[L be flame proof. The solvent storage t d s shall be provided with breather valve to prevent bsses.

f- All motors in the plant are flame mot PA uses seal Pat in place of breather valve for ssiuent.

x. -'

~ndustrial waste water shall be evaporated through MEE after treatment.

~ ~ t d - w a ~ ~ q u i ~ e r n e ~ t from Marmada -__ _ i . canal ' not exceed 104 rn3/day and prior permission shall be obtained from the concerned department.

MEE insfalled for waste eva para tion. Septic Tanks instaued for domestic waste water.

Thi~s, conditions camplied, PA informed that 4&iier requirement far 5000 TPM never exceeds 104 m!/day.- - -L- A.

I

xi.

..- , --

,

i

Liquid waste water was not famd in the . premises and FA informed they achieved ZLB.

PA infarmed that septic'tmk and soak pits have been put in place.

L

The Coinoany shall harvest cainwater h m the

xiii.

As proposed, 'zera' dischargeshall be strictly implemented and no wastewater shall be discharged outside the premises. Damestic wastewater shall begeated in septic tank f ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e d by soak pit. $

Therefore, conetitioas complied. Rain waker is coliected from rooftop md stored

xii.

- - cotleetion storage and dispasal of h ~ w d ~ waste under the bam.&aua waste (Management* Handling d Tram-houndmy macement) Rules, 2008 and amendments !time to time for

: to; meet. any ernepgency. No driver is ahwed to

the PA for fult

The campany sMl obtain authorization for . FA -is a member of Saurashta Envito Prajacts Put Ltd- - Bhachau. Fire Fighting system along with adequate hases and header t~ teaoh each comer of plant installed.

rnalragement sf 4 - d ~ ~ wastes and prior pemissi~n &an G 6 B &&Il be obtained for . disposal of s0Edh-u waste in the TSDF. The cancemed aamgam& shall undertake.

rwftops 6f the buildings and storm water drains to recharge the ~ o u n d water and use the same water.

-. - - - - . - - . . -

' High catarlflc organic residues shall be sent to cement industries for burning in the kib or disp~sed off@ nearby TSDF site.

~ ~ t d i t i o n complied. : Evaporatioa residuak ace disposed to TSDF. The

C

, Condition

' in a separate tank and reused in ihe process. Idowever PA lnfonned that they haw not faund

: it feasibb to re~harge ground water as the ---- I --C.-CC---I- - - - - .-- ; qiZiEWy ts uerj kss. C~nditisn c~mpfied.

' Evaporaticon oesid~ds are disposed €a TSDF. . The PA is a member of Saurashtra Enviro , Projects f i t Ltd. - Bhackau.

!

1 1 ramr materials or as raw materiat substitutes 1 process \ in other processes. I

c. Use of automated f2ling to; minimize spi tlage,

d. Use of Close Feed system i n t ~ batch 'reactors.

I I health. ~indibiali~ not complied.

e. Venting equipment thmugh vapor recovery ea emplied

C. Complied

d. Complied

xxi.

~eteciion aF $mt spscies s k t l be as per the cpca g~bi~ifiw, c.

-- - - 'S ---L-=--- - - -

Pravision shall. k.made fat* the housing for the c~nst~uctian hbaur withim the site with at1 necessary i~lifias&uctur& and &c#itbs such as fud f ~ r cooking% rn~b21e rerib& m~biEe sewage treatment piant, safe drinkfts-8 watek medical health care, edehe e t ~ . The h~usbgrnay he in rhe form €If te@l@~~&)t S t P U b N t€b be C B ~ Q V ~

after the carnpteiern of ohe praject- Alt the construction wastes shd br managed so that there is no impaet an the sumot6nding'

4.

/ i '\

'. Grqen belt &&I be developed in 1,500 m' (35%) to mitigate the impact o f air emisskns.

: baundary wall hss been earmarked for plantation where, smtL size pkants ooulrf he seen. 'She atea -is fw less-than requlnd 1,200 m2. PA has fcnocC I the area ta prevent from browsing hy anirG6i : Therefbe* &bB compliance as per candition not yak achieved, PA w s asked m eompk fo'opohwith. N Q ~ eiompEad.

' Na txbrkstnwlltan lsbors ever 'accmm~dateQ in factory premises'during construction activities. The PA informed that the taborers came Fram their pEaw, w o ~ k ~ d in the day and left the same day. At1 bmic facilities prczvided to labors at the time of constructian.

complied*

*a .

t . GENERAIL CONBITfQN& f

"wide; the Q E ~ boundary, a 12Oi13Qm long end & € m ~ d 2 .m wide strip pacauet to one

,

,

. i. . -The%A shall adhere to t& a&pwkiti~ns made by - - . .. the GP@I:-- -- - --

- .

Lpamte report of camptiance~ to be p~odu~edisubmitted and compffnge ctzfi@&te -.; TBa

from GPCB to be produced. GPCB has issued show cause mi'~e pointing out d~ficien~y and nan compliancei Zn tespect of certain csnditian in

' 2@i I . C~hditian nat sappkied.

The PA has not ma& any expansion or mademizatioa ist the p h t since 2M0.

1

I

Compl bd.

5,

ground levet concen&aPi&ns are anticipated. The werid1 noise tefeeks im md'woundr the plant

: are shall be kept weid yIthht the standuds by ' providing noise c ~ p t r ~ t IeasuFes including acoustic h ~ ~ d s , silence% md~$ures etc. an aN sources of noise ge~tep@an. T F ~ ambient noise

i I(3:veL &dl confcrm ta &he @mdards prescribed ; ritef~i Environment tion) on) AEC. 1986 , biesaJZ989 viz. 7s Q B A ' f ! timer an4 70 Dba.

Nb further expansion or madi~cations in the I plant &abi be carried out without prim appt~ml of the MOB!?. In ease uf'.devi&ions or ak&mti~ns in the pcaje* propokai fmm those submitted: to &is Ministry for clearances a @esh reference shdl be made to the Ministy to assess the adequacy of conditions imIjosed and ta add additi~nal enviranmental protection

iii.

>

SiIencem, Enebsures provided at adequate places like DG !SETs B~Qw~s. Howe~er, &emwed data to show tpat the levels are witbin standapds ca@M flnE ba show. This is t~ he. measured as per the conditien and data t~ be prod~ced.

r. C~nditiarr not complied. I

I measms required* any. I 1 The lacatlons of AAQ t~onitoring statians shall Be decided in ---- c o ~ ~ ~ with the -SKI3 (SPG~) m& &&aft Be e n s u ~ d that at teat-em statkrrs is EthsWkd h the upwhd and dowfiwind d i ~ c r i ~ n as welt as where mdmurn

The PA needs to comply with this at the mliest ; ineons~1tatbwitk~GECB. - .- - ' f.

' Not c~rnplied.

t I (night t h e j. I

I I to the Ministry. . I management plan. 3 I

- e m A .+ ?

, 'Fhe PA submitted that m mount afRs. 37 l a b s 38 takh, 31.5 lakh and Rs. 30.5 lakh have been

I spent under various heads af the enviranmed

1 I Zmpaeedr.

v.

: vi.

. . All chi moormnendations madidin k t E W W in tespea of eillviranmneataf maittgeaem~, rbk : mitigation measures and public hearing miatin8

1 to the project shat l &Is@ be implemented. ,

vii. The eompt~lly shall undartske all nlevt.int

' The ampany shdl also camply with dl the enviranmentat pE.arecritm meautes and saFe@awrds propose in the documents submitted

. . HQWW& h e PA did not submit status GR

cornmiheat made during publ2c h e a r i ~ and rislc mitigation measures. PM1y C~mblied. PA has infamed that LooaI administration plays

measures f ~ r improving the saeia-eeonamie conditions ~f the surnatmding area. CSR activities witl be wd&&n by inuoIvhg lacal

w%.8' 3 -t#~~iw&& be pmiueed by ananging repuhad

& be / €mi;ilifig. ~ R & ' Q E ~ ' not ~ ~ m p l i e d .

Training shall be impatad& dl employees on safety and heah aspects &@hemicals handling. Pre-empioyment and rotati- periadicaf me&~aI

: examinations for all empifxyees shall be

constructive r~Ce in the CSR, wtivities. The ' compmy does not seem to haye done anything , on its awn on this. They need to eomply at the

+

,: Training is repoeted b be integral pa% of the - company's recruiting process a d str'tctty , foltawed. However* m d~curnenfary evidence pmduoed. Necessuy remrd and ~mrn-iw

viii.

i

-

, viPLages and dni~btration. [ earliest and rep8E.t details. at c.orng)tie&. - : The company shsIr undertake: mob .---..- is member - of Smtej Endpbst~irPb--.*A~ew-+-~ &~elQpmen&Lrneasu~tes ineku&ti;$ c~tni%*3@fy ociatian and reportedly activeIy pwticipale welfare measures in the project area for the the bet€~meint of community. However, no averall irngravernent af the envk~nment. Ec detaits i~etuding expenditure could be

ided. Mot c~mpEie4.

[

--

I ix. 1 A sepate Environmental ',Management ceU [ Management cell has not been set up. '&is is ta 1 I equipped with 1IC @edged tabaratory faciMties be im#lementad. PA infarmed &at Third party shall be set up to cmy out the Envimnm;ental I I~lspections cmied aht arr monthly kgis. This is I

x. ~ans~rnent &d oni it or-bB haiof ls . - [ noi in line with the stipukfion. Ndt complied.

; The cornparty shall earmark adequate f i d s to The FA submitted that an arn~uat afRsi 37 Laleh, irnpiement &G conditions stiPuiated by the MOEF as welt as the State G~vernment along with the impternentation schedule for all the conditi~ns stipulated herein. The h d s sa emanked for envbnment

' the dr&ect propanent to concerned ~ruzch%$fa€, ZiBa P&adBhrEeinE~ipal Corporation, U~bw 1~ca6 hdy &the P~eal. NGQ ifmy, @om w h ~ suggestia&peese~ttation& .if my, wet& maeiue6 white jw~eessing the'prfaPod.

39 laleh, 31.5 la& and Rs. 305 kkh have beer0 spent un&r various heads of the envir~nment

: management plan. H~wewer, the originel EMP and funds requires as per stiputation by state

. Gavt couU not be provided hy the PA. - -

xi. are futly aware about our current activities and future plmnistg, Hawever, as per the conditian the PA ne& t~ famdly send a: G Q ~ Y to ail eoncernecf, whieh they did not do. Nire csrnplkd*

I -'

xii. The grmjmt pr!~pa&int shall &a srrbmit 'sb ' The PA is sending six monthly reports b MOEF ' miunhly report oh the status of oompk6e of - Bhopal ONLY. Also it has been npartud that

managernen~~I.Lu~on - - -_ -__ eantroi he85IfPBS -- - ' s k i t not be diverted for any other puqase. .

A cam orf the ektrttne Eetter shall be sent by

mandated shall be submi@e& t~ the, concerned SPcB as pmsrihed awfbr the ~ n v i ~ o m e n t

i (Protaetba] R w 198% as amended sulseq~ntt~~ sCr$:@ &Q b puikon the ueMte ~f the company atong with ' the status of camplianee of EC cod&ttEans md shall atsQ be

- /

-.,_I " Pmfy _ _ coonp.IIaB. - - - - -

The PA infarmed that all concerned authorities

Tk iofprm@on k~wever, not beilng sent t@ RQ, ~ca'@F. Aka it has ken cep~fled that the s~nrptmy &-s cot have a website*

Partly c ~ m p t ied. 1 sent io the rapec@ve -RQ d UQW by +mil. -

-

- - has been accatded EC by the Ministry and copies af the EC we waikabk with the SPCBkommia~e mg rnw &SQ be seen a h

' website sf the Mhis~ty at Erttpilenvf~r.nic.in. This shalt be adbsraked w i ~ h seven days fiom the date af issue of the cteamnce letter, at l&t

l in twa t d newse,ap@ra that ace wide& re@~a qfwhiqh one shalt in

ge cio--tb@ '=ilfGafitg concerned a copy af the same shalt be firwarded t~ the conceme.d RQ afthe Mmistq.

/ aiu.

,

, 1

: 1

.

; V

- ..-.-

' ~ a t ~~&pl ied-

;

xu,

The PA &dl hfam the pobk 16at the project . The PR kfivrned that this has been complied.

-

1 The PA shall iafom the Rv as well as the Ministry, the date: a.f financial dosure and &a! approvat of the project by the concerned

I . Imptemmtatt'r"~n sf Conditi~ns: Campliance af environment clearantie conditions is generally goad- To sum up, 2t catldiians we fully c~mptied and 12 zue not complied. Of the 13 not ccarnpfkd conditions,

.. co~ditions There has been-part compliance in respect of 4 conations. -.+ &Ihd ta fn"EtCte ~ec~~sary aotion tci achieve comptimce in respect ~f the

2. The FA was requested ta concentrate and focus on grben belt devet~~rnent, CSR activities, setting up of e~viranmental ceI2 hakd consuEtatian with GPCB and CPCB on fixation of Air Quality Monkwing Station (GAQ) and ascertaiiing adequaey af stack height, commencement of noise leuel manitsring, conductance of training afthe operating regutar medical check-up af staffs along 6th maintaining records ta ensure frlt camptiam ofthese: conditions as per EC stlputations.

The PA Noted and assured t~ satisfy every ' conditi~n.

Camptied. The PA Noted .and assured to satisfy every condition. Complied.

-- ' --

Paints we11 n~tfzd and complied under CC&A ' and authorizati~n &am GPCB.

. :

' 8

9

10

I I

3. Court Cases and show causdclg$urr notices: PA submitted that there ts no court case against the project on environmentat issues. It: has been seen that show cause notice was issued b-y GPCB to the !.!nit in September, 201 1. 'The PA is to submit the latest status as to how many such notices have been issued to them by GPCBhy any other statutory: agencies, PA's reply there to and Einal outcame thereofi

@ Scientist &F'

auth~rity and the date of start of the project. The Ministry may m k e *or suspend the clearancet if implementati~n of any of the ab~ve conditians is not sat~sfact~ry.

The Ministry reserves the rQht b stipulate additi~nai conditions, if found, necessary. The company in a time bound manner will

, implement these eandl~ons. Any appeal against this EC shalk fie with the natiana! appetlate Autherity, if preferreda within a period a€ 3Q BBys as @Tiribed under sa~tfon t 1 ~f the National Environment Appellate

- Ald$ority Aeb 1993.. The\ahove condition will be enforceda intel.iaNa! under the provision ofthe;: Water (Prevention & Corrtr~l of Wafer PaBu~kn) Ace, 1981, the Environment (Protection] Act, ? 986 M ~ d ~ u s . Wastes @tanagement and Handling) Ruless 2QQaI2Q08 and the pubk Liabitity insurs$ce AcG 1'891 dong with theair amendments and rut=,

Annexure-IV Photographs of existing plant site including existing

greenbelt

Photographs

Existing plant photographs

Photographs of Greenbelt

Annexure-V Land documents

Annexure-VI Copy of Environmental Clearance (EC)

; . !

F. No. J-ll0ll/62512009-IA II (I) Government of India

Ministry of Environment and Forests (I.A. Division)

Paryavaran Bhawan CGO Complex, Lodhi Road

New Delhi -110 003

E-mail: [email protected] Telefax: 011: 24367668

Dated 24'" August, 2010

To,

Shri Mukesh Gupta M/s Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. 302. Devarc Complex, Beside Fun Republic Cinema S. G. Road, Ahmedabad (Gujarat).

E-mail : [email protected]; Fax: 079-40087172

Subject: Expansion with Modernization of Formaldehyde (1.500 TPM to 5,000 TPM) Manufacturing Unit at Plot no. 1398, Nr. Rama Multi Tech Ltd., Post Moti Bhoyan, Taluka Kalol, District Gandhinagar, Gujarat by M/s Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd.- Environmental Clearance reg.

Ref. Your letter no. nil dated 11"' May, 2010.

Sir,

Kindly refer your letter no. nil dated l11h May, 2010 alongwith project documents including Form I. Terms of References, Pre-feasibility Report. EIAfEMP Report alongwith public hearing report regarding above mentioned project.

2.0 The Ministry of Environment and Forests has examined the applir;ation. It is noted that proposal is for expansion with modernization of Formaldehyde manufacturing unit capacity (1500 TPM to 5000 TPM) at Plot no. 1398, Nr. Rama Multi Tecl1 Ltd., Post Moti Bhoyan. Taluka Kalol. District Gandhinagar. Gujaral. No nationa,! parklwild life sanctuary/reserve forest is located within 10 km radius of the project site. Total project area is 4,281 m2. Total project cost is Rs. 7.00 Crores. No litigation/court case is pending against the project.

3.0 The tail gas containing 18 to 20 % hydrogen and small amount of formaldehyde, methanol and methane will be incinerated and waste gases will be discharged through adequate stack height. Existing bOiler will be replaced by tail gas treatment unit. Waste heat will be recovered from process and tail gas treatment and utilized in MEE for evaporation. Water requirement from Narmada canal will be 104 m'/day. Industrial waste water will be evaporated through MEE after treatment. Domestic wastewater (2.5 KLD) will be disposed through septic tank/soak pit. 'Zero' discharge will be adopted and no effluent will be discharged outside the premises.

·4, . 4.0 The synthetic organic chemical manufacturing units located out Side the notified industrial areas are listed at serial no. 5(f) of schedule of EtA Notification, 2006 under "A" category and apprised at central level.

5.0 Public hearing of the project was held on 4'h May, 2010. fI/" .

•



2

6.0 The proposal was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee-2 (/ncf:Jstry) in its 11'" meeting held on 9'" June. 2010. The Committee recommended the proposal for environmental clearance.

7.0 Based on the information submitted by the project proponent. the Ministry of Environment and Forests hereby accords environmental clearance to above project under the provisions of EIA Notification dated 14'" September 2006 subject to the compliance of the following Specific and General Conditions:

A. SPECIFIC CONDITIONS:

i) Efforts shall be made to reduce RSPM levels in the ambient air and a time bound action plan shall be submitted. At no time, the emission levels shall go beyond the prescribed standards. In the event of failure of any pollution control system adopted by the unit, the respective unit shall not be restarted until the control measures are rectified to achieve the desired efficiency. ,

ii) Adequate pollution control measures including scrubbers and stacks of adequate height as per CPCB guidelines shall be provided to control gaseous emissions within permissible limits as per norms prescribed by the GPCB or prescribed in the E(P) Rules whichever are more stringent.

iii) The National Ambient Air Quality Emission Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E) dated 16'" November. 2009 shall be followed.

iv) Scrubber shall be installed to' control process emissiOn at project site. In plant control measures for checking fugitive emissions from all the vulnerable sources shall be prOVided. Fugitive emissions shall be controlled by providing closed storage. closed handling & conveyance of chemicals/materials. multi cyclone separator and water sprinkling system. Dust suppression system including water sprinkling system shall be provided at loading and unloading areas to control dust emissions.

v) For further control offugitive emission. following steps shall be followed:

1. Closed handling system shall be provided for chemicals.

2. Reflux condenser shall be provided over reactor.

3. System of leak detection and repair of pump/pipeline based on preventive maintenance.

4. The acids shall be taken from storage tanks to reactors through closed pipeline. Storage tanks shall be vented through trap receiver and condenser operated on chilled water. Cathodic protection shall be provided to the underground solvent storage tanks.

vi) The gaseous emissions from DG set s~..l?e dispersed through stack height as per CPCB standards. Acoustic enclosure' shall be provided te. the DG sets to mitigate the noise pollution.

vii) Monitoring of Methanol & Formaldehyde alongwith other relevant parameters like PM,o. PM,s, SO,. NO •. HC and VOCs in work zone environment, product, raw materials storage area etc. shall be carried out regularly and records maintained. The emissions shall conform to the limits imposed by GPCB.

viii) The company shall uploa~ the status of compliance of the stipulated environmental clearance' conditions, including results of monitored data on its website and shall update the same periodically. II shall simultaneously be sent to ~

3

the Regional office of MOEF, the respective Zonal office of CPCB and the Gujarat Pollution Control Board. The levels of PM 1O, PM25, 802, NOx and VOCs (ambient levels) shall be monitored and displayed at a convenient location near the main gate of the company and at important public places.

ix) Solvent management shall be as follows :

a. Reactor shall be connected to chilled brine condenser system

b. Reactor and solvent handling pump shall have mechanical seals to prevent leakages.

c. The condensers shall be provided with sufficient HTA and residence time so as to achieve more than 95% recovery

d. Solvents shall measures.

be stored in a separate space specified with all safety

e. Proper earthing shall be provided in all the electrical equipment wherever solvent handling is done.

f. Entire plant shall be flame proof. The solvent storage t3nksshall be provided with breather valve to prevent losses.

x) Total water requirement from Narmada canal shall not exceed 104 m'jday and prior permission shall be obtained from the concerned department Industrial waste water shall be evaporated through MEE after treatment As proposed, 'zero' discharge shall be strictly implemented and no wastewater shall be discharged outside the premises. Domestic wastewater shall be treated in septic tank followed by soak pit.

xi) The Company shall harvest rainwater from the rooftops of the buildings and storm water· drains to· recharge the ground water and use the same water for the process activities of the project to conserve fresh water.

xii)

xiii)

High calorific organic residues shall be sent to cement industries for burning In the kiln or disposed off to nearby TSDF site.

~

The Company shall obtain Authorization for collection, storage and disposal of hazardous waste under the Hazardous Waste (ManagE;ment, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 and amendments time to time for management of hazardous wastes and prior permission from GPCB shall be obtained for disposal of solid' hazardous waste in the TSDF. The concerned company shall undertake measures for fire fighting faCilities in case of emergency.

xiv) The Company shall strictly comply with the rules and guidelines under Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 as amended in October, 1994 <,'lnd January, 2000. All transportation of hazardous chemicals shall be as pertlie Motor Vehicle Act (MVA), 1989.

xv) Hazardous chemicals shall be stored in tanks, drums, carboys etc. Flame arresters shall be provided on tank farm. Solvent transfer shall be done by pumps.

xvi) During transfer of materials, spillages shall be avoided and garland drains be constructed to avoid mixing of accidental spillages with domestic wastewater and storm water drains.

xvii) The company shall undertake following ~ minimization measures :

a. Metering and control of quantities of active ingredients to minimize waste.

b. Reuse of by-products from the process as raw materials or as raw material substitutes in other processes.V·

•

I

4

c. Use of automated filling to minimize spillage.

d. Use of Close Feed system into batch reactors.

e. Venting equipment through vapour recovery system.

f. Use of high pressure hoses for equipment clearing to reduce wastewater generation.

xviii) The unit stlall make the arrangement for protection of possible fire hazards during manufacturing process in material handling. Fire fighting system should be as per the OISD 117 norms

xix) Usage of Personnel Protective Equipments (PPEs) by all employees! workers shall be ensured.

xx) Occupational health surveillance of the workers shall be done on a regular basis and records maintained as per the Factories Act.

xxi) Green belt shall be developed in 1,500 m2 (35 %) to mitigate the impact of air emissions. Selection of plant species shall be as per the CPCB guidelines.

xxii) Provision shall be made for the housing for the construction labour within the site with ali necessary infrastructure and facitities such as fuel for cooking, mobile toilets, mObile sewage treatment plant, safe drinking water, medical health care, crEliche etc. The housing may be in the form of temporary structure to be removed after the completion of the project. All the construction wastes shall be managed so that there is no impact on the surrounding environment.

B. GENERAL CONDITIONS:

The project authorities shall strictly adhere to the stipulations made by the Gujarat Pollution Control Board.

ii. No further expansion or modifications in the plant shall be carried out without prior approval of the Ministry of Environment and Forests. In case of deviations or alterations in the project proposal from those submitted to this Ministry for

. clearance, a fresh reference shall be made to the Ministry to assess the adequacy of conditions imposed and to add additional environmental protection measures required, if any.

iii. The locations of ambient air quality monitoring stations shall be decided in consuHation with the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) and it shall be ensured that at leas! one stations is installed in the upwind and downwind direction as well as where maximum ground level concentrations are anticipated.

iv. The overall noise levels In and around the plant area shall be kept well within the standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation. The ambient noise levels shall conform to the standards prescribed under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 Rules, 1989 viz. 75 dBA (da •., .e) and 70 dBA (nigl1ttime).

v. Training shall be imparted to all employees on safety and health aspects of chemicals handling. Pre-employment and routine periodical medical examinations for all employees shall be undertaken on regular basis. Training to all employees' on handling of chemicals shall be imparted.

vi. The company shall also comply with all the environmental protection measures and safeguards proposed in the documents submitted to the Ministry. All the recommendations made in the EIAIEMP in respect of environmental management, risk mitigation measures and public hearing relating to the project shall also be implemented. V

5

vii. The company shall undertake all relevant measures for improving the socio-economic conditions of the surrounding area, CSR activities will be undertaken by involving local villages and administration

viii, The company shall undertake eco-developmental measures including community welfare measures in the project area for the overall improvement of the environment

ix, A separate Environmental Management Cell equipped with full fledged laboratory facilities shall be set up to carry out the Environmental Management and Monitoring functions,

x, The company shall earmark adequate funds to implemeni the conditions stipulated by the Ministry of Environment and ForeSts as well as the State Government along with the implementation schedule for all the conditions stipulated herein. The funds so earmarked for environmerit management! pollution control measures shall not be diverted for any other purpose,

xi. A copy of the clearance letter shall be sent by the project proponent to concerned Panchayat, Zila Parisad/Municipal Corporation, Urban local Body and the local NGO; if any, from who suggestions/ representations, if any, were received while processing the proposal.

xii. The project proponent shall also submit six monthly reports on the status of compliance of the stipulated Environmental Clearance conditions including results of monitored data (both in hard copies as weI! as bye-mail) to the respective Regional Office of MoEF, the respective Zonal Office of CPCB and the Gujarat Pollution Control Board. A copy of Environmental Clearance and six monthly compliance status report shall be posted on the website of the company,

xiii. The environl11ental statement for each financial year ending 31 S1 March in Form-Vas is mandated shall be submitted to the concerned State Pollution Control Board as prescribed under the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, as amended subsequently, shall also be put on the website of the company along with the status of compliance of environmental clearance conditions and shall also be senfto the respective Regional Offices of MoEF by a-mail.

xiv, The project proponent shall inform the public that the project has been accorded environmental clearance by the Ministry and copies of the clearance letter are available with the SPCB/Committee and may also be seen at Website of the Ministry at http://envfoLnic.in.This shall be advertised within seven days from the date of issue of the clearance letter, at least in two local newspapers that are widely circulated in the region of which one shall be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned and a copy of the same shall be forwarded to the concerned Regional Office of the Ministry.

xv. The project authorities shall inform the Regional Office as well as the Ministry, the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the date of start of the project.

8.0 The Ministry may revoke or suspend the clearance, if implementation of any of the above conditions is not satisfactory,

9,0 The Ministry reserves the right to stipulate ~ltional conditions, if found necessary, The company in a time bound manner will implement t~e conditions, .

10.0 Any appeal against this environmental clearance shall :Ue with the National Appellate Authority, if preferred, within a period of 30 dayspreSCribed under section 11 of the National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997,

•

6

11.0 The above conditions will be enforced, inter-alia under the provisions of the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention &. Control of Water Pollution) Act, 1981, the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2003/ 2008 and the Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 along with their amendments and rules.

~~ (Dr. ? B. Rastogi)

Scientist 'F'

Copy to :

1. The Secrela~, Environment & Forests Department, Government of GUjarat, Sachivalaya, 8 Floor, Gandhi Nagar - 382 010, GUjarat.

2. The Chief Conservator of Forests (Westem Zone), Ministry of Environment & Forests, - Regional Office, E-5, Arera Colony, Link Road -3, Bhopal-462 016, MP.

3. The Chairman, Central Pollution Control Board Parivesh Bhavan, CBD-cum-Office Complex, East A~un Nagar, New Delhi 110032.

4. The Chairman, Gujarat State Pollution Control Board, Paryavaran Bhawan, Sector 10 A, Gandhi Nagar-382 043, Gujarat.

5. Monitoring Cell,. Ministry of Environment and Forests, Paryallaran Bhavan, eGO Complex, New Delhi.

6. Guard File/Monitoring File/Record File. ~~1>II" (Dr. P. B. Rastogi)

• Scientist 'F'

Annexure-VII Narmada water usage permission

ABC

Text Box

A-36

Annexure-VIII Health checkup record of workers

Annexure-IX Questionnaire for industry sector

Industry Sector Projects

QUESTIONNAIRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL APPRAISAL

(INDUSTRY SECTOR PROJECTS)

I. General Information

A. Name of the Project : Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd.

1. Existing project/proposed project/

expansion project/modernization project : Expansion project

2. If Existing/expansion/

modernization project, whether

environmental clearance

has been obtained : Yes

B. Plant Capacity (TPA) : Formaldehyde-500 MTPM to

12500 MTPM

Para Formaldehyde-835 MTPM

Reprocessing of Silver-1.5 MTPM

C. Location

Village Tehsil District State

Moti Bhoyan Kalol Gandhinagar Gujarat

D. Geographical Information

1. Latitude

2. Longitude

3. Elevation above Mean

Sea Level (metres)

4. Total Area envisaged for setting up

of project (in ha.)

5. Nature of terrain (hilly, valley, plains,

Coastal plains etc.)

6. Nature of Soil (sandy, clayey, sandy

loam etc.).

7. Permeability (cm/sec)

E. Alternate sites considered

No alternatives for site is consider.

23009’44.69” N

72026’45.54” E

55.4 m

4281 m2

Plains

Sandy

3.16

Note 1: All information given in the form of annexures should be part of this file itself.

Annexures as separate files will not be accepted.

Note 2: Please enter x in appropriate box where answer is Yes/No


F. Reasons for selecting the proposed site based on comparative evaluation of

environmental considerations.

Balaji Formalin Pvt. Ltd. is an existing unit at Plot No. 1398, Village: Moti Bhoyan,

Taluka: Kalol, Dist. Gandhinagar, Gujarat. Unit now proposed to expand its existing

production capacity with addition of new products.

Features justifying the location are summarized below:

Availability of suitable and adequate land for proposed expansion;

Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication, medical

facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, raw materials,

road network etc.

Considering market demand and economic viability, proponent has decided

to expand capacities of its existing products.

Nearest city is Ahmedabad, which is 21.2 km away from the location, and

having good connectivity with other parts of the country by road, rail & air.

Availability of good communication and transportation facilities.

No National park or wildlife habitat falls within 10 km radial distance from

proposed project site.

No critically polluted area falls within 10 km radius.

No R & R will be required

The location of project is best suited to expand its activities. So no alternative for site is

analyzed.

II. Environmental Setting

A. Current land usage of the proposed project site area (in hectares)

1. Notified Industrial Area/Estate

2. Agricultural

Irrigated

Unirrigated

3. Homestead

4. Forest

5. Grazing

6. Fallow

8. Mangroves

9. Others (Pl. specify)

Total

NA

NA

4281 m2

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

7. Marshy

NA

4281 m2


B. Please indicate area earmarked for each of the following (in ha.)

1. Plant Facilities

2. Ash Disposal

3. Storage (Fuel)

4. Storage (RM & Finished product)

5. Storage (Hazardous Waste)

6. Utilities

7. Storage (Others)

8. Approach Road(s)

9. Township

10. Green Belt

11. Others (Parking, office)

Total

C. Is the proposed site located in a low-lying area?

Yes No

If yes,

1. Level before filling (above MSL, in metres) ___________________

2. Level after filling (above MSL in metres) _____________________

Quantity of Fill Material

required (in cum.)

Source

D. Proximity to sea/water bodies:

Sea Other Water bodies like

River/creek/lake etc.

(Please specify)

Distance of site*

boundary (in m)

More than 50 km -

Distance of plant

facilities (in m)

More than 50 km -

* From highest flood line/high tide line

√

924 m2

0

--

864 m2

--

365 m2

--

438 m2

--

1500 m2

4281 m2

190 m2


E. Whether any of the following exist within 7 km. of the periphery of the project site. If

so, please indicate aerial distance and the name of the eco-system as given under the

Table.

S.

No.

Name Area falling within

7 km periphery of

project (ha.)

Aerial Distance

(in km.)

1 National Park/ Wildlife

Sanctuary

- - -

2 Tiger Reserve/Elephant

Reserve/ Turtle Nesting

Ground

- - -

3 Core Zone of Biosphere

Reserve

- - -

4 Habitat for migratory birds Thol - 3.8 km

5 Lakes/Reservoir/Dams Thol - 3.8 km

6 Stream/Rivers - - -

7 Estuary/Sea - - -

8 Mangroves - - -

9 Mountains/Hills - - -

10 Notified Archaeological

sites

- - -

11 Any other Archaeological

sites

- - -

12 Industries/Thermal Power

Plants

- - -

13 Defense Installation - - -

14 Airports Ahmedabad - 21.2 km

15 Railway Lines* Kalol - 10.6 km

16 National / State

Highways*

SH-41 - 10.0 km

* 0.5 km from Railway lines/ National / State Highway should be maintained.

F. Description of the flora/vegetation within 7 km under following headings.

1. Agricultural crops: Dangar, Juvar, Bajri, corn etc.

2. Commercial crops: Dangar, Juvar, Bajri, corn etc.

3. Plantation: Ambo, Amli, Limdo, Babul etc.

4. Natural Vegetation/Forest Type: --

5. Grass Lands: Around 12%

6. Endangered species: No

7. Endemic species: No

8. Others (Please Specify): --


G. Description of fauna (non-domesticated) within 7 km under following headings.

1. Total listing of faunal elements- 35 species

2. Endemic fauna species - Nil

3. Endangered Species- Nil

4. Migratory species- Nil, most of are native

5. Route of migratory species of birds and mammals - Nil, most of are native

6. Details of aquatic fauna (if applicable) - No

III. Meteorological Parameters

A. Seasonal-Monitoring Data (continuous monitoring for one full season except monsoon

should be carried out)

1. Temperature (in 0C)

(a) Maximum ‒ 400C (b) Minimum ‒ 13

0C (c) Mean ‒ 28.3

0C

2. Rain fall (in mm) - No rainfall during study period

(a) Maximum - ___ (b) Minimum - ___ (c) Mean - ___

3. Mean value of humidity (in %) ‒ 30.6%

4. Inversion occurrence

(a) In percentage (b) Height in meters 100-1000 mtr.

5. Seasonal Wind-rose pattern (16 points on compass scale)

Pls. refer figure 3.7, page no. 3.48 of chapter-3 of EIA report for wind rose.

6. Hourly Mean Meteorological data (based on one full season data collected at

site required as input for air quality modeling)

Hour Low/Medium

Cloud amount

(in OCTAS)

Wind

Speed in

(Km/h)

Predominant

wind

direction

Ambient air

temperature

(in deg K)

Hourly

stability

Mixing

depth

(in m)

1. 14.5 NNW 303 5 100

2. 11.3 ENE 301 5 100

3. 11.3 N 301 5 100

4. 11.3 N 301 5 100

5. 12.9 ENE 297 5 200

6. 12.9 ENE 297 5 200

7. 12.9 ENE 300 5 200

8. 12.9 ENE 305 2 300

9. 12.9 ENE 305 2 300

10. 12.9 ENE 305 2 500

11. 9.7 E 310 2 500


12. 9.7 E 310 2 800

13. 9.7 E 310 2 1000

14. 0.0 ENE 310 2 1000

15. 0 ENE 310 2 1000

16. 0.0 ENE 310 2 1000

17. 0.0 ENE 304 2 1000

18. 0.0 ENE 304 5 700

19. 0.0 ENE 304 5 700

20. 9.7 NNW 303 5 700

21. 9.7 NNW 303 5 400

22. 9.7 NNW 303 5 100

23. 14.5 NNW 303 5 100

24. 14.5 NNW 303 5 100

Attach additional sheet as required.

IV. Ambient Air Quality Data

[Frequency of Monitoring should be as per guidelines of CPCB and monitoring should cover

one full season (excluding monsoon)]

A. Season and period for which monitoring has been carried out ‒ Oct-15 to Dec-15)

B. Frequency of sampling - Twice a week for one location

C. Number of samples collected at each site:

Date,

Time &

Location

Wind

Direction

& Speed

24 hourly Concentration as

monitored (in g/m3)

SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx, CO

Permissible

Standard

(As per EPA/

SPCB consent)

Remarks

(Name of the

instrument and

sensitivity)

Pls. refer table 3.9 to 3.12 of chapter-3 of EIA report.

D. 24 hourly concentrations (in g/m3)

Project site

Pollutant (s) Maximum Minimum Mean 98%

PM10 77.4 61.8 70.7 77.2

PM2.5 40.6 28.4 35.0 40.2

SO2 26.0 16.3 19.9 25.2

NOx 27.6 18.3 22.2 26.7

Moti Bhoyan


PM10 78.2 64.5 73.0 78.0

PM2.5 37.7 29.0 33.5 37.1

SO2 22.9 13.0 19.4 22.7

NOx 22.0 14.6 19.2 21.9

Khatraj


PM10 69.3 61.6 65.4 69.2

PM2.5 41.7 34.0 37.5 41.6

SO2 22.6 14.4 19.2 22.5

NOx 24.6 16.6 21.1 24.4


Ganapatpura


PM10 77.8 67.7 73.9 77.6

PM2.5 39.4 30.7 35.3 39.2

SO2 21.1 13.9 18.1 20.9

NOx 20.8 14.3 18.6 20.7

Karoli


PM10 77.4 64.0 69.9 76.3

PM2.5 37.1 32.2 34.9 37.0

SO2 20.7 15.1 18.1 20.6

NOx 23.9 17.4 21.2 23.7

Bhimasan


PM10 71.6 60.5 67.9 71.6

PM2.5 37.6 33.1 35.5 37.6

SO2 23.9 18.8 20.9 23.9

NOx 25.2 20.2 22.6 25.0

Sherisa


PM10 79.8 70.9 74.6 79.3

PM2.5 40.0 31.2 34.5 39.2

SO2 23.6 18.0 19.9 23.5

NOx 25.9 18.1 21.5 25.4

Jethlaj


PM10 78.7 63.2 72.5 78.4

PM2.5 38.2 27.3 31.7 38.0

SO2 21.6 14.1 18.1 21.5

NOx 24.8 16.3 20.8 24.7

D. Specific air pollution issues in the project area.

Not observed any issue.

V. Manufacturing Process details

A. Raw materials (including process chemicals, catalysts, & additives).

List of raw materials to

be used at all stages of

manufacture

Physical and

chemical nature

of raw material

Quantity

(tonnes/month)

full production

capacity

Source of

materials

Means of

transportation

(Source to storage site)

with justification

Pls. refer table 2.6, page no. 2-20 of chapter-2

B. Brief description of the process : Pls. refer sec. 2.10 of

EIA report for mfg.

process details

C. Details of process technology know how/collaboration : Self develop process


D. Production profile (tonnes/year):

Name of Products, Byproducts

and Intermediate Products

Existing

(MT/

month)

Proposed activity

(new/ modernization/

expansion)

(MT/ month)

Total

(MT/

month)

Main Products

Formaldehyde 5000 7500 12500

Para Formaldehyde 00 835 835

Reprocessing of Silver


00 1.5 1.5

A. By-Products

1. -- -- -- --

2.

C. Intermediate Products

1.

2.

-- -- --

E. Means of transportation of raw material and final products

Means of Transport Raw material Final Product

(in TPA) (in TPA)

1. Road

2. Rail

3. Pipeline

4. Others, Please specify

VI. Water

A. Water Requirement (cum/day)

Purpose Avg.

Demand

Peak

Demand

Source Type Treated /

untreated/Fresh/

Recycled

Remarks

1. Project

(i) Process

(ii) Cooling water

(iii) DM water

(iv) Dust

Suppression

(v) Drinking

(vi) Green Belt

(vii) Fire Service

(viii) Others

2. Township

(i) Green Belt

(ii) Drinking

268.0

205+75*

50.0

--

8.0

4.0

00

268.0

205+75*

50.0

--

8.0

4.0

00

Narmada

water

supply

*75 KLD

recycled water

68100

160038


(iii) Others

(Please

specify)

TOTAL

610.0

610.0

B. Source of Raw Water Supply

S. No. Source Cu.m./hr. Cu.m./day

1 Sea -- --

2 River -- --

3 Groundwater -- --

4 Other surface water bodies

(Narmada Water supply)

-- 535

C. Lean Season flow in case of surface water source (cusecs/cumecs): -

D. Groundwater (a) Recharge Rate/Withdrawal rate

1. Ground water level (metres)

(i) Pre monsoon

(ii) Post monsoon

(to be obtained from Central/State Ground water authorities)

E. Competing Users of the Water Source:

S.

No.

Usage Present Consumption

(cu.m/day)

Addition Proposed

as per local plan

Total

Surface Ground Surface Ground Surface Ground

1 Irrigation 85% Negligible 85%

2 Industry 5% 5%

3 Drinking 5% 5%

4 Others (Please

specify)

5% 5%

Total 100% 100%

F. Physico - chemical analysis of Raw Water at intake point: Pls. refer chapter-3 of EIA

report.

G. Physico - chemical analysis of treated water to be used in project/township.:

Our is zero discharge proposal hence characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent may not require.

H. Wastewater Management

1. Description of wastewater treatment plan with flow chart.

RO/DM reject, wastewater generated from silver refining & cooling bleed off

will be directly sent to force effect evaporator & then sent to mechanical

evaporator.

35 mtr.

25 mtr.


2. Characteristics of discharge stream(s) before and after treatment:

Our is zero discharge proposal hence characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent may not require.

3 Daily discharge (m3/day) from different sources

(a) Plant Operation

(b) Workshop

(c) D.M. Plant Effluent

(e) Other (Utility)

Total

4. Quantity of water recycled

(a) (in %)

(b) (in cum/day)

5. Details of recycling mechanism: Condensate from evaporator will be

recycled in cooling.

6. Mode of final discharge/disposal of treated effluent: Zero discharge

Mode Length (in m.) Quantity (in m3/day)

(i) Open Channel - -

(ii) Pipeline - -

(iii) Others - -

Total -

7. Point of final discharge: No discharge of effluent anywhere

Final Point Quantity discharged (in m3/day)

(i) Green belt within the plant/township --

(ii) Agricultural Land --

(iii) Fallow Land --

(iv) Forest Land --

(v) River/Stream --

(vi) Lake --

(vii) Estuary --

(viii) Sea --

Total --

8. Lean season flow rate in case of discharge in a river/stream (cusecs): NA

9. Downstream users of water (in case of river, reservoir, lake) (cusecs): NA

(a) Human

1.0

-

50.0

7.0

128.0

-

75.0

(d) Domestic

70.0


(b) Irrigation

(c) Industry

(d) Others (Pl. specify)

10. Analysis of river water 100 metres upstream of discharge point and 100 metres

downstream of discharge point (except in rainy/monsoon season) along with details

of aquatic life.

We are not going to discharge w/w in river hence not applicable.

11. What is the predicted impact on water quality of the receiving body due to

discharge? (Briefly state the prediction tool adopted).

We are not going to discharge w/w in river hence not applicable.

VII. Solid Waste Management

A. Details

S.

No.

Source Qty. (TPM) Form (Sludge/

Dry/ Slurry etc.)

Composition

1 Raw water treatment plant -

2 ETP waste --

3 Process (Gypsum) --

4 Iron sludge --

5 MEE salt 15 MT/month

6 Incineration Ash/Ash

from spray dryer

--

7 Used Oil 50 lit/yr.

8 Discarded Containers/

Barrels

1000 Nos./yr.

B. If waste(s) contain any hazardous/toxic substance/radioactive materials or heavy

metals, provide data and proposed precautionary measures. --

C. What are the possibilities of recovery and recycling of wastes?

--

D. Possible users of Solid Waste (s).

No solid waste generation

E. Method of disposal of solid waste (s).

Method Qty. (TPM)

1. Landfill

2. Incineration

3. Recovery

4. Downstream users

15 MTPM

--

--

--


F. In case of landfill - Not applicable, we are not going to create our own land fill site

1. Is solid waste amenable for Yes No

landfill

2. Dimensions of landfill

3. Life of landfill years

4. Proposed precautionary and mitigative measures along with design features

G. In case of incineration: Not applicable

1. Details of incinerator

(i) Type

(ii) Size

(iii) Capacity

(iv) Fuel

2. Likely composition and quantum of emissions: NA

S. No. Composition Quantity (in cu.m/hr.)

VIII. Noise Pollution Control and Management


A. Source

B. Level at Source (dB)

C. Level at project boundary Capacity (dB)

D. Abatement measures (give source-wise details)

IX. Fuel/Energy Requirements

A. Total Power Requirement (MW)

Project Township Other (pl. specify) Total

Present

(in existing)

400 kVA - - 400 kVA

Proposed 950 kVA - - 950 kVA

Total 1350 kVA - - 1350 kVA

B. Source of Power (MW)

SEB/Grid Captive power plant DG Sets

Present SEB - 400 kVA -- 400 kVA

Proposed SEB - 950 kVA -- 1000 kVA

Total 1350 kVA -- 1400 kVA

C. Details of Fuel used

S.

No.

Fuel Daily Consumption (TPD) Calorific value

(Kcals/kg)

% Ash % Sulphur

Existing Proposed

1 Gas - - - - -


2

3

4

5

6

7

Naphtha

HSD

Fuel Oil

Coal

Lignite

Other (Pl.

specify)

-

45 lit/hr.

-

-

-

-

110 lit/hr.

-

-

-

D. Source of Fuel (Distance in km)

1. Port

2. Mine

3. Refinery

4. Storage depot/Terminal

E. Mode of Transportation of fuel to site

1. Trucks (numbers/day)

2. Pipeline (length in km.)

3. Railway Wagons (numbers/day)

X. Atmospheric Emissions

A. Flue gas characteristics (SPM, SO2, NOx, CO)

S. No. Pollutant Source of

Emission

Emission rate

(kg/hr)

Concentration in flue

gas (g/m3)

1 SPM Stack

attached to

D G Set

0.043 0.08

2 RPM

3 SO2 0.013 0.025

4 NOx 0.016 0.0

1 SPM Stack

attached to

D G Set

0.105 0.110

2 RPM

3 SO2 0.033 0.035

4 NOx 0.029 0.030

B. Size distribution of SPM at the top of the stack

S. No. Range % by weight

1

2

3

4

Micron

1-10 Micron

10-20 Micron

<20 Micron

12-14


C. Stack emission Details (All the stacks attached to process units, Boilers, captive power

plant, D.G. Sets, Incinerator both for existing and proposed activity).

Plant

section

& units*

Stack

No.

Height

from

ground

level

(m)

Internal

Diamete

r (Top)

(m)

Emission

Rate

(kg/hr)*

Temp. of

Exhaust

Gases

(deg K)

Exit

Velocity

(m/sec)

Exhaust Gas

Temp Density Specific

Heat

Volumetric

Flow

(m3)

Existing

D G set

(400

kVA)

1st 11 0.225 SPM:

0.043

SO2: 0.013

NOx:

0.016

453 15 453 - 536.50

m3/hr.

Proposed

D G set

(1000

kVA)

2nd

11 0.30 SPM:

0.105

SO2: 0.033

NOx:

0.029

475 15 475 - 953.78

m3/hr.

*Note: Please indicate the specific section to which the stack is attached. For e.g.: Process section,

D.G. Set, Boiler, Power Plant, incinerator etc.

Emission rate (kg/hr.) for each pollutant (SPM, SO2, NOx) etc. should be specified.

D. Details of fugitive emissions (Indicate the points of fugitive emissions and quantities

estimated).

Source of fugitive emission

Fugitive emission of VOCs is likely to emit from production activities. There are

also chances of the fugitive emission due to handling of raw materials and from

process.

Pls. refer table 2.8(a), page no. 2-22 of chapter-2 of EIA report quantities of

fugitive emission.

E. Predicted impact on air quality (as per CPCB Guidelines for conducting the air quality

modeling).


XI. Pollution load statement (Applicable to Expansion and Modernization Projects only)

Parameter Existing

Plant

Proposed

Expansion/Modernization

Total Remarks

1. Land area (ha)

2. Raw water (m3/day)

3. Power (MW)

4. Waste water (effluent

generation) (m3/day)

a. Process

b. Domestic

5. Air emissions

(gms/hr.)

a. SPM

b. CO

4182 m2

123.0

400 kVA

30.0

2.5

--

475.0

950 kVA

91.0

4.5

4182 m2

598.0

1350 kVA

121.0

7.0

No

addition

of land.

Expansion

will be

done in

existing

premises.


c. SO2

d. NOx

e. Others (like HC, Cl2,

NH3 etc.)

6. Hazardous Chemical

Storage (give item-wise)

7. Solid waste

(TPD)

a. Non- Hazardous

b. Hazardous

Salt-5

MTPM

Dis.

container

-500

nos./yr.

Used oil-

50 lit/yr.

Salt-10 MTPM

Dis. container-500 nos./yr.

Used oil---

Salt-15

MTPM

Dis.

container-

1000

nos./yr.

Used oil-

50 lit/yr.

XII. Storage of chemicals (inflammable/explosive/hazardous/toxic substances)

S.

No.

Name Number

of

Storage’s

Capacity

(TPD)

Physical and

Chemical

Composition

Consumpt

ion

(in TPD)

Maximum

Quantity of

storage at

any point of

time

Source

of

Supply

Means of

transpor-

tation

Pls. refer table no. 7.1, page no. 7-3 of chapter-7 of EIA report.

XII. Occupational Health and Industrial Hygiene.

Pls. refer chapter - 7 & 10 of EIA report.

A. What are the major occupational health and safety hazards anticipated. (Explain briefly).

B. What provisions have been made/propose to be made to conform to health/safety

requirements. (Explain briefly).

C. Details of personal protective equipment provided/to be provided to the workers.

D. Details of proposed measures for control of fugitive emission/odour nuisance from

different sources.

E. Details of fire protection and safety measures envisaged to take care of fire and explosion

hazards.

XIV. Pollution Control Aspects

A. Details of Pollution Control Systems:

S. No. Existing Proposed to be installed

i) Air Tail gas treatment plant --

ii) Water Forced effect evaporator --

iii) Noise Acoustic enclosure to

noise generating

equipments

Acoustic enclosure to noise

generating equipments

iv) Solid Waste Separate storage area with

impervious platform

Separate storage area with

impervious platform

B. Efficiency of each pollution control equipment/system installed.

1. Existing Units

S. No. Name of the System

Equipment

Design Efficiency % Present Working

efficiency %

1

2


2. Proposed Project

S. No. Name of the System Equipment Design Efficiency %

1

2

XV. Green Belt Plan

A. Total area of project/township (in ha.)

B. Area already afforested (for existing projects), in ha.

C. Area proposed to be afforested (in ha.)

D. Plant species proposed

1. Indigenous

2. Exotic

E. Width of green belt (minimum, in m.)

1. Along plant boundary

2. Roads and avenues within the plant

3. Ash Dike

4. Township

5. Other-ornamental, garden spaces

6. Commercial plantations etc.

F. Trees planted & proposed Nos.

1. Planted

2. Survival rate

3. List of species planted

4. Proposed

5. List of Species

XVI. Construction Phase Management Aspects

A. Estimated duration of construction in months

B. Number of persons to be employed for construction

1. Peak

2. Average

1500 m2

--

Indigenous

4 to 7 m

1 m

-

-

2 m

-

Pl. refer ch. 10

4 months

40

20

4281 m2

75%

Pl. refer ch. 10

Pl. refer ch. 10

Pl. refer ch. 3


C. What provision has been made for the sewage treatment for the construction

workers?

Soak pit

D. How the fuel (kerosene/wood, etc.) requirement of labour force will be met to avoid

cutting of trees from the adjoining areas.

We will provide kerosene to family of workers.

E. Proposed Health care Measures with emphasis on protection from endemic

diseases.

Part time doctor will be appointed.

F. Educational and other social welfare measures proposed.

XVII. Human Settlement: Pls. refer chapter-3 of EIA report.

S.

No.

Aerial distance from the periphery of the site

Up to 500 m from

periphery

500 m to 3000 m

from the periphery

3000 m to 7000 m

from the periphery

1 Population

Pls. refer chapter-3 of EIA report 2 Number of

Houses

3 Present

Occupational

Pattern

XVIII. Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan (Wherever applicable)

A. Village(s) affected by the project: Not applicable as there is no Rehabilitation &

Resettlement is involved

S.

No.

Village (Tribal/Others) Population Occupation Average Income

per annum

B. Population to be displaced: Not applicable as there is no Rehabilitation & Resettlement

is involved

S.

No.

Name of Village Population

Land oustees

only

Homestead oustees

only

Land and Homestead

oustees

C. Salient features of Rehabilitation Plan. - Not applicable as there is no Rehabilitation &

Resettlement is involved

(i) Site where the people are proposed to be resettled

(ii) Facilities proposed at the resettlement site

(iii) Compensation package

(iv) Agency/Authority responsible for their resettlement.


XIX. Expenditure on Environmental Measures

A. Capital cost of the project (as proposed to approved by the funding agency/ financial

Institutions.

(Rs. Lakhs)

B. Cost of environmental protection measures (Rs. Lakhs)

S. No. Recurring Cost per annum Capital Cost

1 Air Pollution Control 12.0 55

2 Water Pollution Control 4.0 32

3 Noise Pollution Control 0.5 0.5

4 Environment Monitoring

and Management

5.0 3

5 Reclamation borrow/

mined area

-- 0

6 Occupational Health 3.0 2

7 Green Belt 0.5 2.5

8 Others (Rain water

harvesting system & Haz.

Waste management)

5.0 5

Total 30.0 lakhs 100 lakhs

C. Details of organizational set up/cell for environmental management and

monitoring.

Pls. refer figure 10.1, page no. 10-27 of chapter-10 of EIA report.

D. Details of community welfare/peripheral development programmes envisaged/

being undertaken by the project proponent:

Pls. refer chapter-10 of EIA report for CSR activities.

XX. Public Hearing details:

A. Date of Advertisement:

B. Newspapers in which the advertisement appeared

(with copies)

C. Date of Hearing

D. Panel Present

E. List of public present along with address and occupation

F. Summary/details of public hearing report

S.

No.

Issues raised Recommendation

of panel

Response of Project

Proponents

1. Thakor Chunthaji Ramsang, Moti Bhoyan He asked that- At present how much quantity

of formaldehyde is producing?

You have Environment

clearance for existing unit. The

--

Representative of the company inform that currently unit producing 5000 MT/Month (max) Formaldehyde.

We are regularly submitting compliances

100 Lakhs

06.04.2016

Indian Express &

Divya Bhaskar

09.05.2016

RO-GPCB, Gandhinagar

& Additional District

Magistrate, Gnadhinagar

Details are given in

Minutes of public Hearing


date of submission of compliance report for last three years.

Environment clearance is obtained for the existing unit on 24/08/2010, whereas Consent No. AWH.71755, Dt. 13/09/2015 was obtained from GPCB. That means Industry have operated the plant from year 2010-July 2012 without obtain GPCB consent? Submit the details of How many Products were produced and how much the quantity of each product during this time (Aug’10-July’15).

Provide validity of Environmental Clearance obtained for Existing unit.

Provide the details of tree plantation after expansion.

Provide the area of block No.

1398.how much area is covered for existing construction.

When N.A is obtained for Block No. 1398?

Any permission is obtained

from the Authority like Gram Panchayat-Moti Bhoyan, Taluka Panchayat Jilla Panchayat –Gandhinagar or Collector of Gandhinagar for proposed expansion?

Which type of work done for

social welfare activities in last three years? How much fund expanse for this activity during three years?

report of EC to Regional office, MoEF&CC, Bhopal at interval of six months.

We have renewed our consent to operate on 13.09.2015 and we have obtained consent to operate with same capacity from GPCB. During this period we were produced same product Formaldehyde with max production capacity of 5000 MT/Month.

We have obtained EC on

24/08/2010 with validity of 5 years for its implementation. During this time, we have established our plant and obtained CTE & CTO & not violate EC Condition.

We have around 150 trees planted in our premises which include Palm tree, Jasud, Madhukamini, Chandani, exsora pink, exsora red etc.

We have 4281 Sqm net in Block No. 1398. Around 60%of area is covered under construction.

We have obtained N.A permission for block no. 1398 dt: 20/12/2004.

We will obtain required permissions for proposed expansion from Authority like Gram Panchayat-Moti Bhoyan, Taluka Panchayat Jilla Panchayat –Gandhinagar or Collector of Gandhinagar before start our project activity.

Being a small unit, some CSR activities carried out by us and committed to more focus on CSR work in upcoming period.


Give details of how many local people get employment for existing unit? Give details of each local employment with their address.

How you meet your water

requirement for Existing plant? Thol lake Bird Sanctuary is 3

km away from the project site which is not included in study and this is very serious matter.

How much solid waste is

generated per month and where it is dispose? Give details.

Is there ETP at present operation? If yes, then provide its capacity.

How many Showcase Notices,

Closure Notices etc. obtain for existing unit under Air Act-1981& EPA-1986? Give the reasons of notices.

Unit is providing employment around 40 employees those who are coming from Gandhinagar and Ahmadabad district. Summary of name of employee and there village is attach herewith.

Currently we are fulfilling our water demand from water supply of Narmada Nigam.

Unit is not using any fuel in the plant and achieves Zero discharge hence major environmental impact is localized. There is no any adverse impact envisage on Bird of Thol lake hence detail impact study is not carried out.

Currently we are disposed of industrial solid waste at Saurashtra Environment Project Pvt. Ltd Bhachau.

There is no waste water generation from process only waste water generate from Cooling tower and Boiling, it it will be evaporate to achieve zero discharge. Hence ETP is not required in our unit.

Still we have received three notices from GPCB one is dt: 7/09/2011, second: 05/12/2012 & third one on dt: 06/02/2013. We have immediately take actions to comply non-compliance of notices.

The data and information given in this Performa are true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Date: 28.07.2016 Signature of the Applicant with full name

& address.

Place: Moti Bhoyan

Given under the seal of organization

on behalf of whom the applicant

is signing.


LIST OF DOCUMENTS TO BE ATTACHED WITH THE QUESTIONNAIRE

(Industry Sector Projects)

S. No. Documents to be Attached

1. Topographic map of the site indicating contours (1:2500 scale)

2. Topographic map covering 7 kms radius from the periphery of the site indicating

main features

3. Wind rose diagram of the site (Seasonal)

4. Wind rose diagram of the site (Artificial)

5. Site map indicating the positions of ambient air quality monitoring stations vis-à-

vis wind direction

6. Flow sheet of the process adopted indicating mass input/output, brief description

of the process including technological and engineering details

7. Alternative technologies considered along with details of criteria used for selecting

the technology and results of evaluation

8. Approval of ground water board/ irrigation department/ Municipality etc. for

supply of water

9. Mass balance for water used by the project in a flow chart

10. Flow chart for waste water treatment with mass balance

11. Site map indicating solid waste disposal facilities

12. Approval of electricity connection and supply of electricity

13. Lay out map of the plant showing the position of stacks for deciding the inter stack

distance

14. Site map indicating the storage facilities

15. Approval of Chief controller of explosives for lay out and storage of hazardous

substances

16. Layout of green belt indicating width on all sides, trees, lawns and bushes

17. Copy of advertisement issued in respect of public hearing

18. No objection certificate from the pollution control board

19 In case of proposals for expansion copies of renewals of consent from SPCB /

PCC

20. In case of expansion proposal copy of approval of factory inspector

21. Copy of the application submitted to the State Government for the forest clearance

in case diversion of forest land is involved

22. Comments/Observations/Recommendation of Chief Wildlife Warden in case

wildlife habitat/ migration path exists within 25 kilometers of the project site

23. Hydrogeological report in case ground water is to be used and/or the area is

drought prone or the waste water is likely to be discharged on land

24. Environmental Audit report for the previous two years in case of expansion of

existing undertaking.

25. In case the proposal involves installations in coastal zone, copy of the application

forwarded by the State Government

Annexure-X NABET/QCI certificate

NABET/EIA/327/IA14 The Director San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefali Centre, Paldi Cross Road, Paldi, Ahmeda bad-380007 (Kind Attention: Dr. Mahendra Sadaria)

May 12,2014

Dear Sir,

QCI - NABET Scheme for Accreditation of EIA Consultaht Omanization

. his is with reference to yquiapplication to QCI - NABET for ~ccreditation a* ElA Consultant Organization. t.'

We are pleased to inform you that based on Document & Office Assessments, the Accreditation Committee has recommended provisional accreditation of your organization as per the scope given in Annexure II and Ill. Also find attached'herewith the following:

a. Results of various aspects of assessment of your organization (Annexure I). b. Non-Conformances/Observations/Alerts issued after Initial Assessment (Annexure IV). c. Detailed Terms & Conditions of accreditation (Annexure V): d. Guidelines for addressing Non-Conformances/ Observations/ Alerts (Annexure VI). e. or mat to be followed for'mentioning the names of the experts involved in EIA reports prepared by . .

San Envirotech Pvt. Ltd. (Annexure VII).

~lease'confirm the correctness of spellings of the names of the e~~erts'mentioned in Annexure: Ill. Please also check the QCI website for the Minutes of the Accreditation Committee Meeting January 22 and February 13, 2014 for observations related to your application, for compliance. You are advised to visit QCI website t o check clarifications on the.Scheme issued from time to time for necessary actions at your '

.

end.

' The accreditation of your organization will be for a period of three years starting-December 21, 2013, the date of ofice assessment. The continuation of the accreditation will be confirmed based on surveillance assessment to be carried out after 18 months from the date of initial accreditation. Surveillance assessment will be conducted t o ensure compliance with NABET Scheme including . the . details mentioned ,

in your Quality ~ a n u a l and the terms & conditions mentioned in Annexure V. .

May we request you for your confirmation of acceptance of the terms and conditions attached. Compliance to above will enable us to issue you the requisite accreditation certificate.

We thank you for your esteemed support in making this Scheme successful and for your participation in this national cause.

Thanks and best regards, . .

Yours sincerely,

C m

(vip\n Sahni) C.E.O.

Institution of Engineers Build~ng, 2nd Floor, Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi - 110 002, India Te!. : +W -11-2337 9321. 2337 8057 Fax . +91-11-2332 3415 e-mail : [email protected] Website : www.qcin.org

ABC

Text Box

A-70

QCI Scheme for ADMditation of EIA Consultant Organizations

Scope of Accreditation Annexure I k

Name of the Consultant: San Endattech Pvt, Ltd. 424, Medicine Market, Opp. Shefati Centre,Paidi Cross Road, Paldi, Ahmedabad-380007

I I 4 ( Thermal Power Plants t. I

', . ..

1 1 21 1 drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations, rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals

51. No.

2

3

and chemical intehedlates) . , ' Building and larde construction projects including shopping malls,

Sector No.

9

l7

r

Total = Seetors* i

38

I *Sectors allocated to individual EIA ~a)rdimtors w e mentioned in ~nnexure 111. 1

Name of Sector i

Cement Plants Pesticides industry and pesticide specific intermediates (excluding formulations) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes & dye intermediates, bulk

& (Vip~n Sahni)

C.E.O.

Category A/B

B.

A

multiplexes, co~mercial. complexes, housing estates, hospitals, institutions 1


B

ABC

Text Box

A-71

Annexure-XI Terms of Reference (TOR) letter